SEPA
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Resource Recovery
MANAGEMENT
MODEL
September 1979
SW768
* ;« & -4 ' v c-'v;v>- v v; 4.-? n. s, ,^ - \-. -*- c ;->aAK^-\
c-t- V: ,f;,vf^j%^-,.v.'/.'v x%#y- .'* .v:^3$*?&
: -^"; -t: c* fj" "?" I' **'" "V ^'";-" '"*,''", -' - \'' v-': ' -*'*''.: \
J% V
-------
EPA
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
September 1979
Resource Recovery
MANAGEMENT
MODEL
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Region 5, library (PL-12J)
77 West Jackson Boulevard. 12th Floor
Chicago, 1L 60604-3590
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington, D.G. 20402
Stock Number 055-000-00184-7
-------
\
\
-------
\
I UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
October 1, 1979
PREAMBLE
In this country progress has been painfully slow in attempt-
ing to make constructive use of our municipal waste. It is dis-
turbing to realize that, as we face both the resource potential
and the disposal burden of the 145 million tons generated annual-
ly, the slow progress is not being accelerated by the present
energy crisis and mounting land disposal issues. However, there
is a clear reason for that slow advancement, and with the publi-
cation of this document the Environmental Protection Agency is
addressing what numerous studies and inquiries have identified as
the most significant deterrent to implementing resource recovery
projects, that is the incredibly complex planning process.
The many factors which contribute to the complexities are
quite elusive, and not thoroughly understood by everyone attempt-
ing a project. As a result, numerous projects have failed to
advance very far, have fallen short of their technical objec-
tives, or have been subjected to extensive time delays and unrea-
sonable additional costs. Up to this point in time a community
111
-------
contemplating a resource recovery project has not been able to
t
capitalize on the experiences of others in attempting to avoid
such problems. This Management Model was thus developed to
provide that kind of information and assistance.
Before undertaking its development, EPA consulted many out-
side sources about the need for such a model, and the uses it may
serve. The responses were unanimous in their support of its
merits, and in the belief that it would serve well to help com-
munities avoid the heretofore consistent problems associated with
inadequate analysis of waste streams and disposal issues; inade-
quate study of available options, economic considerations, and
political sensitivities; inadequate market analyses, and insuf-
ficient public participation, inadequate timing and budget pro-
jections; as well as the problems associated with the turnover of
project personnel and elected officials.
The Model was developed with two goals in mind: first, to
provide a comprehensive description of all of the activities that
are necessary to conduct a resource recovery project, and second,
to present this information in a form that is easy to understand
and which lends itself to assist those responsible for the day-
to-day management of a project.
EPA engaged the professional services of The MITRE Corpora-
tion to develop the details of the Model. In addition, to ensure
iv
-------
the broadest source of experience as input, EPA assembled an Ad-
visory Panel composed of seven men whose unique qualifications of
knowledge and experience in this field are widely recognized.
Their role in guiding both EPA and The MITRE Corporation in the
preparation of the Model was significant, and their services are
given separate acknowledgement elsewhere in the front of this
document.
In addition to the broad input from the Advisory Panel, the
Model was prepared in draft, with some 50 copies distributed for
review to recognized authorities in the field of resource re-
covery, including U.S. EPA headquarters and regional offices,
Technical Assistance Panels contractors, private industry, finan-
cial advisors, management and engineering consultants, and pro-
fessional associations. Many comments were received, virtually
all in strong support of the effort. Along with the support,
however, some concerns were expressed regarding the size (or
bulk) of the Model, its rigidity, usefulness, level of detail,
extensive use of abbreviations, estimates of work effort and
funding, network logic, time frames, and certain series of activ-
ities. All of these concerns were carefully considered by the
Advisory Panel, and all but a few comments were accepted as
feasible and appropriate, and have resulted in modifications to
this final document.
v
-------
In response to the expressed concern of the size of the
Model, an abbreviated version called an OVERVIEW, has been pre-
pared for elected officials and other decision-makers at all
levels.
Reflecting the need for private sector involvement, the
Model has also been revised to call for the early solicitation oi
private industry capabilities and suggestions.
In summary, the Model is designed as a roadmap, charting a
course through the entire spectrum of resource recovery activi-
ties required for a thorough planning effort, reflecting the ex-
periences of many professionals who have covered the route. It
is axiomatic that no standard procedure will cover every conceiv-
able situation at every possible location. While one specific
route is charted and recommended, the Model acknowledges the neei
for adapting to local situations on occasion, and is, therefore,
conceived with the flexibility to be tailored to local needs.
The Model should be the basis for all planning actions; experi-
ence has shown that the indicated activities must be considered
in order to avoid overlooking important steps. Many projects
have suffered serious setbacks by attempted "short-cuts". If,
however, a strong jusitification is made by the project manager,
the Model can be tailored to suit local requirements, AS LONG AS
THE RISKS ARE UNDERSTOOD. The detailed information referenced tc
vi
-------
each activity will help the manager to understand those risks.
k
Even if changed, in providing the foundation for the planning and
forcing such thoughtful analysis, the Model will have served its
purpose.
It is the intention of this Agency to update the Model in
future years as experience dictates. For that reason construc-
tive criticisms are earnestly solicited.
Albert A. Peter, Jr.
Director
Land Disposal Division
(former Director
Resource Recovery Division)
Vll
-------
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
EPA selected organizations and people with extensive practical
experience in the field to assist in development of this Resource
Recovery Management Model. The Metrek Division of The MITRE Corpor-
ation prepared the Management Model under contract to EPA (Contract
No. 68-01-5809 printed as MTR 79W00320 coauthored by R. T. Felago
and P. J. Stoller). To ensure that the Model will meet the needs of
those regional, state, and local officials for whom it is intended,
its preparation was guided by an Advisory Board of public sector
leaders in the field of resource recovery. EPA expresses its appre-
ciation to these dedicated people for their active involvement in
and essential contributions to the preparation of this document.
The members of the Advisory Board are listed below.
Dr. James G. Abert
Vice President
National Center for Resource Recovery, Inc.
Mr. Joseph Boren
Former Vice President
Connecticut Resources Recovery Authority
Mr. Russell L. Brenneman
President
Connecticut Resources Recovery Authority
Mr. Franchot Buhler
Executive Director
State of Florida Resource Recovery Council
Mr. Herbert Iwahiro
Chief, Division of Planning and Resource Recovery
State of California Solid Waste Management Board
Mr. Gene L. Neff
Deputy Director of Public Works
Baltimore County, Maryland
(also representing the American Public Works Association)
Mr. Jerold A. Prod
Member and Former Chairman
State of California Solid Waste Management Board
ix
-------
RESOURCE RECOVERY
MANAGEMENT MODEL
Table of Contents
Introduction 1
General Discussion 1
Key Questions 1
The Need for a Management Model 2
Description of the Management Model 3
Major Issues 4
Public Participation 4
Environmental Considerations 5
Waste Reduction 5
Source Separation 6
Phase-over Planning 6
Project Communications 7
Assessment of Industry Roles and Offers 8
General Structure 8
Master Network, Master Flow Chart and 9
Master Activity Sheets
Subnetworks and Activity Sheets 9
Adapting The Model for Use 9
Small Scale Systems 10
Time Frames 10
Task Completion 11
Inclusion of Phases IV and V on the Master Network 12
Using The Model 13
Introductory Procedure 13
Format 14
XI
-------
Arable of Contents (Concluded)
Page
Master Flow Chart 15
Master Network 15
Master Activity Sheets 16
Subnetworks 16
Activity Sheets 17
References 17
Sample Documents 18
Times Indicated 19
Treatment of Source Separation 19
Definition of Terms 20
Summary of Costs and Critical Path Durations 20
Abbreviations 21
xii
-------
RESOURCE RECOVERY
MANAGEMENT MODEL
Introduction
General Discussion
Resource recovery refers to the collection and reuse of solid
waste, generally residential and commercial waste, for the produc-
tion of commodities in the form of energy and materials, either at a
central processing facility or by source separation, or both. This
effort has gained recognition over the last decade as a partial
solution to two major problems confronting this country: the need
for environmentally sound disposal of solid wastes, including the
need to reduce dependence on land disposal; and the need for alter-
nate energy sources, including energy conservation. While the con-
cept is not new, the potential in more communities for its use as a
method for solid waste disposal has stimulated rapid growth in both
large and small scale systems technology.
Key Questions
In considering resource recovery the following key questions
must be addressed and resolved:
Is sufficient refuse available to support a resource
recovery project and can it be committed in the long
term to a facility?
Do realistic long-term markets for energy and materials
products exist?
Are sites and technologies available which are
environmentally sound and politically acceptable?
-------
Do local laws permit procurement options and necessary
contractual agreements?
Is the project financially feasible?
How does resource recovery compare to the non-recovery
disposal alternatives?
Failure to address any one of these key questions may make
project implementation impractical. The inability to obtain any
critical item, such as a facility site, energy market, or adequate
waste supply can spell the termination, or at least the postpone-
ment, of a project. The Management Model shows what tasks must be
done and where in the planning process they should be accomplished.
The Model is presented in considerable detail, which is necessary
for those with limited experience in the field, and useful as a
checklist for those with more experience.
The Need for a Management Model
Because of the time span over which planning and procurement of
resource recovery facilities takes place, events such as a change in
project manager, departure and replacement of a key appointed offi-
cial, or a newly elected official taking office, can be expected to
occur, as well as changes in laws and regulations. The Model pro-
vides a systematic approach for charting progress already accom-
plished, thus helping to maintain project continuity and mitigate a
tendency towards the unnecessary retracing of steps.
Recent experience in resource recovery projects indicates that
some of the difficult decisions were not addressed in a timely and
proper manner; thus time, effort and money have been wasted. The
Model is intended to "close the gate" on continuing a project until
a needed decision is made, then the gate will be opened to continue
with the next major phase. These gates are political decisions con-
ducted publicly based upon written documentation.
-------
The Model allows new projects to benefit from past experience
in resource recovery implementation by identifying for project
managers the critical decisions in the project which must be made be-
fore succeeding activities can begin. It defines the proper rela-
tionship of all activities and decisions. This should result in
improved decisions and smoother implementation with less redundancy
of effort.
Description of the Management Model
The Model is constructed in four phases. Phases I, II, and III
are identified as Feasibility Analysis, Procurement Planning, and
System Procurement, respectively. These three phases are preceded
by a Phase 0, Initial Resource Recovery Feasibility Screening, de-
noting certain steps necessary to decide if there is a strong reason
not to study and plan for a resource recovery project.
Phase 0 depicts an informal preliminary review of certain in-
formation which enables decision makers to become aware of the po-
tential for resource recovery even though the information may emerge
from past planning efforts. The numeral 0 is used to stress that
this phase is less formal than others since it is a test of whether
or not local conditions preclude consideration of resource recovery.
The function of Phase 0 is to investigate in rough terms whether to
proceed with a resource recovery program at all.
Phase I, Feasibility Analysis, includes an evaluation of the
feasibility of resource recovery and preliminary identification of
alternatives, including source separation and co-disposal. This
phase should develop the basis for a decision to terminate, post-
pone, or proceed. It also includes activities necessary to con-
struct a preliminary implementation strategy.
Phase II, Procurement Planning, further develops all elements
leading to system procurement, including obtaining options to
-------
purchase sites with associated environmental analysis and public
meetings, strengthening market and waste supply commitments, risk
allocation, and selection of a preferred procurement and financing
approach.
Phase III, Procurement, covers the steps required for system
procurement, including waste supply, market, construction, and oper-
ation (if applicable) contracts, necessary preconstruction permits
(and associated environmental analysis), and obtaining the debt or
equity capital to finance the project.
Towards the end of Phases 0, I and II, a formal report (or
statement) is prepared documenting the results and presenting a re-
commended course of action and associated budget for the next phase.
Using the report as a basis, a political/public decision is made
either to proceed or terminate.
Major Issues
Major ongoing issues which must be considered in all phases
include:
- Public participation
- Environmental considerations
- Waste reduction
- Source separation
- Phase-over planning
- Project communications
- Assessment of industry roles and offers
Public Participation
The public may be involved in the project development in many
ways, such as public meetings and hearings, presentations, advisory
groups, newsletters, assistance and coordination. The presentation
-------
of issues at an early stage promotes an atmosphere of openness and
mutual trust.
History has taught us that early and continuing presentation of
issues to the public is essential in gaining public confidence in
any program. Not only should the public be informed early, but also
continuously for the duration of the project. The importance of
this cannot be over-emphasized, nor should the lessons be forgotten
of the consequences of past failure to do this. Without public dia-
logue the project may be undermined for no more sufficient reason
than a perceived lack of informed and well-structured process or for
the substantial reason that the project does not meet the communi-
ty's goals and desires.
Environmental Considerations
Depending upon the individual state and local environmental
assessment requirements, different environmental analyses may be
necessary. The Model contains three types of environmental re-
view. The first is an initial screening in the Feasibility Analysis
phase; the second is a refinement of environmental criteria and an-
alytical work, principally site selection (Procurement Planning
phase); the third may be an Assessment or a full Environmental Im-
pact Statement which is system-specific and occurs after selection
of a system or completion of preliminary design (Procurement phase).
In areas of air quality non-attainment, additional monitoring
may be required to be completed prior to design and construction of
the facility. This action may be initiated early and may continue
throughout a large part of each phase. The Model is more concerned
with the position in the process of the completion and in some cases
may leave the decision about when to commence this work up to local
requirements and local customs. Use of the Model should allow care-
ful and timely consideration of all environmental restrictions which
have typically impacted on resource recovery projects.
-------
Waste Reduction
Waste reduction generally refers to reducing the quantity of
solid waste generated so that there is simply less waste for dis-
posal in landfills, for resource recovery, or for source separation.
The reuse and recycling of beverage containers is an example of
waste reduction because fewer containers enter the municipal waste
s tr earn.
While the Model is used independently of waste reduction, the
two are compatible. The only adjustment needed in the resource
recovery planning process is a revision of the estimates of solid
waste quantity and composition which will be available to the re-
source recovery system after all reasonably forseeable waste re-
duction systems are in place. The Model does not detail a method
for introducing waste reduction, but recognizes its potential and
allows ample opportunity for a project manager to factor waste re-
duction into the overall resource recovery management plan.
Source Separation
Source separation is defined as the setting aside of recyclable
waste materials at their point of generation for segregated collec-
tion, transport, and delivery to specialized waste processing sites
or final manufacturing markets.
The Model encourages and promotes the pursuit of a source sep-
aration program, either independently or in conjunction with a
larger scale program. Analysis of a source separation program is
placed early in the consideration of solid waste resource recovery
processes. In some cases, source separation may be the only viable
recovery program available to a locality.
The Model indicates that source separation is carried out
independently, but at specific points is factored into the Master
-------
Network because the municipal decision process may occur on both
systems at the same time. See also the special note regarding
source separation in the "Using the Model" section.
Phase-over Planning
Most resource recovery projects represent long-term solutions
to solid waste disposal for communities. One must, however, count
on substantial time to elapse between the initiation of resource re-
covery planning and the actual commencement of resource recovery
plant operation. The transition from the existing solid waste man-
agement system to the initiation of the long-term resource recovery
program is the phase-over period.
In many cases interest in resource recovery is initiated by a
need to abandon the current system, such as an incinerator with ex-
cessive emissions or a landfill reaching capacity. In cases such as
these, the program manager has two concurrent tasks the first is
to plan for the shorter term phase-over solid waste management
needs, and the second is to plan for the long-term resource recovery
program.
Although phase-over planning is required immediately, it should
progress along and be compatible with the long-term planning repre-
sented by this Management Model. While the two planning functions
are often concurrent, and while some of their respective activities
may be interdependent, the two planning activities may be separate
and distinct. Where possible, the same project manager or task
force should be involved in both activities. The primary problem is
to avoid actions of a short term or "phase-over" nature that are
inconsistent with the long range goal.
It is not the purpose of this Model to address phase-over
planning. While the need is acknowledged, as well as points of in-
terdependence (e.g., site selection and size, residual disposal),
-------
the Management Model is designed to assist the project manager in
implementation of only the resource recovery program. Concurrent
functions, scheduling constraints and other problems facing the mu-
nicipality must be resolved by the project manager responsible for
the function.
Project Communications
There is a need in every project, because of the time which may
elapse in activities, to maintain contact with members of the par-
ticipating organizations especially during periods of low activity.
For example, after letters of intent are received from markets, time
passes while public presentations and political decisions are made.
Project momentum should be continued by the project manager, and
continuous contact should be maintained with markets and member
municipalities so that they are kept constantly up to date and in-
terest and desire for participation is not lost.
Assessment of Industry Roles and Offers
Throughout the course of the project private industry may oc-
casionally offer to solve the solid waste problem being addressed by
the resource recovery project. The project manager should realize
that the key questions (found on page 1 of the Introduction) must
still be answered. If industry has answered more of these questions
than the community, it may be appropriate to entertain involving
that industry, using the Model as a guide to monitor the industry
progress.
Selection of one firm above others may be subject to reexamin-
ation (and possibly reversal) at a later date. Such a selection
therefore constitutes a risk of wasting both the government's and
private industry's time and money; thus it should be selected only
after careful consideration of its legal and political implications.
-------
General Structure
The Model is structured on multiple levels, each of which
provides an increasing amount of detailed information to the user,
MASTER NETWORK
MASTER ACTIVITY (3 DIGIT IDENTIFICATION)
SUBNETWORK
ACTIVITY
(5 DIGIT IDENTIFICATION; FIRST THREE
REFLECT MASTER ACTIVITY NUMBER)
RELATIONSHIP OF A TYPICAL SUBNETWORK TO THE MASTER NETWORK
Master Network, Master Flow Chart and Master Activity Sheets
The first level of information is provided by the Master Net-
work and Flow Chart, which illustrate sixty Master Activities spread
throughout the four phases. They describe the major work items
which must be addressed, their recommended sequence, and the elapsed
times expected for each Master Activity (see Time Frame and Task
Completion, below) and are accompanied by Master Activity Sheets
which describe and summarize the purpose, description, requirements,
necessary resources, and other pertinent data for each Master Activ-
ity, as well as references and sample documents.
-------
Subnetworks and Activity Sheets
Virtually all of the Master Activities are comprised of a num-
ber of more detailed activities; thus a second level of networks,
designated Subnetworks, is provided. Nearly every Master Activity
has an accompanying Subnetwork with associated Activity Sheets. The
Activity Sheets provide additional information about the Activities
including purpose, description, further steps within the Activity,
obstacles, and decisions, as well as indications of appropriate ref-
erences and sample documents.
Adapting The Model for Use
The Resource Recovery Management Model is intended to be just
that a Model. It is not intended to illustrate the implementa-
tion needs of every individual project, but rather to present the
activities common to most projects and their suggested sequence.
The Model forces consideration of a logical progression of events
which must be addressed, some of which will undoubtedly be tailored
to individual project requirements. This specific tailoring should
be performed at the local level by the project manager in con-
junction with the project team responsible for resource recovery
implementation.
Many municipalities may begin using this Model while their
individual projects are already in one of the four phases. Use of
the Model does not require return to the start of Phase 0, but en-
courages the user to continue from the current point to completion
via the steps of the Model. If an activity that a municipality has
not yet considered is shown to appear earlier in the logic sequence
in the Model than the point of entry by the municipality, that step
should be completed before proceeding further. If, however, all
previous steps have been essentially completed, then progressing im-
mediately via the route outlined by the Model is encouraged.
10
-------
Small Scale Systems
Much resource recovery planning activity is expected for the
smaller scale "modular" facilities. Although the general procedure
provided by the Model, as well as activity sequence and interrela-
tionships are the same for both large-scale and small-scale systems,
time and cost estimates are comparably smaller for projects of
smaller scope and lesser complexity.
Time Frames
Resource recovery projects are quite complex, requiring a large
number of activities, inputs, and decisions to be meshed smoothly in
order to succeed. The average times in calendar weeks shown on the
Model are illustrative only; they indicate how much time is required
to accomplish the activities, given a team of people with some expe-
rience in resource recovery, and with average complications. How-
ever, potential setbacks can occur in a project which can take lit-
erally months or even years to rectify. Activities such as siting,
test case litigation, or securing multi-municipal waste supply ar-
rangements can drag on and on.
All of the time frames selected will probably not fit actual
situations, but they offer a reasonable overall estimate of the en-
tire project time frame, particularly for the larger systems.
During development and review of the model, considerable dis-
cussion was given to the "fast-track" method of procurement plan-
ning. From a management standpoint, fast-tracking in essence means
paralleling some of the activities now shown as sequential. The
model represents a conservative approach to resource recovery imple-
mentation by its sequencing. If, however, the project director and
project manager, in conjunction with the consultant and project team
examine carefully the options of waiting for the activity to be com-
pleted, or of accepting the risk and moving on, then this parallel-
ing of activities or fast-tracking can be used. The model indicates
11
-------
how to reduce risks by sequencing activities, but acknowledges the
possibility of increasing risks to reduce time required. If every-
thing works out, time may be saved; if not, the risk is that time
and money may be lost, if the activity originally expected to be
completed by a certain time does not actually occur or if the out-
come of the activity is not what was expected.
Task Completion
Project participants must use their judgment to decide when the
tasks are essentially complete. Consider as an example the task of
sampling boilers in the project area in the search for energy mar-
kets. If there are 20 industrial boilers in an area, and 18 (in-
cluding all the largest) have been located, with some believed to
offer good potential, and collectively have the potential to use 2
or 3 times the energy available in the waste, then the boiler analy-
sis task may be considered complete (if not overbilled). On the
other hand, if only 2 of the 20 boilers, even if they happen to be
two largest, are found first, but there is still more refuse based
energy potential, it may be premature to consider the task complete.
Further boiler location and analysis may be required to cover the
task adequately and set up the possibility for secondary market
availability. These judgments must continually be made by those re-
sponsible for the project.
Inclusion of Phases IV and V on the Master Network
Additional Phases IV and V illustrate the two major phases of a
resource recovery project for which the planning in Phases I, II,
and III is conducted. Phase IV Construction, Shakedown, and Ac-
ceptance includes those three major steps which are generally a
part of the construction contract. In the A/E approach, final de-
sign has already been completed; in Turnkey and Full Service ap-
proaches, the final design is included in Phase IV. Phase IV is
virtually completed when Phase V the long term operation of the
facility commences.
12
-------
Using The Model
Introductory Procedure
The individual exploring resource recovery on behalf of the
municipality should use the document in the following manner:
1. Read the introductory sections and become familiar
with the overall structure.
2. Review the Master Flow Chart and the Master Network
to understand the entire scope of the project.
3. Review the Master Activity Sheets in conjunction with
the Master Network to understand in greater detail the
work level required, and the necessary References and
Sample Documents so that acquisition of appropriate
documents can begin early.
4. Understand where in the sequence of the Model the in-
dividual's particular project stands by reviewing the
Master Network and Subnetworks with associated activity
sheets to determine which activities have already been
addressed (this may be a complex task requiring assist-
ance).
5. Proceed according to the work sequence illustrated on
the Master Network or tailor the sequence to the local
conditions. If changes in sequence are necessary, the
reasons for these changes should be noted in a memorandum
to the project file.
6. Proceed to the first Master Activity required by that
sequence, review the Subnetwork and Activity Sheets and
begin according to the actions outlined therein.
13
-------
Format
The Resource Recovery Management Model consists of 1) a Master
Flow Chart, and a Master Network with accompanying Master Activity
Sheets, 2) fifty Subnetworks with accompanying Activity Sheets, 3)
references, and 4) sample documents. The relationship between the
Master Network (and the Master Flow Chart) and its Subnetworks is
illustrated below.
MASTER NETWORK
MASTER ACTIVITY (3 DIGIT IDENTIFICATION)
SUBNETWORK \( Q1Q80
ACTIVITY
(5 DIGIT IDENTIFICATION; FIRST THREE
REFLECT MASTER ACTIVITY NUMBER)
RELATIONSHIP OF A TYPICAL SUBNETWORK TO THE MASTER NETWORK
Summary
A Master Network is composed of three-digit Master Activities,
Most Master Activities are exploded into Subnetworks.
Each Subnetwork is composed of five-digit Activities.
14
-------
Master Flow Chart
The Master Flow Chart found in the rear of the book describes
the overall requirements of a resource recovery project in flow
chart format. This diagram is designed as a reference which is easy
to read and follow. A presentation to decision makers could be made
using the Master Flow Chart to mark progress to date or discuss
necessary decisions to plan future courses of action.
Each box contains a three digit number which identifies the
phase and the Master Activity. The first digit 0, 1, 2, or 3
designates Phases 0, 1, 2, or 3, respectively. The next two digits
indicate the Master Activity.
Master Network
All major activities which must be accomplished in the four
phases are displayed sequentially in the Master Network which bor-
rows from the Program Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT) format
to illustrate the sequence of activities and their interrelation-
ships. Basic rules of PERT apply both to the Master Network and to
Subnetworks. Each arrow represents an activity; each node circle
represents an event which is the completion of an activity. On the
Master Network most activities are identified by three digit num-
bers. Five digit numbers only appear on the Master Network when a
portion of a' Subnetwork is depicted on the Master Network. The
Master Activities appearing on the Master Network are identical to
the Master Activities on the Master Flow Chart in both title and
three digit identifying number.
The Master Network and Master Flow Chart offer an overall view
of project work tasks. For that reason, they are located in the
15
-------
back of the book so that one or the other may be unfolded on a work
surface and remain in that position while other sections of the book
are used. This allows easy reference to the Master Network (or Flow
Chart) at all times.
The Master Network is constructed so that the three digit
identification number appears just above the Master Activity arrow.
The name of each Master Activity appears immediately above the Mas-
ter Activity number in most cases, or immediately adjacent to it.
The elapsed time required to perform the Master Activity in calendar
weeks appears in parentheses just below the Master Activity arrow.
Master Activity Sheets
Each Master Activity has an accompanying reference sheet, the
Master Activity Sheet, which is identified by the same three-digit
number as the Master Activity appearing on the Master Network. The
three digit number appears in the box in the upper right hand corner
of the Master Activity sheet. The sheet supplies additional informa-
tion about the Master Activity, as well as suggestions for refer-
ences and sample documents. The Master Activity Sheets summarize
the information contained on the more detailed Activity Sheets (ex-
plained below).
The Master Activity Sheets are grouped together near the front
of the book so that they may be reviewed as one set. The entire
project is mapped out by the Master Activity Sheets used in conjunc-
tion with the Master Network or Master Flow Chart.
Subnetworks
Performance of the Master Activities usually involves com-
pleting a number of component activities. A second level of activ-
ity networks, defined as Subnetworks, is offered for most Master
16
-------
Activities. Each Subnetwork is identified by the same three digit
number as the Master Activity that it is describing. Also, the two
event nodes bracketing the Master Activity are the first and last
event nodes of the Subnetwork. The Subnetworks provide the neces-
sary level of detail to describe the interrelationships among the
more prominent tasks at the Subnetwork level.
Activities are identified by a five digit number. The first
three digits are the same as the related Master Activity; the next
two digits identify each individual activity on the Subnetwork.
Activity Sheets
Each Activity is detailed more extensively through the use of
an accompanying Activity Sheet. The Activity Sheet is identified
by a five digit number, located in the box in the upper right hand
corner of each Activity Sheet. The five digit number is the same as
the five digit number appearing on the Subnetwork for that task. As
with the Subnetworks, the five digit number uses the first three
digits to relate to the Master Activity, and the last two digits
identify the individual Activity on the Subnetwork.
References
References are indicated near the bottom of each Master Activ-
ity Sheet and each Activity Sheet. The References indicated refer
to specific documents which exist and are readily available to the
resource recovery community from EPA or other sources. The Refer-
ences explain in much greater detail than the Activity Sheets the
kind of information required, and how the project manager might want
to compile it.
17
-------
For example, at the end of Phase II, one Master Activity calls
for a preliminary decision on procurement approach, and in Phase III
the diagram fans out into A/E, Turnkey, and Full Service approaches.
A reference of R6 is given in several places. By consulting the in-
dex of references in the Appendix, the user finds that the Reference
given is the Procurement Guide from the EPA Resource Recovery Plant
Implementation; Guides for Municipal Officials Series which lists
the three types of procurement approaches and explains their mean-
ings in greater detail.
Good reference material is limited and some existing material
is becoming outdated. Updated EPA Implementation Guides are being
prepared subsequent to the printing of this Management Model and
will be available later.
Sample Documents
In the case where the Subnetwork, Activity Sheet and Reference
list are still not quite detailed enough, the Model provides addi-
tional information by supplying concrete examples. At the bottom of
each Activity Sheet is an item called Sample Documents which refers
to examples pertinent to that Activity which have been used previ-
ously, which may have the exact format which the project manager
needs to perform the task, and are included in the back of this
document.
Another type of sample document is referred to as available
from the local community, where it would be fruitless to try to sup-
ply a universal model. Examples are local building codes, or prec-
edents for particular permit application requirements. There can be
significant local differences in procedures like these. In these
cases, the Sample Documents item will specifically indicate that the
information should be obtained locally.
18
-------
Times Indicated
The times required to perform activities on the Subnetworks
vary from a fraction of a day to several months. Elapsed times for
Master Activities are contained on the Master Activity Sheets and on
the Master Network. The elapsed times indicated in parentheses just
below each activity arrow on the Master Network are considered to be
average values. The calendar weeks suggested indicate the approxi-
mate time required for a Master Activity, given consistent intensive
effort. Particular efforts, such as public participation, may con-
tinue on an intermittent basis over a long span of time, and may
continue through the duration of several tasks, as with public par-
ticipation, indicated in a previous section.
Treatment of Source Separation
The Model illustrates source separation in a Subnetwork of the
appropriate Master Activity. The first three digits use an alpha-
numeric coding of SSI in Phase II of the Model. However, a prelimi-
nary review of source separation potential in Phase 0, and a feasi-
bility study of source separation in Phase I are to be considered in
the public decision process. If the Phase 0 screening indicates
source separation as a possibility, and the Phase I feasibility
analysis indicates expectation of a sound program, then in Phase II,
the implementation process for source separation is carried out.
If, however, the Phase 0 screening indicates a strong resource
recovery program through source separation, the Model provides the
mechanism for skipping over Phase I and proceeding directly to the
implementation process in Phase II. In this case, the decision to
proceed incorporates the decision to go directly to implementation.
19
-------
Definition of Terms
Terms used throughout this document, particularly on the Master
Activity Sheets and Activity Sheets, are defined in Tables I and II,
beginning on page 23.
Summary of Costs and Critical Path Durations
Table III summarizes the cost of a typical resource recovery
project, and the critical path times which can be anticipated for
the project. The costs and times are judgemental and represent
averages for a hypothetical area of approximately 500,000 popula-
tion, and with more than one community participating. The indicated
ranges show the wide variety of project times possible depending
upon the number of participating communities, total population,
local opposition, environmental and permit requirements, and some-
times the legislative and judicial processes. Cost will vary ac-
cordingly. A sliding scale for costs can be applied for both larger
and smaller projects, roughly varying according to population fig-
ures. The critical path times will also vary considerably with
population; generally, small scale systems should be implemented
sooner, and larger scale systems, involving more communities, will
take longer.
Table III, page 27, indicates the neighborhood of total cost to
the community for project management, administration, in-house staff
and consultants in each Phase. In some cases, the cost may be con-
siderably lower than that indicated by simple population proportion,
due to the fact that some elected and appointed officials in smaller
areas may donate their time. In other cases, costs may be consider-
ably higher, due to unique unforeseen complications. In the case of
financial advisors the prospect of a future bond sale may result in
financial consulting being performed without fee, since compensation
from the bond issue is anticipated.
20
-------
The major exception to the cost and duration data is in the
"A/E procurement in Phase III where the full preliminary and final
design is completed. The duration is longer and costs are higher,
because facility design is completed and a construction contractor
is selected; turnkey and full service approaches complete design
later, during the next phase. The overall time to arrive at com-
mencement of construction is shorter for A/E, however, because the
communities usually require more time to complete procurement and
contracts with turnkey and full service vendors. The extra time
spent may buy lower risks in terms of satisfactory long-term plant
operation.
Abbreviations
Because of the repetitive nature of the terminology, and the
sheer size of this Management Model, an effort was made to reduce
the volume of words by using abbreviations of the more repetitive
terms wherever possible. The draft reviewers indicated that use of
abbreviations in the text was cumbersome, and therefore abbrevia-
tions were generally eliminated from the narrative. Exceptions are
those terms easily recognized in the resource recovery community
such as A/E, DPW, EPA, PUC, RDF, RFQ and RR (Resource Recovery).
The Roles and Responsibilities on the activity sheets uses
abbreviations for two reasons:
1. space limitations; and
2. once an understanding of tasks is obtained from the
narrative, the estimating data should be easier to follow.
For the user, the abbreviations sheets appear twice one copy
may be torn out and wall mounted; the second should be left in the
book.
21
-------
TABLE I
DEFINITION OF TERMS
MASTER ACTIVITY SHEETS
Management Model; A graphic representation of the work activities
to be encountered during the life of a particular process. The
interrelationships among Master Activities are shown and background
information is provided on each activity. This Management Model is
intended for use by project managers of resource recovery implement-
ing agencies as a guide during the preparation of project master
plans for their particular projects, and for conducting the actual
work associated with the projects.
Master Activity; The activity appearing on the Master Network show-
ing all the major activities required by the program. The Master
Activity is identified as its own activity on its own reference
sheet.
Number; The numerals located in the upper right corner of each page
identifying the Master Activity sheet by correlating it with the
Master Network number of the Master Activity. On Master Activity
sheets the number consists of three digits.
Phase: The overall title given to a group of closely related ac-
tivities and milestones, preliminarily broken into four major de-
cision points, each providing a decision gate for continuing with
the project.
Milestone: The point in time when a significant Activity or series
of Activities have been completed. Reaching a milestone indicates
an accomplishment which is a major step forward in the implementa-
tion process. The milestone may coincide with the end of a Master
Activity, but also may extend over several Master Activities.
Purpose; A statement of the reason for which the Master Activity
should be performed. The purpose gives an introduction into the
ideas behind the Master Activity and how it moves the project closer
to the milestone.
Description; A general narrative outlining the process involved in
the Master Activity. The narrative includes as much of the follow-
ing information as practical:
23
-------
TABLE I (concluded)
1. General portrayal of the requirements of the
Master Activity
2. Assumptions or guidelines used; and
3. Relationship of the Master Activity to the
prior and subsequent Master Activities.
Major Obstacles; A statement of potential pitfalls which could
impact severely on the progress of the Master Activity.
Major Decisions; A listing of major choices or judgments inherent
in the Master Activity, and which must be made before the Master
Activity can be considered complete.
Roles and Responsibilities; Identification of the key parties who
are either involved in or affected by the Master Activity.
Estimating Data; Approximate elapsed calendar time, levels of work
effort (level of individual effort, formerly called man-days) and
approximate funding levels to be spent by the implementing agency.
Funding includes in-house staff (salary and fringe benefits) and
consultant costs under contract, but does not include, for example,
the funds a potential contractor spends preparing a proposal, or a
municipal department spends in the course of its normal work when
only peripherally involved in the program.
References; Available materials to which the project manager is re-
ferred for a more detailed explanation of the method of accomplish-
ing the requirements.
Sample Documents: Excerpts from documents used to illustrate pre-
cedents in performing the activity.
General Note
In most cases, the Master Activity Sheets present a summary and
overview of the information contained on the Activity Sheets related
to it. That is, general requirements of the set of Activity Sheets
can quickly be obtained by reviewing the appropriate Master Activity
Sheet.
24
-------
TABLE II
DEFINITION OF TERMS
ACTIVITY SHEETS
Management Model: A graphic representation of the work activities
to be encountered during the life of a particular process. The
interrelationships among activities are shown and background infor-
mation is provided on each activity. This Management Model is in-
tended for use by project managers of resource recovery implementing
agencies as a guide during the preparation of project master plans
for their particular projects, and for conducting the actual work
associated with the projects.
Activity; The detailed work item or subelement in the associated
subnetwork included for completion of the Master Activity.
Number: The numerals located in the upper right corner of each page
identifying the activity sheet by correlating it with the Subnetwork
Activity number. On Activity sheets the number consists of five
digits; the first three denote the Master Activity from which the
Activity descends, and the last two identify the individual Subnet-
work Activity.
Master Activity Milestone: The milestone identified on the associ-
ated Master Activity sheet, which may or may not coincide with the
end of the Master Activity. The Master Activity Milestone is pro-
vided for overall task continuity while the project manager is im-
mersed in the detailed work of the Activity.
Purpose; A statement of the reason for which the Activity should be
performed. The purpose gives an introduction into the ideas behind
the Activity, how it moves the project closer to the Master Activity
Milestone and why the work is done at a particular point.
Description; A general narrative outlining the process involved in
the Activity. The narrative includes as much of the following
information as practical:
1. General portrayal of the requirements of the
Activity;
2. Assumptions or guidelines used; and
3. Relationship of the Activity to the prior and
subsequent activities.
25
-------
TABLE II (concluded)
Steps Within the Activity; A listing of the more important work
items performed in execution of the Activity, usually in the form of
short statements with greater detail than appears in the Descrip-
tion.
Major Obstacles: A statement of potential pitfalls which could
impact severely on the progress of the Activity.
Major Decisions: A listing of major choices or judgments inherent
in the Activity, and which must be made before the Activity can be
considered complete.
Input: A listing of all data, reports, background information, cor-
respondence, or actions required or normally received before the
Activity can be successfully completed.
Output; A listing of all data, reports, forms, memos, and docu-
ments, or actions generally taken as a result of the Activity.
Roles and Responsibilities; Identification of the key parties who
are either involved in or affected by the Activity. A finer dis-
tinction is drawn among involved parties for the Activities than
previously for the Master Activities.
Estimating Data; Approximate elapsed calendar time and work effort
(level of individual effort, formerly called man-days) required by
the implementing agency. As in the Master Activity sheets, the work
effort includes consultant effort under contract or agreement, but
does not include, for example, the effort expended by an entity ex-
ternal to the implementation team.
References: Available materials to which the project manager is re-
ferred for a more detailed explanation of the method of accomplish-
ing the requirements of the Activity.
Sample Documents: Excerpts from documents used to illustrate pre-
cedents in performance of the Activity.
26
-------
TABLE III
SUMMARY OF AVERAGE COSTS (1979 DOLLARS)
AND CRITICAL PATH DURATION
Phase 0
001-007
Totals (Funding)
(Critical Path Funding)
Phase I
101 Organize Project Team and
Public Information Process
102 Secure Required Resources
103 Screen Environmental Re-
quirements
104 Conduct Technology Analysis
105 Analyze Waste Stream
106 Perform Detailed Energy
Market Analysis
107 Analyze Existing Disposal
Options
108 Conduct Material Market
Analysis
109 Conduct Source Separation
Feasibility
110 Perform Preliminary Envi-
ronmental Analysis
111 Establish Transportation
Analysis Model
112 Perform Preliminary Site
Analysis
113 Perform Financial, Legal,
and Institutional Anal-
ysis
114 Develop Project Alterna-
tives
115 Establish Political/Public
Decision Process
116 Develop Recommendations and
Report
117 Obtain Political/Public
Decision to Proceed
Totals (Funding)
(Critical Path Funding)
Funding
($K)
5
$5K
7
9
4
5
9.5
10
4
6.5
6
3
3.5
3.5
8
9
1
10
3
$102K
Duration
(Calendar
Weeks)
6
6
8
12
4
4
6*
15*
3
15*
4
4
4
4
6
5
1
5
8
66*
Duration Range
(Calendar
Low
3
3
3*
7
2
3
3
7*
2
6*
2
2
2
2
3
3*
1*
3
3
39
Weeks)
High
10
10
13
31
8
11
14
24
6
19
7
8
8
8
12
14
2
20
16
164
*Rounded to the nearest whole week.
27
-------
TABLE III (Continued)
Phase II
SSI Perform Detailed Source
Separation Feasibility
SS2 Develop Source Separation
Program
SS3 Execute Program
Totals (Funding)
(Critical Path Duration)
201 Define Project
202 Draft Environmental Assess-
ment and Determine Site
Priorities
203 Secure Sites
204 Update Project Definition
and Costs
205 Strengthen Waste Supply
Commitments
206 Structure Risks to Resolve
Institutional Problems
207 Strengthen Market Commit-
ments
208 Update Project Definition
and Costs
209 Select Technology(s), Risk
Assignment, Procurement
and Financing Approach;
Write Report
210 Obtain Political/Public
Decision to Proceed
Totals (Funding)
(Critical Path Duration)
Funding
($K)
25
25
8
$58
5
18
16
5
24
30
22
6
15
Duration
(Calendar
Weeks)
29
27
16
72
4
11
18
4
20
25
18
4
6
Duration Range
(Calendar Weeks)
Low High
16
17
8
41
2
7
11
2
10
12
10
2
3
61
52
28
141
6
18
63
8
40
52
28*
1*
11
10
$151K
12
80
41
20
178
Phase III
(TURNKEY)
301 Establish Administrative
Framework
302 Produce RFP
303 Acquire Contractor
304 Perform Environmental
Assessment
*Rounded to the nearest whole week.
10
25
90
25
10
22
55
31
14
26
15*
19
37
136
76
28
-------
TABLE III (Concluded)
Phase III (concluded)
305 Acquire Waste Supply Con-
tracts
306 Secure Preconstruction
Permits
307 Perform Preliminary Design
308 Acquire Market Contracts
309 Secure Financing
Totals (Funding)
(Critical Path Duration)
(A/E)
311 Establish Administrative
Framework
312 Acquire Preliminary Design
313 Secure Preconstruction
Permits
314 Perform Environmental
Assessment
315 Acquire Waste Supply Con-
tracts
316 Acquire Design and Con-
tractor
317 Acquire Market Contracts
318 Secure Financng
Totals (Funding)
(Critical Path Duration)
(FULL SERVICE)
321 Establish Administrative
Framework
322 Produce RFP
323 Acquire Contractor
324 Perform Environmental
Assessment
325 Secure Preconstruction
Permits
326 Acquire Waste Supply Con-
tracts
327 Acquire Market Contracts
328 Perform Preliminary Design
329 Secure Financing
Totals (Funding)
(Critical Path Duration)
Funding
($K)
65
25
15
7
10
$272K
10
650
25
25
65
1,590
7
10
$2,382K**
10
25
90
25
25
65
7
15
25
$287K
Duration
(Calendar
Weeks)
24
26
20
8
14
132
10
30
26
31
24
72
8
14
157
10
22
55
31
26
24
8
20
38
156
Duration Range
(Calendar Weeks)
Low High
16
13
13
6
11
72
5
22
13*
15*
16
45
6
11
98
5
14
26
15*
13
16
6
13
28
168
39
34
20
26
386
19
40
38
76
168
102
20
26
329
19
37
136
76
39
168
20
34
60
89
420
*Rounded to the nearest whole week.
**Includes total fee for prelimiary and detailed design; varies widely with
project size.
29
-------
Activity Index
Master
Activity
No.
PHASE 0 - INITIAL RESOURCE RECOVERY FEASIBILITY SCREENING
000 Overview of Phase 0
001 Evaluate Non-Recovery Disposal Options and Associated Environmental
Issues
002 Sample Citizen and Political Interest
003 Conduct Preliminary Market Survey
004 Conduct Preliminary Waste Supply Assessment
005 Assess Source Separation Potential
006 Assess Economics, Environmental Impacts, and Procurement Methods of
Recovery Technologies
007 Test Appropriateness of Proceeding
PHASE I - RESOURCE RECOVERY FEASIBILITY ANALYSIS
101 Organize Project Team and Public Information Process
10101 Establish Project Director
10102 Establish Project Manager
10103 Identify Organizations to be Solicited for Membership
10104 Solicit Members
10105 Establish Team, Assign Responsibilities
10106 Establish Policy, Goals, and Guidelines
10107 Establish Public Release Procedures
102 Secure Required Resources
10201 Establish Scope of Work for Project
10202 Establish Scope for In-House Staff and Consultants
10203 Develop Preferred Contracting Method
10204 Develop Consultant Selection Method
10205 Advertise for Qualifications
10206 Secure Commitments from In-House Staff
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
Activity Index (continued)
103
Master
Activity
No.
10207 Negotiate with Consultants on Retainer
10208 Select Short List of Firms
10209 Interview Short Listed Firms
10210 Select Preferred Firm
10211 Negotiate and Sign Contract
Screen Environmental Requirements
10301 Determine Conditions for Requiring A-95 Review
10302 Determine Zoning Categories and Restrictions
10303 Determine Ambient Air Quality and Emissions
Restrictions
10304 Determine Surface and Ground Water Use and Effluent
Restrictions
10305 Determine State and Local Environmental Review
Requirements Including Major Permits
10306 Determine Other Restrictions and Requirements
104 Conduct Technology Analysis
10401 Review the State-of-the-Art
10402 Analyze Input Requirements and Output Characteristics
(Other than Refuse and Products)
10403 Investigate Source Separation Technologies
10404 Determine Refuse Input Requirements and Co-Disposal
Capabilities
10405 Ascertain Product Specifications
10406 Ascertain Size, Reliability, and Costs
10407 Determine Procurement Issues and Industry Service Potential
10408 Summarize Results
105 Analyze Waste Stream
10501 Obtain List of Industries
10502 Obtain Population Data
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
Activity Index (continued)
Master
Activity
No.
106
10503 Obtain Prior Studies and Reports
10504 Obtain List of Transfer, Processing, and Disposal
Sites
10505 Obtain List of Collection Agencies and Companies
10506 Obtain List of Sewage Treatment Plants
10507 Obtain Sludge Checklist Information for Each Sewage
Treatment Plant
10508 Obtain Septic Tank Pumpings Data
10509 Determine Existing and Future Sludge Generation and
Disposal Needs
10510 Estimate Municipal Waste Generation
10511 Estimate Industrial Waste Generation
10512 Estimate Seasonal Fluctuations of Solid Waste
10513 Estimate Facility Throughput and Disposal Quantities
by Site
10514 Perform Weighing Survey (Optional)
10515 Estimate Disposed Quantities from Survey by Site
10516 Compare Estimates, Develop Consistent Generation and
Disposal Quantities
10517 Perform Compositional Analysis to Support Materials,
Energy, and Source Separation Studies
10518 Estimate Average Yearly Composition
10519 Estimate Average Heating Value
10520 Estimate Quantities of Recoverable Materials
Perform Detailed Energy Market Analysis
10601 Obtain List of Fossil Fuel Users
10602 Conduct Telephone Survey (Except Utilities)
10603 Identify Potential Markets
10604 Visit all Potential Markets
10605 Identify Viable Potential Markets
10606 Plot Commodity Demand
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
Activity Index (continued)
Master
Activity
No.
10607 Develop Commodity Pricing Schedule
10608 Obtain Energy Market Letters of Interest
10609 Conduct Introductory Meeting with Utilities
10610 Conduct In-Depth Meeting with Utilities
10611 Obtain Letters of Interest from Utilities
10612 Obtain Commodity Demand and Pricing Schedule from
Utilities
107 Analyze Existing Disposal Options
10701 Determine Future Landfill Requirements
10702 Obtain Data and Costs of Existing Facilities
10703 Examine Current Operations and Plans of Neighboring
Areas
10704 Analyze Existing Facilities and Expansion Potential
10705 Define Existing Disposal Options
108 Conduct Material Market Analysis
10801 Obtain List of Possible Markets
10802 Conduct Market Survey
10803 Identify Potential Markets
10804 Analyze Existing Source Separation Programs
10805 Obtain Materials Market Letters of Interest
109 Conduct Source Separation Feasibility
10901 Develop System Parameters and Logistics
10902 Develop Cost and Revenue Estimates
110 Perform Preliminary Environmental Analysis
11001 Determine Whether Air Quality Monitoring is Required
Prior to Construction
11002 Analyze Capabilities of the Various Technologies to
Meet the Environmental Requirements
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
Activity Index (continued)
Master
Activity
No.
Ill Establish Transportation Analysis Model
11101 Establish Centroids of Waste Generation
11102 Establish Transportation Linkages
11103 Establish Average Travel Times for Links
11104 Define Calculation Method
11105 Establish Cost Functions for Packer Truck Haul,
Transfer Trailer Haul, Processing, and Disposal
112 Perform Preliminary Site Analysis
11201 Solicit New Site Nominations and Obtain Site
Checklist Information
11202 Obtain Existing and Potential Site Checklist
Information
11203 Categorize Sites Regarding Suitability
11204 Rank Higher Potential Sites
113 Perform Financial, Legal, and Institutional Analysis
11301 Identify Options for Roles, Responsibilities;
Procurement, Legal, and Financial Options
11302 Define Risks Associated with Resource Recovery
11303 Identify Funding Sources and Constraints
11304 Examine Existing Waste Supply Status
11305 Examine Existing Waste Contracting Capability
11306 Analyze Risk Assignment for Each Option
11307 Summarize Options, Needed Legislation, Constraints,
and Risks
114 Develop Project Alternatives
11401 Formulate Technological Alternatives
11402 Develop Costs for Each Alternative
11403 Analyze Regionalization and Transportation
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
Activity Index (continued)
Master
Activity
No.
11404 Assess Risks
11405 Develop Preferred Financial and Institutional Arrange-
ments for Each Alternative
11406 Summarize Results
115 Establish Political/Public Decision Process
11501 Establish Ordered Briefing List
11502 Establish Decision Path
116 Develop Recommendations and Report
11601 Rank Alternatives
11602 Formulate Preliminary Recommendations
11603 Conduct Review and Incorporate Comments by Project
Team
11504 Obtain Project Team Adoption
117 Obtain Political/Public Decision to Proceed
11701 Conduct Appropriate Briefings
11702 Obtain Feedback and Brief as Necessary
11703 Proceed with Decision
PHASE II - RESOURCE RECOVERY PROCUREMENT PLANNING
SSI Perform Detailed Source Separation Feasibility
SS101 Establish Source Separation Project Team
SS102 Secure Required Resources
SS103 Obtain Market Requirements and Prices
SS104 Estimate Quantities of Recovered Materials
SS105 Define Institutional and Legal Requirements
SS106 Define Separation and Collection Procedures
SS107 Establish System Configuration, Costs, and Revenues
SS108 Obtain Political/Public Decision to Proceed
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
Activity Index (continued)
Master
Activity
No.
SS2 Develop Source Separation Program
SS201 Define Program
SS202 Test Program (Conditional)
SS203 Obtain Market Letters of Intent
SS204 Develop Institutional and Legal Mechanisms
SS205 Develop Publicity/Public Education Program
SS206 Update Costs
SS207 Obtain Political/Public Decision to Proceed
SS3 Execute Program
201 Define Project
20101 Define Project and Tasks
20102 Develop Preliminary Project Cost-Estimate
202 Draft Environmental Assessment and Determine Site Priorities
20201 Perform Preliminary Archaeological and Historical
Check
20202 Determine Zoning and Land Use
20203 Determine Traffic Impact
20204 Determine Existing Air Quality and Impact
20205 Determine Water Demand and Discharge Impacts
20206 Determine Aesthetic Requirements
20207 Determine Impacts on Project Economics
20208 Determine Site Priorities
20209 Product Draft Environmental Assessment with
Recommended Sites
203 Secure Sites
20301 Present Draft Environmental Assessment to Elected
Officials and Community Groups
20302 Hold Public Meeting
20303 Obtain Zoning and Options on Sites
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
Activity Index (continued)
Master
Activity
No.
204 Update Project Definition and Costs
20401 Redefine Project Parameters
20402 Update Project Cost Estimate
20403 Summarize Results and Prepare Report
205 Strengthen Waste Supply Commitments
20501 Conduct Briefings and Solicit Commitments
20502 Obtain Commitments
206 Structure Risks to Resolve Institutional Problems
20601 Seek Legislative Changes and Resolve
20602 Distill Required Institutional Arrangements
207 Strengthen Market Commitments
20701 Set Energy Market Priorities
20702 Confirm Energy Requirements and Needs
20703 Prepare Draft Energy Contract(s)
20704 Review Energy Contract(s)
20705 Obtain Letters of Intent
20706 Re-contact Interested Materials Markets
20707 Confirm Material Availability and Market
Requirements
20708 Prepare Draft Contract
20709 Review Materials Contract
20710 Obtain Letters of Intent
208 Update Project Definition and Costs
20801 Redefine Project Parameters
20802 Update Project Cost Estimate
20803 Summarize Project Costs and Incorporate into MA 209
Report
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
Activity Index (continued)
Master
Activity
No.
209 Select Technology^s), Risk Assignment, Procurement, and
Financing Approach; Write Report
20901 Review State-of-the-Art
20902 Select Most Probable Technology(s)
20903 Define Risks
20904 Establish Procurement and Financing Approach
20905 Prepare Report
210 Obtain Political/Public Decision to Proceed
21001 Conduct Briefings to Elected Officials
21002 Conduct Briefings to Governing Bodies
21003 Conduct Briefings to Media
21004 Conduct Briefings to Interested Citizen Groups
21005 Conduct Briefings to Public
21006 Obtain Feedback, Letters of Support and Endorsement
21007 Proceed with Decision
PHASE III - RESOURCE RECOVERY SYSTEM PROCUREMENT
TURNKEY
301 Establish Administrative Framework
30101 Review Project Team
30102 Further Liaison with Other Public Agencies
30103 Further Liaison with Political Process
30104 Retain Consultant(s) (Optional)
30105 Establish Liaison with Specific Permit Agencies
30106 Continue Process for Public Involvement
30107 Determine Market Involvement in Procurement
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
Activity Index (continued)
Master
Activity
No.
302 Product RFP
30201 Determine Parameters
30202 Advise Potential Contractors
30203 Prepare RFP and Evaluation Criteria (Optional)
30204 Prepare Draft RFP and Draft Contract
30205 Issue RFQ with Draft RFP (Optional)
30206 Evaluate RFQ Responses and Qualify Companies
(Optional)
30207 Meet with Companies
30208 Finalize RFP
303 Acquire Contractor
30301 Issue RFP
30302 Review and Summarize Proposals
30303 Interview Proposers
30304 Evaluate Proposals
30305 Negotiate Contract
304 Perform Environmental Assessment
30401 Assess Regulatory and Public Information Needs
30402 Further Liaison with Regulatory Agencies and
Political Process
30403 Determine Research and Analysis Scope
30404 Allocate and Perform Tasks
30405 Draft Report and Issue for Review
30406 Revise Draft and Issue Final Report
305 Acquire Waste Supply Contracts
30501 Prepare Draft Contract(s)
30502 Negotiate Contract(s)
30503 Obtain Community Approval
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
Activity Index (continued)
Master
Activity
No.
306 Secure ^reconstruction Permits
30601 Complete Listing of Applicable Permits
30602 Review Requirements
30603 Establish Permit Responsibility
30604 Perform Necessary Analysis
30605 Complete and Submit Applications
30606 Support Application Process
307 Perform Preliminary Design
30701 Review Permit Requirements
30702 Update Plant Technical Parameters
30703 Provide Permit Support
30704 Finalize Permitted Configuration
308 Acquire Market Contracts
30801 Negotiate Market Contracts
309 Secure Financing
30901 Prepare Financing Plan
30902 Market Bonds
A/E
311 Establish Administrative Framework
31101 Review Project Team
31102 Further Liaison with Other Public Agencies
31103 Further Liaison with Political Process
31104 Retain Consultant(s) (Optional)
31105 Establish Liaison with Specific Permit Agencies
31106 Continue Process for Public Involvement
31107 Determine Market Involvement in Procurement
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
Activity Index (continued)
Master
Activity
No.
312 Acquire Preliminary Design
31201 Secure Experienced A/E Capabilities
31202 Start Up Project Design
31203 Screen Environmental Requirements, Address Issues
31204 Specify Emissions
31205 Produce Conceptual Design
31206 Perform Preliminary Engineer's Cost Estimate
313 Secure Preconstruction Permits
31301 Complete Listing of Applicable Permits
31302 Review Requirements
31303 Establish Permit Responsibility
31304 Perform Necessary Analysis
31305 Complete and Submit Applications
31306 Support Application Process
314 Perform Environmental Assessment
31401 Assess Regulatory and Public Information Needs
31402 Further Liaison with Regulatory Agencies and
Political Process
31403 Determine Research and Analysis Scope
31404 Allocate and Perform Tasks
31405 Draft Report and Issue for Review
31406 Revise Draft and Issue Final Report
315 Acquire Waste Supply Contracts
31501 Prepare Draft Contract(s)
31502 Negotiate Contract(s)
31503 Obtain Community Approval
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
Activity Index (continued)
Master
Activity
No.
316
317
318
Acquire Design and Contractor
31601 Complete Design Plans, Specifications, and
Engineer's Estimate
31602 Secure Construction Permits
31603 Review and Approve Design
31604 Advertise for Construction Bids
31605 Prepare Bids
31606 Receive and Review Bids
31607 Select Bidder and Sign Contract
Acquire Market Contracts
31701 Negotiate Market Contracts
Secure Financing
31801 Prepare Financing Plan
31802 Market Bonds
FULL SERVICE
321 Establish Administrative Framework
32101 Review Project Team
32102 Further Liaison with Other Public Agencies
32103 Further Liaison with Political Process
32104 Retain Consultant(s) (Optional)
32105 Establish Liaison with Specific Permit Agencies
32106 Continue Process for Public Involvement
32107 Determine Market Involvement in Procurement
322 Produce RFP
32201 Determine Parameters
32202 Advise Potential Contractors
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
Activity Index (continued)
Master
Activity
No.
32203 Prepare RFQ and Evaluation Criteria (Optional)
32204 Prepare Draft RFP and Draft Contract
32205 Issue RFQ and Draft RFP (Optional)
32206 Evaluate RFQ Responses and Qualify Companies
(Optional)
32207 Meet with Companies
32208 Finalize RFP
323 Acquire Contractor
32301 Issue RFP
32302 Review and Summarize Proposals
32303 Interview Proposers
32304 Evaluate Proposals
32305 Negotiate Contract
324 Perform Environmental Assessment
32401 Assess Regulatory and Public Information Needs
32402 Further Liaison with Regulatory Agencies and
Political Process
32403 Determine Research and Analysis Scope
32404 Allocate and Perform Tasks
32405 Draft Report and Issue for Review
32406 Revise Draft and Issue Final Report
325 Secure Preconstruction Permits
32501 Complete Listing of Applicable Permits
32502 Review Requirements
32503 Establish Permit Responsibility
32504 Perform Necessary Analysis
32505 Complete and Submit Applications
32506 Support Application Process
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
Activity Index (concluded)
Master
Activity
No.
326 Acquire Waste Supply Contracts
32601 Prepare Draft Contract(s)
32602 Negotiate Contract(s)
32603 Obtain Community Approval
327 Acquire Market Contracts
32701 Negotiate Market Contracts
328 Perform Preliminary Design
32801 Review Permit Requirements
32802 Update Plant Technical Parameters
32803 Provide Permit Support
32804 Finalize Permitted Configuration
329 Secure Financing
32901 Prepare Financing Plan
32902 Obtain Debt Financing
32903 Obtain Equity Financing
32904 Establish Project Feasibility
32905 Market Bonds
PHASE IV - CONSTRUCTION, SHAKEDOWN, ACCEPTANCE
PHASE V - OPERATION
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
Master Activity Index
Master
Activity
No.
PHASE 0 - INITIAL RESOURCE RECOVERY FEASIBILITY SCREENING
000 Overview of Phase 0
001 Evaluate Non-Recovery Disposal Options and Associated Environmental
Issues
002 Sample Citizen and Political Interest
003 Conduct Preliminary Market Survey
004 Conduct Preliminary Waste Supply Assessment
005 Assess Source Separation Protection
006 Assess Economics, Environmental Impacts, and Procurement Methods of
Recovery Technologies
007 Test Appropriateness of Proceeding
PHASE I - RESOURCE RECOVERY FEASIBILITY ANALYSIS
101 Organize Project Team and Public Information Process
102 Secure Required Resources
103 Screen Environmental Requirements
104 Conduct Technology Analysis
105 Analyze Waste Stream
106 Perform Detailed Energy Market Analysis
107 Analyze Existing Disposal Options
108 Conduct Material Market Analysis
109 Conduct Source Separation Feasibiity
110 Perform Preliminary Environmental Analysis
111 Establish Transportation Analysis Model
112 Perform Preliminary Site Analysis
113 Perform Financial, Legal, and Institutional Analysis
114 Develop Project Alternatives
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
Master Activity Index (continued)
Master
Activity
No.
115 Establish Political/Public Decision Process
116 Develop Recommendations and Report
117 Obtain Political/Public Decision to Proceed
PHASE II - RESOURCE RECOVERY PROCUREMENT PLANNING
SSI Perform Detailed Source Separation Feasibility
SS2 Develop Source Separation Program
SS3 Execute Program
201 Define Project
202 Draft Environmental Assessment and Determine Site Priorities
203 Secure Sites
204 Update Project Definition and Costs
205 Strengthen Waste Supply Commitments
206 Structure Risks to Resolve Institutional Problems
207 Strengthen Market Commitments
208 Update Project Definition and Costs
209 Select Technology(s), Risk Assignment, Procurement and Financing
Approach; Write Report
210 Obtain Political/Public Decision to Proceed
PHASE III - RESOURCE RECOVERY SYSTEM PROCUREMENT
TURNKEY
301 Establish Administrative Framework
302 Produce RFP
303 Acquire Contractor
304 Perform Environmental Assessment
305 Acquire Waste Supply Contracts
306 Secure Preconstruction Permits
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
Master Activity Index (concluded)
Master
Activity
No.
307 Perform Preliminary Design
308 Acquire Market Contracts
309 Secure Financing
A/E
311 Establish Administrative Framework
312 Acquire Preliminary Design
313 Secure Preconstruction Permits
314 Perform Environmental Assessment
315 Acquire Waste Supply Contracts
316 Acquire Design and Contractor
317 Acquire Market Contracts
318 Secure Financing
FULL SERVICE
321 Establish Administrative Framework
322 Produce RFP
323 Acquire Contractor
324 Perform Environmental Assessment
325 Secure Preconstruction Permits
326 Acquire Waste Supply Contracts
327 Acquire Market Contracts
328 Perform Preliminary Design
329 Secure Financing
PHASE IV - CONSTRUCTION, SHAKEDOWN, ACCEPTANCE
PHASE V - OPERATION
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY*. OVERVIEW OF PHASE o number
PHASE: 0, Initial Resource Recovery Feasibility Screening
«
MILESTONE: Determination of Whether or Not Resource Recovery is Precluded
PURPOSE: To ascertain if there are any local conditions which obviate the
need to investigate RR in detail by conducting a preliminary investigation
which considers the critical ingredients of a RR program.
DESCRIPTION: The vital ingredients necessary for a viable RR program are
investigated in a preliminary manner to obtain a conclusion of whether or
not any of them are missing to such an extent that a RR program would not
be viable. If available, data from reasonably recent studies and reports
may be used.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Lack of even rudimentary information and data about existing
disposal systems or recovery options; unavailability of in-house staff.
MAJOR DECISIONS: To preclude or defer further consideration of RR, or proceed
into Phase I subject to the availability of staff and funds; whether or not
to proceed to Phase II source separation; appropriated budget to proceed.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD (designate)
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 6 weeks. Range = 3 to 10 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 26 work days.
3. Funding: $6,000 (C fee); $2,000 direct IHS cost
REFERENCES; R2, R3, R8, R9, RIO, Rll, R25, R28, R49, R32, R105
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; EVALUATE NON-RECOVERY DISPOSAL OPTIONS AND numher
ASSOCIATED ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES I1UIHIHM
PHASE: 0» Initial Resource Recovery Feasibility Screening
MILESTONE: Initial Screening Report on Current Disposal Practices
PURPOSE: To develop a brief narrative (less than 10 pages) discussing the
prospects for disposing of the community's solid waste by non-recovery ap-
proaches, e.g., incineration without heat recovery or landfill. This task
also determines, on a preliminary basis, whether existing landfill or incin-
eration systems are sufficiently adequate environmentally, economically, and
in terms of long-term capacity so as to preclude the need to pursue RR as a
potential waste disposal solution.
DESCRIPTION; The narrative should look ahead at least 10 years. If appropri-
ate, the need to procure new landfill sites should be discussed and major
obstacles described. A rough cost estimate for future disposal (including
transportation to the disposal site) is developed. This estimate is both
on a per ton and an aggregate annual basis. The status of existing landfills
and incinerators in terms of available current capacities and remaining life,
potential for regionalization, environmental soundness and regulatory compli-
ance, and cost is evaluated. (See MA 105, and MA 107 for steps in a more de-
tailed analysis.)
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Uncertainty regarding implications of future regulations
for landfills; landfill life estimates are frequently in error by several
years, resulting from poor estimates both in capacity and waste quantities.
MAJOR DECISIONS: None.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD (designate)
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: DPW, EA-(L), EA-(S), MPE
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
3. Funding: See MA 000
REFERENCES: In MA 000
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY! SAMPLE CITIZEN AND POLITICAL INTEREST number
PHASE; 0, Initial Resource Recovery Feasibility Screening
i
MILESTONE: Initial Screening Report On Citizen And Political Interest
PURPOSE: To determine on a preliminary basis whether citizen and political
interest in RR is sufficient to warrant exploring RR as a viable option,
or sufficiently negative to preclude it as a possibility. This is done by
developing a brief narrative documenting the views of various citizen and
environmental groups and leaders on the subject of RR. This sampling is
also used to determine if there are strong opponents or proponents of RR in
elected or appointed positions.
DESCRIPTION: In most cases, the extent of citizen and political interest
will be known. Other cases will suggest the need for public hearings,
meetings, or perhaps an informal opinion poll conducted by contacting a list
of selected local (elected and appointed) officials, citizen and public
interest group representatives, and others knowledgeable about the local
political scene and solid waste activities and plans. Also the positions
taken by the press and other communications media are examined.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Lack of informed opinion or knowledge about the solid
waste disposal problem and what a RR project entails; political climate
changes makes future interest difficult to predict.
MAJOR DECISIONS: None.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD (designate)
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, P, DPW, IG
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
3. Fund ing:
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY! CONDUCT PRELIMINARY MARKET SURVEY number
PHASE; 0, Initial Resource Recovery Feasibility Screening
MILESTONE; Initial Screening Report of Markets
PURPOSE; To determine on a preliminary basis whether the lack of acceptable
local markets for recovered energy and materials would preclude RR and to
develop preliminary estimates of the revenue that could be expected if
various types of RR approaches were implemented locally.
DESCRIPTION; Major industries and utilities are contacted to assess interest
in being considered as a market for RR. In some areas of the country it may
be helpful for preliminary identification to sight stacks visually from atop a
tall building. Demand for steam, RDF, and electric power is estimated, and
potential energy revenues are calculated based on the local price of fossil
fuel. Material markets are contacted (See A 10801 - A 10805 for steps in a
more thorough investigation). On the basis of local fuel costs, develop an
estimate of the likely revenue that could be expected for refuse based energy
if sold as RDF/dRDF, steam and electricity. Note any major changes in fuel
types utilized which are expected to take place locally, such as a conversion
of several major boilers from oil to coal. Also estimate likely prices for
steel and aluminum scrap, probably based on nearest area sales price figures.
The latter should be of sufficient accuracy for the analysis of MA 007.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Difficulty of holding discussions with industry and utilities
on an "informal" and "preliminary" basis.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whom to contact.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD (designate)
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: M, U, MPE, PUC
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
3. Funding: See MA 000
REFERENCES: Rl, R4, RIO, Rll, R15, R16, R20, R26, R39, R84, R85
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY CONDUCT PRELIMINARY WASTE SUPPLY number
ASSESSMENT numuw
PHASE: 0, Initial Resource Recovery Feasibility Screening
MILESTONE: Initial Screening Report on Waste Supply Issues
PURPOSE; To determine on a preliminary basis whether there are any waste
supply problems which are likely to preclude development of a RR system.
DESCRIPTION; Estimate potential waste quantities for municipal/commercial
and nonhazardous industrial refuse, separately identifying waste which is
under municipal control and which is privately collected. Consider differ-
ent region sizes up to, for example, a 30-mile radius or 1 million tons per
year. Also identify any legal or other restrictions on directing waste or
having "put-or-pay" provisions in community contracts. Estimate the percent
paper, steel, aluminum, and glass and from the literature choose a value
for waste as fuel RDF/dRDF and for mass burning. A fairly rough estimate is
sufficient as input to MA 007.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Lack of knowledge about the legal barriers to directing
refuse to a facility; absence of meaningful data. (See Activities under
MA 105 for steps in a more thorough assessment.)
MAJOR DECISIONS; None.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD (designate)
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: LD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
3. Funding: See MA 000
REFERENCES: R2, R6, R8, Rll, R27, R29, R30, R31, R64, R65, R66, R67, R68, R69
R115, R116
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY*. ASSESS SOURCE SEPARATION POTENTIAL number
PHASE: 0, Initial Resource Recovery Feasibility Screening
MILESTONE; Source Separation Assessment
PURPOSE; To determine in a preliminary way whether source separation is
precluded as a possible option.
DESCRIPTION; The potential for a successful source separation program is
evaluated by reviewing a) the available markets for newsprint and paper,
glass bottles and containers, and cans; b) local attitudes toward voluntary
versus mandatory source separation wastes; c) organizations and firms,
including municipal waste collectors, that might now be or would become
involved in the collection, transportation, and/or marketing of the materials.
This includes a preliminary analysis of the economics of source separation.
(See Activities under MA 109, MA SSI, MA SS2, MA SS3 for a more complete
analysis).
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Difficulty in estimating what the participation will be
and in understanding how the system will function.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether pursuit of a source separation program should be
continued or precluded.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD (designate)
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: IG, M, EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
3. Funding: See MA 000
REFERENCES; R2, R3, R4, R5, Rll, R25, R27, R29, R31, R37, R38, R39, R40, R41,
R42, R43, R44, R45, R46, R64, R65, R66, R67, R68, R69, R108, R113
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY ASSESS ECONOMICS, ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS, number
AND PROCUREMENT METHODS OF RECOVERY
TECHNOLOGIES
PHASE: 0, Initial Resource Recovery Feasibility Screening
MILESTONE: Economics and Technologies Assessment
PURPOSE; To identify possible RR system concepts to determine on a preliminary
basis whether the economics of RR are sufficiently competitive in the local
environment to warrant further consideration of RR as an option; also to produce
a 3-4 page analysis of existing technologies, economics, environmental impacts,
and procurement methods.
DESCRIPTION; Review the state-of-the-art in RR technology. Make rough
projections of tipping fees for RR based on literature cost data for selected
technologies, local energy prices and typical cost factors, O&M and revenue
escalation rates. Develop alternatives based on processing stations, com-
munities involved (total tonnage), transportation network and transfer sta-
tions, potential markets, possible participant and organizational roles.
Consider options in terms of procurement methods and risk allocation among
participants. (See Activities under MA 104, MA 105, MA 106, MA 107, MA 108,
MA 111, MA 205, MA 209 for more complete analysis). The result is a 3-4 page
report evaluating the extent of technology development, where used, and related
success factors. For each approach and site (where possible) the extent of
environmental impact, or its uncertainty.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Review too superficial to contain decision information.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Validity of data; extent of detail needed; format of
narrative descriptions.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD (designate)
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: DPW
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
3. Funding: See MA 000
REFERENCES; R2, R3, R6, R8, R9
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY TEST APPROPRIATENESS OF PROCEEDING number
PHASE; 0, Initial Resource Recovery Feasibility Screening
MILESTONE; Statement on Whether Resource Recovery is Precluded or
Worth Pursuing
PURPOSE; To decide to defer or preclude consideration of RR or to initiate,
if possible, a feasibility study, i.e., Phase I; to compare the results of
MA 006 with traditional disposal such as landfill, and to decide the tech-
nical approaches which appear feasible; to calculate landfill upgrading
and cost of operation in a given year (e.g., 5 years hence) as well as
RR in that year.
DESCRIPTION; If source separation is the only viable recovery system, pro-
ceed to Phase II, MA SSI. The narrative developed as part of MA 007 tests
initial estimates by describing different procurement methods, relative costs,
the need for local appropriations, and their risks. The narrative serves as
an educational tool, and basis for future discussion. Evaluate the results of
MA 001 through MA 006. Then make a technical and public/political decision
on the merits and advisability of continuing to pursue RR. Briefly document
the conclusions, with supporting data, following careful review with concerned
agencies and individuals. Terminate effort if recovery is precluded. Other-'
wise, proceed into Phase I.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Insufficient time for necessary political input and resources
to be gathered due to critical solid waste management situation.
MAJOR DECISIONS; To preclude or defer further consideration of RR, or proceed
into Phase I subject to the availability of staff and funds; whether or not
to proceed to Phase II source separation; appropriated budget to proceed.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD (designate)
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: E0» DPW» IA
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
3. Funding: See MA 000
REFERENCES; R2, R8, R114
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY ORGANIZE PROJECT TEAM AND PUBLIC number
INFORMATION PROCESS IIUIHWW
PHASE: I» Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE: Project Team, Written Policy, Goals and Guidelines
PURPOSE: To involve all involved and affected parties from the beginning in
order to develop a project which can be accepted in the community and to de-
velop people who understand the project's evolution and can sell it to their
constituents.
DESCRIPTION: The project director and project manager utilize their knowledge
of the local area to select and solicit members for the project team. The
team's first task is to establish written policy goals and guidelines to be
used for guiding the project.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Low interest by potential team members.
MAJOR DECISIONS: What groups to involve in the project; the project objec-
tives - what to accomplish, by when, what other parameters will affect the
project; issues which might be addressed are procurement options, user
fees, service area participants, nonmunicipal waste, and related items.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD & PM
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, AO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 2.5 to 13 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 22 work days.
3. Funding: $7,000
REFERENCES: R2, R12
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; SECURE REQUIRED RESOURCES number
PHASE: I» Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE: Committed In-House Staff, Contracts with Consultants
PURPOSE: To define the overall project scope; and to obtain and commit the
expertise necessary for performing the tasks and developing the proiect.
DESCRIPTION: The project scope is defined, based on the policy goals and guide-
lines developed in the previous master activity and allocated to in-house staff
and consultants. In-house staff is committed, or hired and committed, and con-
sultants are hired.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Excessive budget constraints; lack of support by elected officials;
indecisiveness on in-house staff capabilities and the consultant scope of work.
MAJOR DECISIONS; foriich tasks in-house staff is capable of performing; xrtiich
consultants to hire.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD, PM, PT
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 12 weeks. Range = 7 to 31 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 46 work days.
3. Funding: $9,000
REFERENCES; R2, R8, R32, R87, R114
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; SCREEN ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS number
PHASE: I» Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE: Detailed Knowledge of Environmental Restrictions, Requirements,
and Review Process
PURPOSE; Many environmental requirements can impact on costs and facility
siting. These requirements must be established very early so that they can be
incorporated into the planning process.
DESCRIPTION; Detailed information on air quality, air emission requirements,
surface and ground water use and restrictions, zoning restrictions, permits
and permitting process, and review (governmental and public) requirements is
gathered.
MAJOR OBSTACLES;Incomplete knowledge of detailed project structure; land use
incompatible with zoning; uncertainty regarding interpretation of environmental
regulations.
MAJOR DECISIONS: A preliminary definition of the RR system aspects to be assumed
for purposes of environmental review (e.g., number of transfer stations, tons per
day disposed).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: See Activity Sheets
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
3. Funding: $4,000
REFERENCES; R2, R6, Rll, R36, R47, R65, R73, R74, R75, R76, R77, R78, R79, R80,
Clean Air Act, as amended, 1977 Safe Drinking Water Act, Air and Water Pollution
Code Rules and Regulations, OSHA, Prior Environmental Impact Statements.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: CONDUCT TECHNOLOGY ANALYSIS number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE: Current Detailed Knowledge Of Technologies
PURPOSE: To ascertain the availability, capabilities, advantages, dis-
advantages, and appropriateness of the various technologies for recovering
the resources in solid waste.
DESCRIPTION; From t>ast experience, telephone calls to manufacturers, sup-
pliers, and managers of existing facilities, and a literature review, the
required information is obtained and analyzed.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Incomplete, inaccurate or misleading data; information
unavailable.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not all the required data has been obtained;
whether or not the obtained data is valid; format for technology presentation.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 3 to 11 weeks,
2. Work Effort: Average = 26 work days.
3. Funding: $5,000
REFERENCES: R2, R3, R6, R27, R33, R34, R35, R36, R112
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; ANALYZE WASTE STREAM number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
_ MILESTONE: Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable Quantities,
Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE: The economics of RR projects are sensitive to changes in throughput,
since it affects the revenues derived from both the tipping fee and the sale of
recovered energy and materials (via central processing or source separation or
both). Therefore, it is extremely important not to overestimate the tonnage
available. Seasonal variations in refuse generation must be known to determine
peak throughput rates and storage requirements. Compositional analysis is the
basis for determining the recoverable quantity of materials and energy, which
in turn is used to estimate revenues. Sludge quantities, composition, and dis-
posal needs are used in determining whether co-disposal of sludge and refuse is
feasible. All data should be agreed upon by the involved agencies.
DESCRIPTION; Data from multiple sources are obtained and analyzed, and inconsisten-
cies are rectified. Weighing surveys and compositional analyses are conducted
where applicable. Sludge quantities, characteristics, and future disposal needs
are defined. The effects of existing source separation programs are factored
into the estimates.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Incomplete, inaccurate, or misleading data; lack of cooperation;
interagency conflicting information.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Credibility and adequacy of collected data; whether data should
be supplemented; whether to perform weighing surveys.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, C, IHS, PT
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, PT, MPE, EA-(S and L), EPA
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average =
2. Work Effort: Average = 38 work days.
3. Funding: $9,500
* Rounded to 6
REFERENCES; R2, R4, R6, Rll, R27, R29, R30, R31, R64, R65, R66, R67, R68, R69, R106,
R115, R116 Chamber of Commerce Industry Listing (local).
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; PERFORM DETAILED ENERGY MARKET ANALYSIS number
PHASE: I> Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE; Letters of Interest
PURPOSE: To obtain a complete picture of the possible energy markets in the
area since the energy market is one of the key components of a RR project;
the number of alternatives is constrained by the number of markets and there-
fore they must be identified as completely as possible. This includes es-
tablishing general familiarity with the potential markets, their technical
constraints, the individuals involved, and the institutional questions which
may arise. All these items are necessary to explore because their results
will set the tone for conducting many remaining activities in the project.
DESCRIPTION: Utilizing lists of known fossil fuel users, a telephone screen-
ing is conducted. The promising users are visited. Utilities in the area
are factored from others. The basic technical parameters are solicited and
compiled in easily compared form. The availability of energy is determined.
Risks specifically related to the technologies available are noted. Facili-
ties are visited, demand and loads are recorded, and the match between demand
and supply of energy is made. Plans for the future are noted. A preliminary
pricing formula is produced for potential energy markets. Several meetings
with the most likely markets are conducted leading to a letter of interest.
Letters of interest are solicited.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Low cooperation; incomplete or inaccurate lists of energy
users; politically acceptable explanation of price discount incentive in
formula; key staff not participating.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Identifying potential and viable markets; amount of fuel dis-
count; whether or not to solicit price in letter of interest.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, PM, C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA: ,v
1. Duration: Average = 15 weeks. Range = 74 to 24 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 53 work days.
3. Funding: $10,000
*Rounded to 15
REFERENCES; Rl, R4, Rll, R15, R16, R20, R26, R90, R93, R94, R95, R97, R98,
R99, R100, R101, R102, R112
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: ANALYZE EXISTING DISPOSAL OPTIONS number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE; Fully Understood Current System Capabilities
PURPOSE; To examine the costs of existing facilities or readily obtainable
facilities and their ability to continue in their current mode of operation,
consistent with applicable environmental codes. These facilities may be
landfills, incinerators, other processing technologies, current sludge dis-
posal lagoons, spreading areas and other disposal facilities.
DESCRIPTION: This activity looks at all existing facilities, assesses their
conditions, and analyzes whether or not they could be upgraded and the associ-
ated costs. The current system's strengths and shortcomings must be clearly
understood, as well as the cost to rectify those facilities. A particular
market may lend itself readily to retrofitting an incinerator, for example, or
a landfill may be easily and inexpensively expanded. These considerations are
analyzed completely.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Poor data; public pressure to continue or discontinue an
operation.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Credibility of existing data or emissions testing; para-
meters for calculations; level of detail; role of neighboring areas; valid-
ity of findings ; whether sludge disposal facilities are sufficient in the
long term, and co-disposal is therefore unnecessary.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PT
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: MPE, PD, EO, PT, other municipalities
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 1-5 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 19 work days.
3. Funding: $4,000
REFERENCES; RIO, Rll, R28, R45, R49, R82, R106, R109
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; CONDUCT MATERIAL MARKET ANALYSIS number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE; Materials Market Report, Letters of Interest
PURPOSE: To obtain information on local markets for materials recovered from a
central RR facility and/or a source separation program. It is important to
obtain market requirements (specifications) for the recovered materials so that
a determination can be made on the type of technology and processing necessary
to meet those requirements.
DESCRIPTION; A list of possible markets for the various materials is compiled
and surveyed, potential markets are identified and letters of interest are
solicited. Existing source separation programs are identified and analyzed,
existing markets are identified, constraints and plans for the future are noted,
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Change of policy by the potential markets when the project
concept is transmitted from staff level to corporate level.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not the initial list of possible markets is reason-
ably complete; whether or not the survey questionnaire is complete and requests
the necessary information.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PT
ESTIMATING DATA-
1. Duration: Average = 15 weeks. Range = 5.7 to 19 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 23 work days.
3. Fund ing:
REFERENCES: Rl, R4, RIO, Rll, R15, R31, R39, R84, R85
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY^ CONDUCT SOURCE SEPARATION FEASIBILITY number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE; Realistic System Configuration with Costs and Revenues
PURPOSE; To obtain a solid basis for deciding whether or not to pursue
implementation of a source separation RR program.
DESCRIPTION; Collection practices are examined in detail, potential markets
and their requirements are identified, system parameters are developed, and a
realistic system configuration is developed with associated costs and revenues.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: incomplete information on collection practices or market re-
quirements.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether the system is feasible or not; whether system is to
be separate curbside collection or self-haul to central collection points.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = A weeks. Range = 2 to 7 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 25 work days.
3. Funding: $6,000
REFERENCES; R2, R4, R5, Rll, R25, R27, R29, R30, R31, R37, R38, R39, R40, R41,
R42, R43, R44, R45, R46, R64, R65, R66, R67, R68, R69, R108, R113
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: PERFORM PRELIMINARY ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS mher
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE: Environmental Constraints
PURPOSE; TO identify potential environmental problems and areas of environ-
mental concern and to provide environmental input into the development of
project alternatives.
DESCRIPTION: Since many environmental concerns must be analyzed on a site specific
basis, this Master Activity should be performed in conjunction with MA 112.
A preliminary examination is made of air, water, noise and other
environmental impact categories. Site-specific requirements for air monitoring
are determined, and the projected impacts of different technologies are estimated
and compared. The results may form the basis for limiting the number of alterna-
tives or constraining the conceptual design of alternative scenarios.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Uncertainty on final interpretations of regulations; insuf-
ficient field data.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not the existing air quality monitoring network is
adequate.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EPA, EA-(S), EA-(L)
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 11 work days.
3. Funding: $3,000
REFERENCES: R2, R6, Rll, R47, R65, R73, R74, R76, Safe Drinking Water Act,
Air and Water Pollution Code Rules and Regulations, OSHA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY:
ESTABLISH TRANSPORTATION ANALYSIS MODEL
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE; Selected Transportation Analysis Model and Data.
PURPOSE; To prepare for later analysis of RR system transportation costs and
evaluation of alternative solutions. Transportation analysis can provide in-
put to the determination of facility scale, technology, and site.
DESCRIPTION; Transportation modeling can range from a rough cost estimate of
a likely solution calculated by hand to complex computer modeling, which can
optimize the transportation configuration for a region and also identify the
system technology, scale, and site which would best meet system objectives at
the lowest cost. The extent of transportation analysis is dependent upon serv-
ice region size, potential markets for recovered materials and energy, avail-
able facility sites, existing waste transportation and disposal arrangements,
and the depth of analysis requested by interested citizen committees and repre-
sentatives.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Lack of commitment to the project on the part of service
region members and, therefore, an indeterminate and constantly changing waste
supply and region size; public objection to routes, methods, assumptions.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Extent of analysis desired for project and level of sophisti-
cation of the technique of analysis; identification of desired outputs (costs,
transportation configurations, sensitivity analysis, economically preferred
technology and scale).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C with PT
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: DOT-(L), DPW, P, A/E
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = A weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 14 work days.
3. Funding: $3,500
REFERENCES; R17, R19, R20, R22, R23, R24, R28
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: PERFORM PRELIMINARY SITE ANALYSIS number
PHASE: I> Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE: Sites Preliminarily Designated
PURPOSE: To establish the most desirable and probable sites for different
components of the RR system, including intermediate source separation, processing
sites, residue landfill sites, transfer station sites, and RR facility sites.
DESCRIPTION: Since environmental constraints can have an important bearing on
site selection and site ranking, this master activity should be performed in con-
junction with MA 110.
The site analysis includes preliminary identification of sites,
estimate of reasonableness based on environmental, socioeconomic, logistical, and
public acceptability criteria. The sites are nominated and preliminary analyses
are performed for proximity to markets, and site acceptability for all other
aspects of the system.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; No sites; no information available on sites; disagreement
concerning site or ranking; untimely or inaccurate leaks to media.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Site ranking
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PM, PT
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, PD, MPE, DOT-(L), PT
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 14 work days.
3. Funding: $3,500
REFERENCES: R2, R6, RIO, R47, R48
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY*. PERFORM FINANCIAL, LEGAL, AND nnmh«r
INSTITUTIONAL ANALYSIS HUIIIMOI
PHASE: I> Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE: Understanding of Constraints, Risks, Need for Legislation, Options
PURPOSE; To understand all constraints, issues, and risks facing the RR
program so that options can be formulated.
DESCRIPTION; Each RR project will have unique financing, legal, and institu-
tional constraints which must be recognized and addressed. This master activity
identifies all those issues, recognizes the constraints and analyzes the options
available for structuring the program.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Information and analysis unclear or inconclusive.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which constraints should be changed, which should remain and
be worked around; what are the options if the constraints are not changed.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C, FA
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: IB, BC, LC
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 6 weeks. Range = 3 to 12 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 31 work days.
3. Funding: $8,000
REFERENCES; R2> R5) R6) RS, RIO, Rll, R20, R55, R58, R76, R77, R110, R114
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; MR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: DEVELOP PROJECT ALTERNATIVES number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE: Development of Best Project Alternatives
PURPOSE: To specify all the possible projects which are reasonable to con-
sider, and to develop the rationale for the reason other projects are either
not possible or are unreasonable. The major potential alternatives are first
formulated, then evaluated to set the stage for the recommended plan and
alternative.
DESCRIPTION: Taking into account waste quantity and composition, market,
site, and technological requirements, the alternatives which are technically
feasible are formulated. For each alternative, the issues of regionalization,
transportation, risks, financial, legal, and institutional arrangements are
analyzed and assessed, and conclusions are reached for each as to: service
area, transportation network, preferred financial and institutional arrange-
ments, risk assignments, technology configurations, potential sites, co-
disposal potential, the integration or independent operation of a source
separation system, waste supply. Often, the advantages and disadvantages of
each project configuration are given.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Severe disagreement on the alternative or its objectives;
excessive number of alternatives which begin to lose meaning.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Distillation of a myriad of possibilities into the most
appropriate alternatives.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PT, MPE, EA-(l), EA-(S), EPA, LD, PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 5 weeks. Range = 2.5 to 14 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 44 work days.
3. Funding: $9,000
REFERENCES: R2, R3, R5, R6, R8, RIO, Rll, R15, R20, R25, R27, R29, R30,
R31, R33, R34, R35, R38-, R39, R40, R55, R65, Rill, R114
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: ESTABLISH POLITICAL/PUBLIC DECISION number
PROCESS IIUIIIMWI
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE: Decision to Proceed, Postpone or Terminate
PURPOSE; To set up the process, which will be compatible with the public
information process, by which decisions will be made and adhered to. There
is usually an established protocol in municipalities for approaching key
individuals and organizations which will be party to the decision (a concurrence
list).
DESCRIPTION; This task relies on precedent, protocol, imagination, and
interface with the public decision process in order to elicit a binding
decision on the part of the municipality. The ongoing public information
process is factored into the decision, as well as the decision of the elected
officials.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Not observing protocol, incomplete information, no clear
path established for decision.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Protocol required; mechanism for proceeding.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, PD, PT
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
3. Funding: $1,000
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; DEVELOP RECOMMENDATIONS AND REPORT number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE: Draft Feasibility Analysis Report, Final Feasibility Analysis Re-
port with Recommendations and Action Plan Adopted by Project Team
PURPOSE: To select a course of action to be pursued that will achieve the
goals and is consistent with the policy and guidelines set down in MA 101.
DESCRIPTION: The method for determining the order of preference of alterna-
tives is developed and used to select the recommended alternative, A draft
Feasibility Analysis report is written (including recommendations and an action
plan) and distributed to the project team for comment. The project team
develops a consensus of revisions to the draft. The revisions are made and the
final Feasibility Analysis is adopted by the project team.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Disagreement on objectives, evaluation of alternatives and
recommendations; disagreement about the facts as presented.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not the recommendations are consistent with the
wishes of the community, whether or not to recommend co-disposal, whether or
not to recommend source separation, budget proposal for next phase.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT, IHS, C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 5 weeks. Range = 2.7 to 2(3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 40 work days.
3. Funding: $10,000
REFERENCES:
NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: OBTAIN POLITICAL/PUBLIC DECISION number
TO PROCEED
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE: Decision to Proceed, Postpone or Terminate
PURPOSE: To present information, obtain feedback and elicit a conscious
decision from all participants in the decision process, using criteria
established in MA 115 to decide when the overriding factor or consensus
has been realized.
DESCRIPTION: All decisions to proceed with, postpone or terminate a RR
project are made consciously by the public decision process. There are
many sublevels of decision which must be factored in before the decision
reaches the public and political realm. Then a consensus or majority opinion
is reached, based on input of the project team, wherein the future of the
project is clearly decided.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Undue delay; lack of high level commitment or disagreement;,
major opposition to the project in key member municipalities.
MAJOR DECISIONS; To proceed with, postpone or terminate the project; whether or
not to proceed with co-disposal; whether or not to proceed with source separa-
tion; the amount of money appropriated for the next phase.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
I. Does Work: EO
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: IA, PT
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 3 to 16 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 15 work days.
3. Funding: $3,000
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: PERFORM DETAILED SOURCE SEPARATION number
FEASIBILITY
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE: Feasibility Report; Decision to Proceed or Terminate
PURPOSE: To refine the market requirements, system configuration and the
estimates of percent participation, percent recovery, costs, and revenues.
DESCRIPTION: A project team is formed; in-house staff is committed; consultants
are hired; if necessary a public opinion poll may be conducted (dependent on
size of municipality) to establish the level of participation; separation and
collection procedures are defined; quantity estimates of recovered materials
are derived, based on the percent participation obtained from the public opinion
poll; market requirements and prices are obtained; institutional and legal re-
quirements are defined; and system configuration, costs, and revenues are
established.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Unclear work scopes; low interest by elected officials; un-
qualified or uncommitted individuals; unreasonable quantities or collection
practices; unclear existing laws; disagreement over facts presented; excessive
delays.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Political/public decisions to proceed with source separation
program.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: EO, PM, IHS, C, LC
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 29 weeks. Range = 16 to 61 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 102 work days.
3. Funding: $25,000
REFERENCES: R2, R4, R5, Rll, R25, R27, R29, R31, R37, R38, R39, R41, R42, R43,
R44, R45? R64, R65, R66, R67, R68, R69, R106, R108, R113
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: DEVELOP SOURCE SEPARATION PROGRAM number
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE: Laws, Ordinances, Changes to Contracts, and Budgets Ready for
Adoption
PURPOSE: To structure a source separation program which is tailored to the
local community and meets its goals, requirements, and needs in accordance
with the Political/Public Decision To Proceed (A SS108).
DESCRIPTION: Based on the results of the political/public decisions in
MA SSI, the program is defined and tested, the resulting separated materials
are brought to the potential markets, and letters of interest are solicited
based on the sample recovered material. The institutional and legal framework,
as well as the publicity/public education program, is developed.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Ambiguous or inconsistent previous decision; test not
representative of the overall community; no market; delayed or unsatisfactory
responses; undue delay on decision.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Political/public decision to proceed including the adoption
of institutional and legal framework (e.g., adopt ordinance mandating source
separation, change franchise contracts) and adopted budget adjustments (e.g.,
for publicity/public education, recycling center, purchase of trucks).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, DPW, PT, PM, PD, EO
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EA-(L), PD, EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 27 weeks. Range = 17 to 52 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 91 work days.
3. Funding: $25,000
REFERENCES: R2, R4, R5, Rll, R25, R27, R29, R31, R37, R38, R39, RAO, R41, R42,
R43, R44, R45, R46, R64, R65, R66, R67, R68, R69, R108, R113
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: EXECUTE PROGRAM number
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE: Operating Program
PURPOSE: To commence operation of the source separation program in accordance
with the Political/Public Decision To Proceed (A SS207).
DESCRIPTION; Facilities are constructed, equipment is purchased, program is
publicized, contracts and ordinances are enforced, contracts on recovered
material are signed after bids have been received all as described and decided
on during the Political/Public Decision To Proceed (A SS207).
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Equipment lead time is excessive.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Contractor selection and contract terms; size, type and
operational parameters of the facilities.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IBS, C, PM
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, EO, AO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 16 weeks. Range = 8 to 28 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 40 work days.
3. Funding: $8,000
REFERENCES: R108, R113
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: DEFINE PROJECT number
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE: Preliminary Project Cost and Program Budget Estimates
PURPOSE: To define elements of the RR project based on the Political/Public
Decision (MA 117) and all previous data, to develop strategies for removing
any institutional barriers and for furthering waste supply and market commit-
ments, and to estimate the costs of the project. This master activity may be
unnecessary and can be reduced in scope or omitted if MA 117 has not signifi-
cantly changed the recommendations made in MA 116.
DESCRIPTION: The project to be pursued is outlined. Transportation, tipping
fee, and life cycle costs are estimated. Major elements to be addressed in
this phase are identified including roles, responsibilities, timetable and
budget. Strategies for removing any institutional barriers and for furthering
waste supply and market commitments are outlined.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Major unanticipated project or policy changes as a result
of MA 117.
MAJOR DECISIONS: The major problems to be addressed in the procurement planning
phase; responsibilities of the in-house staff, consultants and other participants,
scope and cost of Phase II; whether or not additional weighing surveys are
necessary.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD, PM, PT, IHS, C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
3. Funding: $5,000
REFERENCES: R2, R3, RIO, R19, R20, R22, R23
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT AND number
DETERMINE SITE PRIORITIES
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE: Complete Draft Environmental Assessment
PURPOSE; To identify potential environmental impacts of the proposed project
and to estimate costs associated with resolving these impacts; to evaluate
and establish the priorities of nominated system sites; and to write a draft
environmental assessment report for use during the process of securing sites
(MA 203).
DESCRIPTION; The environmental impacts of the project are identified in
quantitative and qualitative terms for the areas of air and water quality,
zoning and land use, traffic, historical significance, and aesthetics. The
associated effect of resolving these impacts on project economics is estimated,
Nominated sites are ranked based on the above impact analysis and a draft
environmental assessment report is prepared.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Existing environmental regulations prohibit construction;
cost to resolve impacts of project is excessive.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Quantification of impacts; procedure to rank sites; the
amount of detail required based on project parameters, local conditions, and
State (and possibly Federal) requirements.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IBS, PM, PT, PD, C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: Local Historical Society, ZA, Planning
Comm., DOT (L), EA-(L), EA-(S), EPA, Local Bldg. Comm., EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 11 weeks. Range = 7 to 18 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 72 work days.
3. Fund ing:
REFERENCES; R2, R4, R6, R70, R71, R72, R78, R79, R102, R103, R104, R106
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: SECURE SITES number
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE: Obtain Public Acceptance of Site(s), Obtain Option to
Acquire Site(s).
PURPOSE: To gain public acceptance of the proposed site(s) and to obtain
purchase options on preferred site(s).
DESCRIPTION; The Draft Environmental Assessment is presented to the elected
officials and community groups. Elected officials from participating communities
and the respective community groups are solicited for project support. System
sites and associated environmental impacts of the resource recovery project are
presented to the public via public meetings for their comments. Potential site
owners are approached and land purchase option agreements are signed for the
preferred site(s).
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Strong public resistance to the project or site; unwillingness
of potential site owners to sell property; excessive land costs.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Environmental impacts are perceived to prohibit the resource
recovery system; price to be paid for the sites; incentives to be offered to the
host communities; should the sites be acquired by eminent domain.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, PD, IHS, C, LD, EO
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: Local Community Groups, Potential Site
ESTIMATING DATA: ^^ ' IB
1. Duration: Average = 18 weeks. Range = 11 to 63 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 64 work days.
3. Funding: $16,000
REFERENCES: R2 , R3, R4, R6, R47, R48, R49, R70, R71
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: UPDATE PROJECT DEFINITION AND COSTS number
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE: Project Costs
PURPOSE; To estimate project costs more accurately based on secured site(s),
to develop strategies for removing any institutional barriers to the en-
visioned project configuration and to present them to the elected officials
if major changes (in the project or in the elected officials) have developed
since the previous presentation.
This MA may be reduced in scope if no significant changes have been made
to the project during MA 203.
DESCRIPTION: Facility costs are refined based on the amount of waste estimated
(taking into account existing, expanding, or new source separation programs) and
the preliminary agreements with the energy and materials markets obtained in
Phase I. Previously calculated (A 20102) transportation costs are revised if
necessary and incorporated to estimate tipping fees and life cycle costs for the
different procurement approaches.
Detailed strategies are developed for removing any institutional barriers
which block the preferred configuration, and furthering waste supply and mar-
ket commitments. These strategies have been outlined in Phase I and MA 201.
Any changes caused by developments between then and now are made and addition-
al details are added as necessary. These strategies are pursued in MA 206,
MA 205 and MA 207, respectively.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Unreliable market and waste stream data; major policy or
personnel changes.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not to perform this master activity if the pre-
ferred site(s) has been obtained. However, if the site(s) actually obtained
is in a significantly different location than the one sought, this master
activity may involve major restructuring of the project configuration.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD, PM, PT, IBS, C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
3. Funding: $5,000
REFERENCES; R2, R3, R5, R17, R19, R20, R22, R23, Rill
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; STRENGTHEN WASTE SUPPLY COMMITMENTS number
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE: Resolutions of Intent or Interest
PURPOSE; To secure the waste stream and estimate accurately the types and ton-
nages to be included in the RR project. Legal questions of waste stream control
and contracting are addressed in MA 206; MA 205 deals with non-institutional
questions of securing the waste stream related to municipal intent or desire to
deliver waste to the RR system.
DESCRIPTION; Accurate information regarding the amount and content of the waste
supply is collected. Each community must decide the waste tonnage for which it
will be responsible. Level of expected commitment of waste from the commercial
and industrial waste of each community is established.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Unwillingness of the communities to commit to the project,
or the existence of unreliable waste supply data.
MAJOR DECISIONS: The waste tonnage each town should control and for which it
will be responsible; methods of waste stream control available for commercial/
industrial waste; whether to establish a community committee to analyze risks
and possibly obviate the need for new legislation in MA 206.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, PT, PD, C, IB, EO, LD, BC
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: IA
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 20 weeks. Range = 10 to 40 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 80 work days.
3. Funding: $24,000
REFERENCES: R2> R8, RH, R27, R29, R30, R31, R64, R65, R66, R67, R68
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY! STRUCTURE RISKS TO RESOLVE INSTITUTIONAL number
PROBLEMS
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE: Resolved Institutional and Risk Arrangements
PURPOSE; To structure risks according to the favored scenarios of MA 113, MA 114,
MA 117, MA 201 and MA 204 and to seek the legislative action or the community ac-
tion in attempting to effect the favored scenario. The legislative changes and
community action will dictate the risk structure. If attempts at those changes
or actions are successful, the scenario stands are structured. If attempts at
those changes or actions are unsuccessful, the results are incorporated to pre-
pare a favored scenario for risks, or perhaps to determine the only possible
course of action open to the community.
DESCRIPTION: MA 113, MA 114, MA 117, MA 201 and MA 204 already have stated the de-
sired project posture. In so doing, contracting constraints as well as financing,
procurement, and energy sales constraints were identified, and the course of
action which should be pursued to rectify unwanted constraints was identified.
In some cases the course was modified legislation; in other cases the decision
was to work with the legal mechanism in place. This activity pursues the
legislative changes indicated. If the legislation is partly or wholly unsuccess-
ful, this master activity incorporates the results of the legislative process,
and sets a course of action for risk assignment. One arrangement or several
different institutional arrangements are constructed which will result in that
desired risk posture. The results of this activity are then factored into the
overall project position of MA 209. If no legislative changes are required,
and the method for proceeding is not altered by MA 205, the project definition
of MA 204 holds unamended.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Identified legislation deemed unnecessary in subcommittee
hearings; insufficient vote to pass; risk scenario acceptable to elected
officials cannot be structured; disagreement on desirable institutional arrange-
ments within project team.
MAJOR DECISIONS; If appropriate legislation was identified, how to draft the
legislation; if defeated, whether to return next session or just work around the
problem; the mix of institutional arrangements which should result in an acceptable
risk posture.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PM, LD, LC, PD
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: MPE, DP, PC, IB, U, EA-(L), EA-(S)
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 25 weeks. Range = 12 to 52 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 100 work days.
3. Funding: $30,000
REFERENCES; R4, RIO, R14, R15, R20, R21, R27, R55, R59, R65
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; STRENGTHEN MARKET COMMITMENTS number
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE: Letters of Intent
PURPOSE: To secure market commitments for energy and materials in the form
of letters of intent to purchase. Legal questions and barriers to securing
markets are addressed in MA 206, but this activity addresses the intent and
desire to participate on the part of the market regardless of whether the legal
mechanism or precedent exists to allow participation by the market with the
municipality or vice-versa.
DESCRIPTION: The lead agency recontacts viable energy and material markets to
determine: a) the intent of the market to cooperate in the project, b) pur-
chase requirements and contract terms.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Unwillingness of market to commit to more than an interest in
the project.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which market to approach; whether or not to include a pricing
formula in the letter of intent; whether or not to develop a draft contract.
ROLES^ AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD, PM, PT, IHS, C, U
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PUC, M
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 18 weeks. Range = 10 to 27.5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 74 work days.
3. Funding: $22,000
REFERENCES: Rl, R4, R15, R16, R20, R26
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; UPDATE PROJECT DEFINITION AND COSTS number
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE; Determine Project Costs
PURPOSE; To update project cost estimates based on secured sites, further
commitments from waste suppliers and markets and the decisions and options
from the selection of technology(s), risk assignment, procurement and fi-
nancing approaches developed concurrently during MA 209.
DESCRIPTION; Facility costs are refined based on secured sites, the amount of
waste committed (taking into account source separation) and the preliminary
agreements with the energy and materials markets. Previously calculated (MA 201
and MA 204) transportation costs continue to be incorporated to estimate tipping
fee and life cycle costs. This master activity is performed in conjunction with
MA 209 and adjusted accordingly.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement on the facts are presented; disagreements on the
method of analyzing the costs.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not to perform this master activity, since if very
little change in the project has occurred during MA 205, MA 206 and MA 207, the
results of either MA 201 or MA 204 may be used.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD, PM, PT, IHS, C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, M, AO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 6.5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 22 work days.
3. Funding: $6,000
REFERENCES: R2, R3, R5, R17, R19, R20, R22, R23, Rill
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; SELECT TECHNOLOGY(S) , RISK ASSIGNMENT, number
PROCUREMENT AND FINANCING APPROACH;
WRITE REPORT
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE: Report Stating Selected Technology(s), Procurement and Financing
Approach, and Risk Assignment.
PURPOSE: To provide definitive information on the scope of the RR system and
the risks which the project participants are to assume. This information is
needed for the Political/Public Decision to proceed.
DESCRIPTION: Based on the analysis of energy and materials markets, waste quan-
tity and composition (taking into account source separation programs), environ-
mental impacts and site(s), the preferred RR technology(s) is selected. Previous
cost analyses have assumed specific technologies; now however, the desired tech-
nology is formally stated. The project team also decides on the amount of risk
to assume in the project and how the RR system is to be owned and operated.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Disagreements on the facts as presented; lack of consensus on
the most appropriate technology(s), financing and procurement approach, risk
assignment.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Selection of most appropriate technology(s) , procurement and
financing approach and risk assignment.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, PM, PD, PT, LD, C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: IB, BC, EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 6 weeks. Range = 3 to 11 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 46 work days.
3. Funding: $15,000
REFERENCES: 112, R3, R6, R8, R27, R29, R33, R34, R35, R36, R55, R58, R110
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: OBTAIN POLITICAL/PUBLIC DECISION TO PROCEED number
PHASE: II» Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE; Letters Of Support And Endorsement, Appropriated Budget For Next
Phase, Adopted Resolution To Proceed
PURPOSE: To obtain an official decision to proceed with the project as defined
in Phase II from all involved agencies.
DESCRIPTION; A proposed project scope has been developed by the project team
with the cooperation of some elected officials. However, in this master activity,
all participating elected officials formally accept the project structure, and
then make a decision to proceed to Phase III. While elected officials may agree
with the project, they should get public reaction and support before they make a
decision to proceed. Part of the activity is for the elected officials of both
the lead agency and any participating communities to come to a conscious decision
to endorse the project, to so state the support, and to demonstrate their commit-
ment by resolution to appropriate the required funds budgeted for Phase III in
MA 209.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Elected officials decide to terminate project in present scope.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not to proceed with the project structure, risk
assignment, and procurement and financing approach.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD, PM, IHS, C, EO
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 12 weeks. Range = 4 to 20 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 38 work days.
3. Funding: $10,000
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; ESTABLISH ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK number
(TURNKEY)
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Procurement Participants;
Structure and Schedule the Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To identify and secure commitments from the public and private
organizational resources necessary to carry out the procurement process and
to structure and schedule this process so as to accommodate the required
inputs.
DESCRIPTION: During Phase II, the elected officials have selected or created
a lead agency for Phase III. This agency now reviews the project status and
then determines and obtains commitments from the project team participants,
hires consultants, establishes and maintains liaison with involved agencies,
plans for public and industry involvement, and outlines the approach for
soliciting and evaluating proposals from private industry (some or all of this
may already be established and does not have to be repeated).
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Insufficient personnel or funding; in-fighting among agencies;
weak commitments from key political and agency personnel.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Selection of lead agency and key personnel; composition of
the project team for Phase III; selection of consultants; plans for public and
industry involvement; procurement plan and schedule.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: EO, LA, C, PT
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, IA, M, IG, P
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 10 weeks. Range = 5 to 19 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 38 work days.
3. Funding: $10,000
REFERENCES; R2, R6, R9, R12
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: PRODUCE RFP (TURNKEY) number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: RFP and Draft Contract
PURPOSE: To specify the content and organization of proposals from potential
contractors, and to acquaint the proposers with the various technical, mana-
gerial, financial, and institutional aspects of the project; to indicate
clearly the desires of the lead agency in seeking a turnkey approach. To
prequalify contractors and obtain their input on a draft RFP (optional).
DESCRIPTION; The RFP should clearly transmit the proposal requirements of the
lead agency to the potential proposers. These requirements produce proposals of
sufficient content and uniform organization for comparable and effective evalu-
ation. An RFQ may be issued to select companies for the receipt of the RFP,
thereby limiting the subsequent number of proposals. The turnkey approach implies
certain needs and expectations on the part of the lead agency, and the intent
should be clearly stated in the RFP. This master activity is designed for pro-
curement of either large or small scale systems, or a combination of the two.
Regardless of size, the same areas should be addressed and resolved. The RFP
is built on the system - large or small - defined and refined in MA 007, MA 116,
MA 201, MA 204 and MA 209. If necessary, waste quantities are updated, taking
into account source separation programs and new, expanded and upgraded sewage
treatment plants (for co-disposal projects), and the anticipated effects of
source reduction. An optional step is to produce and issue an RFQ in order
to prequalify contractors and obtain their input on the draft RFP.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Consensus by the project team concerning the extent of detail
and the general content of the RFP.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not to issue RFQ; selection of qualified proposers;
definition of parameters in RFP.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PT, C, LC
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, LA, IA, potential proposers
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 22 weeks. Range = ^ to 37 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 126 work days.
3. Funding: $25,000
REFERENCES: R5, R6, R7, R8, R32, R59, R60
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; ACQUIRE CONTRACTOR (TURNKEY) number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Signed Contract
PURPOSE: To engage the services of a contractor to carry out the project as
defined in the RFP.
DESCRIPTION: The contractor is selected following an extensive evaluation of
proposals and is contracted following either a sequential or simultaneous
negotiation procedure. The contract negotiations actually begin upon receipt
of proposals and are continued through proposer presentations until it is de-
cided either that one company is superior or that further elaboration is re-
quired with a limited number of them. After selection of a preferred proposer,
a second proposer should be selected as an alternate in the event of unforeseen
difficulties with the preferred contractor. A key consideration is the respon-
siveness of the proposals to the RFP; no further negotiation is needed if a
proposer meets all the requirements of the RFP and the proposed system is
acceptable according to the principal criteria.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Partially-responsive proposals; nonacceptability of certain
proposal elements.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Evaluation and ranking of proposals; sequential or simultaneous
negotiations; final form of contract.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PT, C, LC
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, IA, P, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 55 weeks. Range = 26 to 136 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 300 work days.
3. Funding: $90,000
REFERENCES; R5, R6, R7, R8, R31, R32, R59
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: PERFORM ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (TURNKEY) number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Environmental Assessment Accepted by Environmental Agencies
PURPOSE: To prepare an environmental assessment in conjunction with securing
permits where necessary to assure all involved agencies, the markets, and the
public that the project is viable.
DESCRIPTION; The environmental assessment required varies widely among
municipalities in complexity and review criteria. In some cases it may not be
necessary to perform an environmental assessment. Where it is required, the
assessment is usually done by a consultant for U.S. EPA or a State environmental
agency and considers all air, water, noise, safety, and aesthetic requirements.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Insufficient design data; design not meeting requirements.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Identification of the critical items for the system; what level
of detail the assessment should involve; whether or not to directly involve the
turnkey contractor.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PM
2, Must be Consulted or Notified: PM, PD, EO, IG
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 31 weeks. Range = 14.5 to 76 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 105 work days.
3. Funding: $25,000
REFERENCES: R54, R70, R71, R72
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: ACQUIRE WASTE SUPPLY CONTRACTS (TURNKEY) number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Signed Waste Supply Contracts
PURPOSE: To develop final agreements between the lead agency and communities
for the^ supply of waste. This is the key agreement between the lead agency
and the communities which identifies the service to be provided, the risks to
be borne by either party, and the method of compensation to reflect such ser-
vice and related risks. If a co-disposal project is being pursued, proper
commitments of sewage sludge are also pursued.
SPECIAL NOTE: In the case of a single municipality or single long-term con-
trolling agent, this master activity may be omitted or substantially reduced
in scope.
DESCRIPTION: The communities and the lead agency will negotiate a contract for
the supply of waste, whose revenues will partially offset the costs and act as
security for financing. Provisions for existing or future source separation
programs; transportation costs; separate industrial/commercial wastes; and
previously committed host community incentives are considered for inclusion
in these agreements as appropriate. Bond and other counsel, depending on
the form of financing, will review the legality and efficacy of the document,
at which time it must be approved by each participating community, which may
involve a substantial educational effort. If a co-disposal project is being
pursued, the commitment of sewage sludge and septic wastes (treated as appro-
priate) is sought for inclusion in the system. In the case of a single munic-
ipality or single controlling agent, the waste supply may be readily available
without specific community contracts, and this task is virtually unnecessary.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Convincing community decision-makers who have not been direct-
ly involved in contract negotiations of provisions, e.g., 20-year term, tonnage
and guarantees (if required).
MAJOR DECISIONS; What risk posture to take on industrial/commercial waste;
whether to take a hard or soft negotiating posture on draft contracts; what
risks the lead agency should take and what risks the communities should take.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Wbrk: PD assisted by negotiator, IHS, C, LC, FA
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 24 weeks. Range = 16 to 168 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 240 work days.
3. Funding: $65,000
REFERENCES: R2, R4, R8, Rll, R27, R30, R31, R64, R65, R66, R67, R68, R69, R85
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY! SECURE PRECONSTRUCTION PERMITS (TURNKEY) number
PHASE: IH» Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE: To secure necessary permits such as air quality, NPDES, construction,
operation, and highway permits where required before extensive design is
performed. Principally to assure the lead agency; the financial community
(if revenue bond financing is anticipated); the market(s); participating
communities and the public that the project is viable and will meet all regula-
tory requirements.
DESCRIPTION; Depending on State and local requirements, various types of
permits may need to be secured prior to final design and construction in order
for the project to have a reasonable probability of success. Some of the
permits are contingent upon an acceptable site plan, expected emissions and
effluents. The permits are issued. This master activity is performed in con-
junction with MA 307 since meeting permit requirements may cause modifications
to the contractor's proposed design.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Permit requirements unclear; incomplete list of permits;
renewed public opposition.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Which agencies should be contacted; which permits should be
applied for during this master activity; whether or not design modifications
are necessary to meet the permit requirements.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, PM, C, with CR assistance
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 26 weeks. Range = 13 to 39 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 90 work days.
3. Funding: $25,000
REFERENCES: Local Permit Information
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; PERFORM PRELIMINARY DESIGN (TURNKEY) number
(Performed in Conjunction with Master
Activity 306)
PHASE: IH> Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Technical Information For Permits (MA 306) and Environmental
Assessment (MA 304)
PURPOSE: To produce technical information from the turnkey contractor for pre-
construction permits which are pursued for the purposes stated in MA 306; to
assure that the proposal (and the contractor's preliminary design) meets the
permit requirements of MA 306 and the environmental requirements of MA 304.
DESCRIPTION: Certain major preconstruction permits, such as air quality or
water quality (e.g., for cooling water) may require additional technical data
for evaluation by the regulatory agencies. Other examples of potential permit
requirements are zoning approvals contingent on landscape architecture or solid
waste facility permits requiring rodent and odor control details. Any pre-
liminary design work in support of meeting permit requirements is performed as
part of this master activity.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Design not meeting code; interface with permitting agency
poorly conducted; misunderstanding of permit requirements; lack of clarity
on funding source.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Level of effort required to support permit submittals; level
of detail of design work; source of funds to perform enough of the design to
support MA 304 and MA 306.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: CR with PM
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EA-(L)
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 20 weeks. Range = 13 to 34 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 60 work days.
3. Funding: $15,000
REFERENCES: See locally obtained air, water, and zoning laws and codes.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: ACQUIRE MARKET CONTRACTS (TURNKEY) number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE; Signed Energy (And Materials) Market Contracts
PURPOSE: To develop final agreements by conversion of preliminary commitments
or letters of intent obtained during Phases I and II into contractually binding
documents between the lead agency and the buyer(s) of energy (and materials).
DESCRIPTION; The lead agency will negotiate and secure contracts for sale
of energy and materials. Revenues from such contracts will partially offset the
cost of RR. Negotiations for the sale of energy to utilities should include
liaison with the PUC. In the case of RDF production, final contracts may not be
deemed necessary at this time, depending on the amount of risk which the lead
agency (and possibly the communities in a multi-jurisdictional project) is
willing to bear. For materials recovery it may be desirable to wait for the
facility to become operational before contracting for the sale of the product.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Little monetary incentive for a utility to enter into an
energy contract; excessive redundancy or penalty requirements by energy market.
MAJOR DECISIONS; What level of compensation is appropriate; what risks should
be borne by the lead agency; what risks should be borne by the market; whether
or not to seek materials market contract (s).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD, IHS, C, LC
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, PUC in case of U
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 6 to 20 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
3. Funding: $7,000 (Highly variable depending on the level of detail obtained
in MA 207 and new developments thereafter)
REFERENCES: Rl, R4, R8, R15, R16, R20, R85
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: SECURE FINANCING (TURNKEY) number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE; Receipt of Funds
PURPOSE: To secure capital for the construction of RR and related facilities.
DESCRIPTION; There are basically two financing methods available when a gov-
ernmental organization owns the facility. General obligation bond financing
is the method often used for financing publicly-operated projects and places
the faith and credit of the sponsoring jurisdiction behind the project. Munici-
pal revenue bond financing pledges the project revenues to guarantee the debt,
thus shifting some of the risk from the owner to the user (if they are one and
the same, there is no substantial difference between the two methods). Some
States offer umbrella bond sales for obtaining a lower interest rate. The
risks, however, usually remain with the local government. State or Federal aid
in the form of grants, loans or loan guarantees may also be available; however,
since the terms and conditions of these vary with State and project, they are not
discussed here; the exact method of financing is project and locale specific.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: General obligation debt ceiling may prevent high capital cost
projects from being financed.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Type, details, and timing of bond issue.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD, IB. BC
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, EO, C
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 14 weeks. Range = H to 26 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 30 work days.
3. Funding: $10,000
REFERENCES: R5, R8, R34, R50, R52, R53, R55, R58, R110
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; ESTABLISH ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK (A/E) number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE; Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Procurement Participants;
Structure and Schedule the Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To identify and secure commitments from the public and private
organizational resources necessary to carry out the procurement process and
to structure and schedule this process so as to accommodate the required inputs.
DESCRIPTION; During Phase II the elected officials have selected or created a
lead agency for Phase III. This agency now reviews the project status and then
determines and obtains commitments from the project team participants, hires
consultants, establishes and maintains liaison with involved agencies, plans
for public and industry involvement, and outlines the approach for soliciting
and evaluating proposals from private industry (some or all of this may already
be established and does not have to be repeated).
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Insufficient personnel or funding; in-fighting among agencies;
weak commitments from key political and agency personnel.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Selection of lead agency and key personnel; composition of the
project team for Phase III; selection of consultants; plan for public involve-
ment; procurement plan and schedule.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: EO, LA, C, PT
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, IA, M, IG, P
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 10 weeks. Range = 5 to 19 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 38 work days.
3. Funding: $10,000
REFERENCES: R2, R6, R9, R12
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY*. ACQUIRE PRELIMINARY DESIGN (A/E) number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Complete Preliminary Plans, Draft Specifications, and
Cost Estimates
PURPOSE: To have an engineer perform the preliminary design of the appropri-
ate facilities and address the critical environmental issues which are nec-
essary to: a) decide on the appropriate plant configuration; b) obtain pre-
construction permits; c) obtain waste supply and market contracts; d) satisfy
concerns of project impact; and e) refine project economics.
DESCRIPTION; The engineer performs preliminary design (40% of total design
work) and addresses all issues related thereto. Close liaison is maintained
with agencies issuing permits for the facility, and their input and comments
are solicited. If necessary, waste quantities are updated taking into ac-
count source separation programs, and new, expanded or upgraded sewage treat-
ment plants (for co-disposal projects), and the anticipated effects of source
reduction.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; No experienced firm; conflicting schedules for completion
with work the engineer may already have.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether to use A/E already on the team or to seek another;
what percentage of the total design to complete; source of funds for the pre-
liminary design.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: A/E
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: IHS, EO, DP
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 30 weeks. Range = 22 to 40 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2,850 work days.
3. Funding: $650,000 (based on facility capital cost of $40 MM), will vary
as percent construction cost with facility size.
REFERENCES: Previous design plans, specifications, and permit criteria used by
the same municipality on other recent projects; those specifications should re-
flect local municipal requirements. R2
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: SECURE PRECONSTRUCTION PERMITS (A/E) number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE; To secure necessary permits such as air quality, NPDES, construction,
operation, and highway permits where required, before extensive design is
performed; to assure the financial community that the project is indeed viable,
and to assure communities and markets that the project is viable.
DESCRIPTION; Depending on local requirements, various types of permits may
need to be secured for the project to have a reasonable probability of success.
Some of the permits are contingent upon, an acceptable site location, plan,
expected emissions and effluents. The permits are issued.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Design problem; renewed public opposition.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Conceptual design; which permits should be pursued earliest.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, A/E, PM, and possibly C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 26 weeks. Range = 12.5 to 38 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 90 work days.
3. Funding: $25,000
REFERENCES: Local permit information.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; PERFORM ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (A/E) number
PHASE: in, Resource Recovery System Procurement
_ MILESTONE; Environmental Assessment Accepted by Environmental Agencies
PURPOSE; To prepare an environmental assessment in conjunction with securing
permits where necessary to assure all the involved agencies, the markets, and
the public that the project is viable.
DESCRIPTION: The environmental assessment required varies widely among munici-
palities in complexity and review criteria. In some cases it may not be neces-
sary to perform an environmental assessment. Where it is required, the assess-
ment is usually done by a consultant for U.S. EPA or a State environmental
agency and considers all air, water, noise, safety, and aesthetic requirements.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Insufficient design data; design not meeting requirements.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Identify the critical items for this system and what level
of detail the assessment should involve.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C, A/E, PM
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PM, PD, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 31 weeks. Range = 14.5 to 76 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 105 work days.
3. Funding: $25,000
REFERENCES; R54, R70, R71, R72
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; ACQUIRE WASTE SUPPLY CONTRACTS (A/E) number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Signed Waste Supply Contracts
PURPOSE: To develop final agreements between the lead agency and communities
for the supply of waste. This is the key agreement between the lead agency
and the communities which identifies the service to be provided, the risks to
be borne by either party, and the method of compensation to reflect such ser-
vice and related risks. If a co-disposal project is being pursued, proper
commitments of sewage sludge are also pursued.
SPECIAL NOTE; In the case of a single municipality or single long-term con-
trolling agent, this master activity may be omitted or substantially reduced
in scope.
DESCRIPTION; The communities and the lead agency will negotiate a contract for
the supply of waste, whose revenues will partially offset the costs and act as
security for financing. Provisions for existing or future source separation
programs; transportation costs; separate industrial/commercial wastes; and
previously committed host community incentives are considered for inclusion
in these agreements as appropriate. Bond and other counsel, depending on the
form of financing, will review the legality and efficiency of the document, at
which time it must be approved by each participating community, which may in-
volve a substantial educational effort. If a co-disposal project is being
pursued, the commitment of sewage sludge and septic wastes (treated as appro-
priate) is sought for inclusion in the system. In the case of a single
municipality or single controlling agent, the waste supply may be readily
available without specific community contracts, and this task is virtually
unnecessary.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Convincing community decision-makers who have not been direct-
ly involved in contract negotiations of provisions, e.g., 20-year term, tonnage
and guarantees (if required).
MAJOR DECISIONS; What risk posture to take on industrial/commercial waste;
whether to take a hard or soft negotiating posture on draft contracts; what
risks the lead agency should take and what risks the communities should take.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD assisted by negotiator, IHS, C, LC, FA
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 24 weeks. Range = 16 to 168 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 240 work days.
3. Funding: $65,000
REFERENCES: R2, R4, R6, R8, Rll, R27, R29, R30, R31, R64, R65, R67, R68, R69,
R87
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: ACQUIRE DESIGN AND CONTRACTOR (A/E) number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE; Signed Construction Contract(s)
PURPOSE: To complete final design and acquire the contractor(s) who will
construct the RR facility according to the design.
DESCRIPTION; The preliminary design (with any revisions required by MA 313 and
MA'314) is used as the base for completing the final design including drawings,
specifications, bid and contract documents. The procurement procedure should
follow the local community's standard bidding procedures for acquiring a lowest
responsible bidder for the construction project.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Final design unacceptable to reviewing agency; incomplete,
informal, or unacceptable bids.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not the design meets all the permit and environ-
mental constraints of MA 313 and MA 314; whether or not to accept construction
bids and sign the construction contracts; whether one contract or multiple con-
tracts is required or desirable.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: C (design); MPE, PT (review and approval)
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: DP, LC
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 72 weeks. Range = 45 to 102 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4135 work days.
3. Funding: $1,590,000 (based on facility capital cost of $40 MM; will vary
as percent construction cost with facility size).
REFERENCES: Other municipal construction plants and specifications accepted
previously.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: Municipal contracts obtained locally.
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: ACQUIRE MARKET CONTRACTS (A/E) number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE; Signed Energy (And Materials) Market Contracts
PURPOSE; To develop final agreements by conversion of preliminary commitments
or letters of intent obtained during Phases I and II into contractually binding
documents between the lead agency and the buyer(s) of energy (and materials).
DESCRIPTION; The.lead agency will negotiate and secure contracts for the sale
of energy and materials. Revenues from such contracts will partially offset the
cost of RR. Negotiations for the sale of energy to utilities should include
liaison with the PUC. In the case of RDF production, final contracts may not be
deemed necessary at this time, depending on the amount of risk which the lead
agency (and possibly the communities in a multi-jurisdictional project) is
willing to bear. For materials recovery it may be desirable to wait for the
facility to become operational before contracting for the sale of the product.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Little monetary incentive for a utility to enter into an
energy contract; excessive redundancy or penalty requirements by energy market.
MAJOR DECISIONS: What level of compensation is appropriate; what risks should
be borne by the lead agency; what risks should be borne by the market; whether
or not to seek materials market contract(s).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD, IHS, C, LC
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, PUC in case of U
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 6 to 20 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
3. Funding: $7,000 (Highly variable depending on the level of detail obtained
in MA 207 and new developments thereafter)
REFERENCES; Rl, R4, R8, R15, R16, R20, R85
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; SECURE FINANCING (A/E) number
PHASE: HI> Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE : Receipt of Funds
PURPOSE; To secure capital for the construction of RR and related facilities.
DESCRIPTION; There are basically two financing methods available when a govern-
mental organization owns the facility. General obligation bond financing is
the method often used for financing publicly-operated projects and places the
faith and credit of the sponsoring jurisdiction behind the project. Municipal
revenue bond financing pledges the project revenues to guarantee the debt,
thus shifting some of the risk from the owner to the user (if they are one and
the same, there is no substantial difference between the two methods). Some
States offer umbrella bond sales for obtaining a lower interest rate. The risks,
however, usually remain with the local government. State or Federal aid in the
form of grants, loans, or loan guarantees may also be available; however, since
the terms and conditions of these vary with State and project, they are not dis-
cussed here. The exact method of financing is project specific.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: General obligation debt ceiling may prevent high capital cost
projects from being financed.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Type, details, and timing of bond issue.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD, IB, BC
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, EO, C.
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 14 weeks. Range = 11 to 26 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 30 work days.
3. Funding: $10,000
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY*. ESTABLISH ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK numhpr
(FULL SERVICE) immuoi
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Procurement Participants;
Structure and Schedule the Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To identify and secure commitments from the public and private
organizational resources necessary to carry out the procurement process and
to structure and schedule this process so as to accommodate the required
inputs.
DESCRIPTION; During Phase II the elected officials have selected or created a
lead agency for Phase III. This agency now reviews the project status and then
determines and obtains commitments from the project team participants, hires
consultants, establishes and maintains liaison with involved agencies, plans for
public and industry involvement, and outlines the approach for soliciting and
evaluating proposals from private industry (some or all of this may already be
established and does not have to be repeated).
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Insufficient personnel or funding; in-fighting among agencies;
weak commitments from key political and agency personnel.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Selection of lead agency and key personnel; composition of the
project team for Phase III; selection of consultants; plans for public involve-
ment; procurement plan and schedule.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: EO, LA, C, PT
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, IA, M, IG, P
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 10 weeks. Range = 5 to 19 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 38 work days.
3. Funding: $10,000
REFERENCES; R2, R6, R9, R12
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: PRODUCE RFP (FULL SERVICE) number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
»
MILESTONE: RFP and Draft Contract
PURPOSE: To specify the content and organization of proposals from potential
contractors and to acquaint the proposers with the various technical, manager-
ial, financial, and institutional aspects of the project including risk alloca-
tion and revenue sharing. To obtain comments on a draft RFP (and other input)
from potential contractors. To prequalify potential contractors (optional).
DESCRIPTION; The RFP should clearly transmit the proposal requirements of the
lead agency to the potential proposers. These requirements produce proposals
of sufficient content and uniform organization for comparable and effective
evaluation. £n RFQ may be issued to select companies for the receipt of the
RFP, thereby limiting the subsequent number of proposals. This master activity
is designed for a full service procurement of either large or small scale sys-
tems, or a combination of the two. Regardless of size, the same areas of con-
cern should be addressed and resolved. The RFP is built on the system, large
or small, and defined and redefined in MA 007, MA 116, MA 201, MA 204 and MA 209.
If necessary, waste quantities are updated, taking into account source separation
programs and new, expanded or upgraded sewage treatment plants ,(for co-disposal
projects), and the anticipated effects of source reduction.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Consensus by the project team concerning the extent of detail
and the general content of the RFP.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether to issue RFQ; selection of qualified proposers;
definition of parameters in RFP.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT, C, LC
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, LA, IA, potential proposers, M, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 22 weeks. Range = 14 to 37 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 126 work days.
3. Funding: $25,000
REFERENCES: R5, R6, R7, R8, R32, R59, R60
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: ACQUIRE CONTRACTOR (FULL SERVICE) number
PHASE: HI, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE; Signed Contract
PURPOSE: To engage the services of a contractor to carry out the project as
defined in the RFP.
DESCRIPTION: The contractor is selected following an extensive evaluation of
proposals and is contracted following either a sequential or simultaneous nego-
tiation procedure. The contract negotiations actually begin upon receipt of
proposals and are continued through proposer presentations until it is decided
either that one company is superior or that further elaboration is required
with a limited number of them. After selection of a preferred proposer, a
second proposer should be selected as an alternate in the event of unforeseen
difficulties with the preferred contractor. A key consideration is the respon-
iveness of the proposals to the RFP Further negotiations are needed even if a
proposer meets all the requirements of the RFP and the proposed system is ac-
ceptable according to the principal criteria, since detailed contractual lan-
guage will have to be agreed to by all parties to the transaction.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Partially-responsive proposals; nonacceptability of certain
proposal elements.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Evaluation and ranking of proposals, sequential or simultaneous
negotiations, final form of contract.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, PT, C, LC
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, LA, P, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 55 weeks. Range = 26 to 136 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 300 work days.
3. Funding: $90,000
REFERENCES; R5, R6, R7, R8, R31, R32, R59
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: SD 32302
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: PERFORM ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT nnmhar
(FULL SERVICE) numuoi
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Environmental Assessment Accepted by Environmental Agencies
PURPOSE: To prepare an environmental assessment in conjunction with securing
permits where necessary to assure all involved agencies, markets, and the public
that the project is viable.
DESCRIPTION; The environmental assessment required varies widely among munici-
palities in complexity and review criteria. In some cases it may not be nec-
essary to perform an environmental assessment. Where it is required, the assess-
ment is usually done by a consultant for U.S. EPA or a State environmental agency
and considers all air, water, noise, safety, and aesthetic requirements.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Insufficient design data; design not meeting requirements.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Identification of the critical items for the system; what level
of detail the assessment should involve; whether or not to directly involve the
full service contractor.
ROLES AND.RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: C, PM, IHS
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PM, PD, EO, IG
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 31 weeks. Range = 14.5 to 76 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 105 work days.
3. Funding: $25,000
REFERENCES: R54, R70, R71, R72
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: SECURE PRECONSTRUCTION PERMITS number
(FULL SERVICE) HUIIIUW
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE: To secure necessary permits such as air quality, NPDES, construction,
operation, and highway permits where required, before extensive design is per-
formed, principally to assure the lead agency; the contractor (if contractor
equity is involved); the financial community (if case revenue bond financing
is anticipated); the market(s); participating communities and the public that
the project is viable and will meet all regulatory requirements.
DESCRIPTION; Depending on State and local requirements, various types of permits
may need to be secured prior to final design and construction for the project to
have a reasonable probability of success. Some of the permits are contingent
upon an acceptable site plan, expected emissions and effluents. The permits are
issued. The master activity is performed in conjunction with MA 328, since meet-
ing permit requirements may cause modifications to the contractor's proposed
design. The permit applicant will be either the lead agency or the full service
contractor, depending on the type of financing employed and the contractual
arrangements of the project.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Permit requirements unclear; incomplete list of permits;
renewed public opposition.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which agencies should be contacted; which permits should be
applied for during this master activity; whether or not design modifications
are necessary to meet the permit requirements; whether the lead agency or the full
service contractor should be the applicant for the permits.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, PM, C, with CR assistance
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 26 weeks. Range = 11 to 39 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 90 work days.
3. Funding: $25,000
REFERENCES: Local permit information
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: ACQUIRE WASTE SUPPLY CONTRACTS (FULL SERVICE)number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Signed Waste Supply Contracts
PURPOSE: To develop final agreements between the lead agency or the full
service contractor and communities for the supply of waste. This is the key
agreement for the communities and identifies the service to be provided, the
risks to be borne by either party, and the method of compensation to reflect
such service and related risks. If a co-disposal project is being pursued,
proper commitments of sewage sludge are also pursued.
SPECIAL NOTE: In the case of a single municipality or single long-term con-
trolling agent, this master activity may be omitted or substantially reduced
in scope.
DESCRIPTION; The communities and the lead agency or the full service contractor
will negotiate a contract for the supply of waste, whose revenues partially off-
set the costs and act as security for financing. Provisions for existing or
future source separation programs; transportation costs; separate industrial/
commercial wastes; and previously committed host community incentives are con-
sidered for inclusion in these agreements as appropriate. Bond and other counsel,
depending on the form of financing, will review the legality and efficacy of the
document, at which time it must be approved by each participating community, which
may involve a substantial educational effort. If a co-disposal project is being
pursued, the commitment of sewage sludge and septic wastes (treated as appropriate)
is sought for inclusion in the system. In the case of a single municipality or
single controlling agent, the waste supply may be readily available without
specific community contracts, and this task may be unnecessary unless the lead
agency is to contract with the full service contractor for the supply of waste,
which only reduces the scope.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Convincing community decision-makers 'who have not been directly
involved in contract negotiations of provisions, e.g., 20-year term, tonnage
guarantees (if required).
MAJOR DECISIONS; What risk posture to take on industrial/commercial waste;
whether to take a hard or soft negotiating posture on draft contracts; what
risks the lead agency or the full service contractor should take and what risks
the communities should take.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD assisted by negotiator, IMS, C, LC, FA, or CR
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 24 weeks. Range = 16 to 168 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 240 work days.
3. Funding: $65,000
REFERENCES; R2, R4, R8, Rll, R27, R30, R31, R64, R65, R66, R67, R68, R69, R85
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; ACQUIRE MARKET CONTRACTS (FULL SERVICE) number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE; Signed Energy (And Materials) Market Contracts
PURPOSE: To develop final agreements by conversion of preliminary commitments
or letters of intent obtained during Phases I and II into contractually binding
documents between the lead agency or the full service contractor and the buyer(s)
of energy (and materials).
DESCRIPTION: The lead agency or the full service contractor (depending upon the
contractual agreements arrived at in MA 323) will negotiate and secure contracts
for sale of energy and materials. Revenues from such contracts will partially
offset the cost of RR. Negotiations for the sale of energy to utilities should
include liaison with the PUC. In the case of RDF production, final contracts
may not be deemed necessary at this time, depending on the amount of risk which
the lead agency or the full service contractor (and possibly the communities
in a multi-jurisdictional project) is willing to bear. For materials recovery
it may be desirable to wait for the facility to become operational before con-
tracting for the sale of the product.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Little monetary incentive for a utility to enter into an
energy contract; excessive redundancy or penalty requirements by energy market.
MAJOR DECISIONS; What level of compensation is appropriate; what risks should
be borne by the lead agency; what risks should be borne by the market; whether
or not to seek materials market contract(s).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD, IHS, C, LC
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, PUC in case of U
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 8_ weeks. Range = " to 20 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
3. Funding: $7,000 (Highly variable depending on the level of detail obtained
in MA 207 and new developments thereafter)
REFERENCES: Rl, R4, R8, R15, R16, R20, R85
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY! PERFORM PRELIMINARY DESIGN (FULL SERVICE) number
- (Performed in Conjunction with Master
Activities 324 and 325)
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Technical Information For Permits (MA 306) and Environmental
Assessment (MA 304)
PURPOSE; To produce technical information from the full service contractor for
preconstruction permits which are pursued for the purposes stated in MA 325; to
assure that the proposal (and the contractor's preliminary design) meets the
requirements of MA 324 and MA 325.
DESCRIPTION; Certain major preconstruction permits, such as air quality or
water quality (e.g., for cooling water) may require additional technical data
for evaluation by the regulatory agencies. Other examples of potential permit
and environmental requirements are zoning approvals contingent on landscape
architecture or solid waste facility permits and public hearings requiring
rodent and odor control details. Any preliminary design work in support of
meeting permit requirements is performed as part of this master activity.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Design not meeting code; interface with permitting agency
poorly conducted; misunderstanding of permit requirements; lack of clarity
on funding source.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Level of effort required to support permit submittals; level
of detail of design work; source of funds to perform enough of the design to
support MA 304 and MA 306.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: CR with PM
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EA-(L)
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 20 weeks. Range = 13 to 34 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 60 work days.
3. Funding: $15,000
REFERENCES; See locally obtained air, water, and zoning laws and codes.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: SECURE FINANCING (FULL SERVICE) number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE; Receipt of Funds
PURPOSE; To secure capital for the construction of the RR and related facili-
ties; to choose one or some combination of a number of financing alternatives
that provides capital at the lowest cost consistent with the level of risk
that a public jurisdiction is willing to take.
DESCRIPTION; A number of financing options exist, including partial loans
and grants, municipal general obligation bonds, municipal revenue bonds, 100%
corporate financing, 100% tax-exempt revenue bond financing, or leveraged
financing using a mix of equity and tax-exempt revenue bonds. Equity participa-
tion can provide lowest cost financing based upon current tax laws, but also is
the most complex to implement. In some situations, the method of financing may
be supported by loan guarantees. Any or all of these methods may be used de-
pending on the size and locale of the project. The more complex approach of
leveraged financing is illustrated in A 32902 and A 32903. Other approaches
can also be used.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Need IRS approval on a project-by-project basis in the case
of a private tax-exempt bond issue.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Type of financing to pursue; establishment and approval of
local financing authority for tax-exempt bonds; timing of bond issue.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IB*
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, PD, LC, C, FA, BC
*Work of IB, BC, feasibility study engineer and equity counsel derived directly
ESTIMATING DATA; from the project charged.
1. Duration: Average = 38 weeks. Range = 28 to 60 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 100 work days.
3. Funding: $25,000
REFERENCES; R5
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: OVERVIEW OF PHASE o number
PHASE; 0, Initial Resource Recovery Feasibility Screening
«
MILESTONE: Determination of Whether or Not Resource Recovery is Precluded
PURPOSE: To ascertain if there are any local conditions which obviate the
need to investigate RR in detail by conducting a preliminary investigation
which considers the critical ingredients of a RR program.
DESCRIPTION; The vital ingredients necessary for a viable RR program are
investigated in a preliminary manner to obtain a conclusion of whether or
not any of them are missing to such an extent that a RR program would not
be viable. If available, data from reasonably recent studies and reports
may be used.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Lack of even rudimentary information and data about existing
disposal systems or recovery options; unavailability of in-house staff.
MAJOR DECISIONS; To preclude or defer further consideration of RR, or proceed
into Phase I subject to the availability of staff and funds; whether or not
to proceed to Phase II source separation; appropriated budget to proceed.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD (designate)
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 6 weeks. Range = 3 to 10 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 26 work days.
3. Funding: $6,000 (C fee); $2,000 direct IHS cost
REFERENCES; R2, R3, R8, R9, RIO, Rll, R25, R28, R49, R32, R105
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; EVALUATE NON-RECOVERY DISPOSAL OPTIONS AND
ASSOCIATED ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
PHASE: 0, Initial Resource Recovery Feasibility Screening
MILESTONE: Initial Screening Report on Current Disposal Practices
PURPOSE: To develop a brief narrative (less than 10 pages) discussing the
prospects for disposing of the community's solid waste by non-recovery ap-
proaches, e.g., incineration without heat recovery or landfill. This task
also determines, on a preliminary basis, whether existing landfill or incin-
eration systems are sufficiently adequate environmentally, economically, and
in terms of long-term capacity so as to preclude the need to pursue RR as a
potential waste disposal solution.
DESCRIPTION; The narrative should look ahead at least 10 years. If appropri-
ate, the need to procure new landfill sites should be discussed and major
obstacles described. A rough cost estimate for future disposal (including
transportation to the disposal site) is developed. This estimate is both
on a per ton and an aggregate annual basis. The status of existing landfills
and incinerators in terms of available current capacities and remaining life,
potential for regionalization, environmental soundness and regulatory compli-
ance, and cost is evaluated. (See MA 105, and MA 107 for steps in a more de-
tailed analysis.)
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Uncertainty regarding implications of future regulations
for landfills; landfill life estimates are frequently in error by several
years, resulting from poor estimates both in capacity and waste quantities.
MAJOR DECISIONS: None.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD (designate)
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: DPW, EA-(L), EA-(S), MPE
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
3. Funding: See MA 000
REFERENCES: In MA 000
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: SAMPLE CITIZEN AND POLITICAL INTEREST number
PHASE: 0, Initial Resource Recovery Feasibility Screening
MILESTONE: Initial Screening Report On Citizen And Political Interest
PURPOSE: To determine on a preliminary basis whether citizen and political
interest in RR is sufficient to warrant exploring RR as a viable option,
or sufficiently negative to preclude it as a possibility. This is done by
developing a brief narrative documenting the views of various citizen and
environmental groups and leaders on the subject of RR. This sampling is
also used to determine if there are strong opponents or proponents of RR in
elected or appointed positions.
DESCRIPTION; In most cases, the extent of citizen and political interest
will be known. Other cases will suggest the need for public hearings,
meetings, or perhaps an informal opinion poll conducted by contacting a list
of selected local (elected and appointed) officials, citizen and public
interest group representatives, and others knowledgeable about the local
political scene and solid waste activities and plans. Also the positions
taken by the press and other communications media are examined.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Lack of informed opinion or knowledge about the solid
waste disposal problem and what a RR project entails; political climate
changes makes future interest difficult to predict.
MAJOR DECISIONS: None.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD (designate)
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, P, DPW, IG
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
3. Funding:
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY*. CONDUCT PRELIMINARY MARKET SURVEY number
PHASE: 0, Initial Resource Recovery Feasibility Screening
MILESTONE: Initial Screening Report of Markets
PURPOSE: To determine on a preliminary basis whether the lack of acceptable
local markets for recovered energy and materials would preclude RR and to
develop preliminary estimates of the revenue that could be expected if
various types of RR approaches were implemented locally.
DESCRIPTION: Major industries and utilities are contacted to assess interest
in being considered as a market for RR. In some areas of the country it may
be helpful for preliminary identification to sight stacks visually from atop a
tall building. Demand for steam, RDF, and electric power is estimated, and
potential energy revenues are calculated based on the local price of fossil
fuel. Material markets are contacted (See A 10601 - A 10605 for steps in a
more thorough investigation). On the basis of local fuel costs, develop an
estimate of the likely revenue that could be expected for refuse based energy
if sold as RDF/dRDF, steam and electricity. Note any major changes in fuel
types utilized which are expected to take place locally, such as a conversion
of several major boilers from oil to coal. Also estimate likely prices for
steel and aluminum scrap, probably based on nearest area sales price figures.
The latter should be of sufficient accuracy for the analysis of MA 007.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Difficulty of holding discussions with industry and utilities
on an "informal" and "preliminary" basis.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Who to contact.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD (designate)
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: M, U, MPE, PUC
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
3. Funding: See MA 000
REFERENCES: Rl, R4, RIO, Rll, R15, R16, R20, R26, R39, R84, R85
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY CONDUCT PRELIMINARY WASTE SUPPLY number
ASSESSMENT numuei
PHASE: 0, Initial Resource Recovery Feasibility Screening
MILESTONE: Initial Screening Report on Waste Supply Issues
PURPOSE: To determine on a preliminary basis whether there are any waste
supply problems which are likely to preclude development of a RR system.
DESCRIPTION: Estimate potential waste quantities for municipal/commercial
and nonhazardous industrial refuse, separately identifying waste which is
under municipal control and which is privately collected. Consider differ-
ent region sizes up to, for example, a 30-mile radius or 1 million tons per
year. Also identify any legal or other restrictions on directing waste or
having "put-or-pay" provisions in community contracts. Estimate the percent
paper, steel, aluminum, and glass and from the literature choose a value
for waste as fuel RDF/dRDF and for mass burning. A fairly rough estimate is
sufficient as input to MA 007.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Lack of knowledge about the legal barriers to directing
refuse to a facility; absence of meaningful data. (See Activities under
MA 105 for steps in a more thorough assessment.)
MAJOR DECISIONS: None.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD (designate)
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: LD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
3. Funding: See MA 000
REFERENCES; R2, R6, R8, Rll, R27, R29, R30, R31, R64, R65, R66, R67, R68, R69
R115, R116
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: ASSESS SOURCE SEPARATION POTENTIAL number
PHASE: 0, Initial Resource Recovery Feasibility Screening
MILESTONE: Source Separation Assessment
PURPOSE: To determine in a preliminary way whether source separation is
precluded as a possible option.
DESCRIPTION: The potential for a successful source separation program is
evaluated by reviewing a) the available markets for newsprint and paper,
glass bottles and containers, and cans; b) local attitudes toward voluntary
versus mandatory source separation wastes; c) organizations and firms,
including municipal waste collectors, that might now be or would become
involved in the collection, transportation, and/or marketing of the materials.
This includes a preliminary analysis of the economics of source separation.
(See Activities under MA 109, MA SSI, MA SS2, MA SS3 for a more complete
analysis).
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Difficulty in estimating what the participation will be
and in understanding how the system will function.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether pursuit of a source separation program should be
continued or precluded.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD (designate)
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: IG, M, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
3. Funding: See MA 000
REFERENCES: R2, R3, R4, R5, Rll, R25, R27, R29, R31, R37, R38, R39, R40, R41,
R42, R43, R44, R45, R46, R64, R65, R66, R67, Rf>«. R69, R108, R113
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY ASSESS ECONOMICS, ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS, number
AND PROCUREMENT METHODS OF RECOVERY
TECHNOLOGIES
PHASE: 0, Initial Resource Recovery Feasibility Screening
MILESTONE: Economics and Technologies Assessment
PURPOSE: TO identify possible RR system concepts to determine on a preliminary
basis whether the economics of RR are sufficiently competitive in the local
environment to warrant further consideration of RR as an option; also to produce
a 3-4 page analysis of existing technologies, economics, environmental impacts,
and procurement methods.
DESCRIPTION; Review the state-of-the-art in RR technology. Make rough
projections of tipping fees for RR based on literature cost data for selected
technologies, local energy prices and typical cost factors, O&M and revenue
escalation rates. Develop alternatives based on processing stations, com-
munities involved (total tonnage), transportation network and transfer sta-
tions, potential markets, possible participant and organizational roles.
Consider options in terms of procurement methods and risk allocation among
participants. (See Activities under MA 104, MA 105, MA 106, MA 107, MA 108,
MA 111, MA 205, MA 209 for more complete analysis). The result is a 3-4 page
report evaluating the extent of technology development, where used, success
factors. For each approach and site (where possible) the extent of environ-
mental impact, or its uncertainty.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Review too superficial to contain decision information.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Validity of data; extent of detail needed; format of
narrative descriptions.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD (designate)
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: DPW
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
3. Funding: See MA 000
REFERENCES: R2, R3, R6, R8, R9
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY TEST APPROPRIATENESS OF PROCEEDING number
PHASE: 0, Initial Resource Recovery Feasibility Screening
MILESTONE: Statement on Whether Resource Recovery is Precluded or
Worth Pursuing
PURPOSE: To decide to defer or preclude consideration of RR or to initiate,
if possible, a feasibility study, i.e., Phase I; to compare the results of
MA 006 with traditional disposal such as landfill, and to decide the tech-
nical approaches which appear feasible; to calculate landfill upgrading
and cost of operation in a given year (e.g., 5 years hence) as well as
RR in that year.
DESCRIPTION; If source separation is the only viable recovery system, pro-
ceed to Phase II, MA SSI. The narrative developed as part of MA 007 tests
initial estimates by describing different procurement methods, relative costs,
the need for local appropriations, and their risks. The narrative serves as
an educational tool, and basis for future discussion. Evaluate the results of
MA 001 through MA 006. Then make a technical and public/political decision
on the merits and advisability of continuing to pursue RR. Briefly document
the conclusions, with supporting data, following careful review with concerned
agencies and individuals. Terminate effort if recovery is precluded. Other-'
wise, proceed into Phase I.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Insufficient time for necessary political input and resources
to be gathered due to critical solid waste management situation.
MAJOR DECISIONS: To preclude or defer further consideration of RR, or proceed
into Phase I subject to the availability of staff and funds; whether or not
to proceed to Phase II source separation; appropriated budget to proceed.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD (designate)
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, DPW, IA
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
3. Funding: See MA 000
REFERENCES: R2, R8, R114
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY ORGANIZE PROJECT TEAM AND PUBLIC number
INFORMATION PROCESS IIMIMMWI
PHASE: 15 Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE: Project Team, Written Policy, Goals and Guidelines
PURPOSE: To involve all involved and affected parties from the beginning in
order to develop a project which can be accepted in the community and to de-
velop people who understand the project's evolution and can sell it to their
constituents.
DESCRIPTION: The project director and project manager utilize their knowledge
of the local area to select and solicit members for the project team. The
team's first task is to establish written policy goals and guidelines to be
used for guiding the project.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Low interest by potential team members.
MAJOR DECISIONS: What groups to involve in the project; the project objec-
tives - what to accomplish, by when, what other parameters will affect the
project; issues which might be addressed are procurement options, user
fees, service area participants, nonmunicipal waste, and related items.
SOLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD & PM
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, AO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 2.5 to 13 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 22 work days.
3. Funding: $7,000
REFERENCES: R2, R12
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ESTABLISH PROJECT DIRECTOR number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Organize Project Team and Public Information Process
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Project Team, Written Policy, Goals and
Guidelines
PURPOSE: To designate and acquire the individual who will be ultimately re-
sponsible for the project, i.e. answerable to elected officials.
DESCRIPTION; The project director shall be as high level a person as can
practically be committed to the project (e.g., Commissioner of Public Works,
Director of Authority) and shall be chairperson of the project team and is
responsible for overall project direction and policy.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Decide if potential project director is already on staff or whether a
project director must be acquired.
2. If necessary,
a. Establish qualifications for project director
b. Develop list of potential candidates
c. Select best choice
d. Confirm selection
MAJOR OBSTACLES; No qualified individuals.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not to use an in-house staff individual.
INPUT: Current structure of municipal department.
OUTPUT: Selected project director.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: AO, EO
2. Responsible: AO, EO
3. Must be Consulted: other department heads
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.2 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; ESTABLISH PROJECT MANAGER number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Organize Project Team and Public Information Process
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Project Team, Written Policy, Goals and
Guidelines
PURPOSE: To designate or acquire the individual who will run the project
on behalf of the municipality on a day-to-day basis.
DESCRIPTION; The project manager shall be responsible for the day-to-day
management of the project. In some cases, the project director and project
manager will be the same person, in other cases the project manager will be a
staff employee under the project director. The project manager must have
sufficient authority to force action through the organization, should be full-
time for a large project, have sufficient experience to insure respect for his
judgment, and must be capable of managing the entire process.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Establish qualifications for project manager position.
2. Develop list of potential candidates.
3. Consider outside candidates if necessary.
4. Review candidate and select project manager.
5. Confirm selection.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Right person for job may not exist within the organization.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not to use an in-house staff individual.
INPUT: Current structure and capabilities of municipal department.
OUTPUT: Selected project manager.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: AO, EO
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! IDENTIFY ORGANIZATIONS TO BE SOLICITED FOR
MEMBERSHIP
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Organize Project Team and Public Information Process
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Project Team, Written Policy, Goals and
Guidelines
PURPOSE; To identify affected and interested organizations.
DESCRIPTION; From their knowledge of the local situation, the project director
and project manager identify and list all organizations to be solicited for
membership on the project team which is assembled to oversee, assist, and direct
the project. Generally, the working arm of the project team usually consists
of the in-house staff, the project manager, the project director, and consultants
as required; the advisory committee is usually politically founded; the technical
advisory group will consist of business and industry engineers and managers, and
local university technical representatives.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY: Suggested Organizations: Elected Officials (i.e.,
Mayors, County Commissioners, State Legislators or members of their staffs);
Local Governmental Departments (i.e., Public Works, Planning, Legal, Bond Council);
Regional Agencies (e.g., Regional Planning Commission); State and Federal Regula-
tory Agencies (e.g., Solid Waste, Air Quality); Local Scrap Dealers; Local Waste
Hauling and Disposal Companies; Interested Citizen Groups; General Public; Major
Energy Markets (utility, major industry); Representatives of Other Major Industry
in the Community.
1. Identify the appropriate mix for the community.
2. Discuss and finalize list of members.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Conflicts of interest among selectees.
MAJOR DECISIONS; The individuals to compose the project team; how many members
to give adequate representation, yet still get things done.
INPUT; Organizations suggested above.
OUTPUT; A list of organizations to be solicited for membership on the project
team (approximately 10-12).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO, AO
4. Must be Notified: other department heads
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.2 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: SOLICIT MEMBERS number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Organize Project Team and Public Information Process
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Project Team, Written Policy, Goals and
Guidelines
PURPOSE: To obtain commitments for organizational involvement.
DESCRIPTION: Membership in the project team will be solicited via mail, with
follow-up telephone calls as appropriate. The letter should contain the pur-
pose of the team and the amount of time which will be required by participants.
Letters should come from highest elected official (e.g. , mayor) to heads of
various organizations requesting the dedicated participation of a knowledgable
individual.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Letter soliciting membership.
2. Follow-up phone call from project director or project manager to explain
the need, purpose, format, general schedule and initial meeting date.
3. If necessary, solicit additional members to replace those originally sought.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Regulatory agencies may view participation as a conflict of
interest, in which case a liaison officer to the agencies should be appointed
from the team.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Protocol of solicitations.
INPUT; Output of A 10103.
OUTPUT; Completed member solicitation.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: EO
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: AO
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = A work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I ESTABLISH TEAM, ASSIGN RESPONSIBILITIES fill (Tiber
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Organize Project Team and Public Information Process
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Project Team, Written Policy, Goals and
Guidelines
PURPOSE: To obtain commitments from, and assign responsibilities to the
members of the project team.
DESCRIPTION: Call initial meeting, establish and assign responsibilities and
tasks (i.e., liaison with elected officials, State Agencies, and other
organizations which may be affected by or involved in the project).
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Receive responses from contactees, compile and identify team.
2. Decide on roles and responsibilities.
3. Set date, call meeting, discuss and assign roles and responsibilities,
obtain firm commitments from individuals.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Low interest; lack of commitment.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Depth and detail of responsibility.
INPUT; Potential team members.
OUTPUT; Project team with members having clear, definitive assignments.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD, PM
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: C, IBS, PT
4. Must be Notified: EO, AO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ESTABLISH POLICY, GOALS, AND GUIDELINES Dumber
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Organize Project Team and Public Information Process
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Project Team, Written Policy, Goals and
Guidelines
PURPOSE: To establish, in writing, project guidance.
DESCRIPTION; The project director and project manager should draft and
circulate for comment the policy, goals, and guidelines which will be used
to guide the project. The comments should be incorporated and the draft re-
circulated until agreement is reached. Issues which might be addressed are:
procurement options, user fee, nonmunicipal waste, member municipalities,
potential markets, degree of municipal commitment and other factors in which
the project team's broad-based knowledge will be helpful, such as overall
project budget, schedule and institutional constraints.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Draft policy, goals and guidelines for project.
2. Document known constraints at the outset which will dictate the roles,
responsibilities, and guidelines for the project.
3. Disseminate among members; call meeting to discuss responses; finalize
policy, goals and guidelines.
4. Summarize and document.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Major disagreement on the objectives, policy, due to
members with strong individual interests.
MAJOR DECISIONS; The policy, goals, and guidelines themselves.
INPUT; Previous municipal policy; draft of guidelines for RR.
OUTPUT; Short document (2-6 pages) with agreed upon guidelines for subsequent
use by the project team and project participants.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified: PT members
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY'. ESTABLISH PUBLIC RELEASE PROCEDURES number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Organize Project Team and Public Information Process
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Project Team, Written Policy, Goals and
Gudielines
PURPOSE; To establish at the outset the level of detail of information re-
leased and the mechanism by which it will be handled.
DESCRIPTION; Often during feasibility studies there is potential for release
of all types of information to the public, usually through electronic and print
media. The newly organized project team should decide on the method of dealing
with the public, information format and release, and that this format be
adhered to throughout the project.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Discuss method for information release.
2. Designate spokesperson for the project team.
3. Establish frequency and type of releases at regular intervals.
4. Discuss strategy to be used in potentially controversial situations such
as waste supply, sites, phase-over planning or markets.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Lack of coordination on releases; disagreement on frequency
and format.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Spokesperson; frequency of release; format of releases.
INPUT; Policy of A 10106.
OUTPUT; Written strategy for public information and releases, incorporated into
document of policy goals and guidelines (output of A 10106).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.2 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 1 work days.
REFERENCES: R12
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; Previous local releases by Ad Hoc or other advisory type
of group.
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY ESTABLISH SCOPE OF WORK FOR PROJECT number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasbility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Required Resources
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Committed In-House Staff, Contracts with
Consultants
PURPOSE; To obtain a clear understanding of the project boundaries, detailed
tasks, and support.
DESCRIPTION; Based on the policy, goals, and guidelines, the overall scope
of the project is determined in as much detail as possible. The scope should
define requirements in terms of work effort, time and dollar resources needed
to carry the project through Phase I and determine that these resources are
or will be available when they are needed.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Prepare scope of project in as much detail as possible.
2. Prepare briefing package to support rationale for proceeding.
3. Identify sources of support (e.g., city council, State and Federal agencies)
4. Present request for funding to appropriate elected officials.
5. Obtain funding from elected officials.
6. Identify and pursue other funding alternatives (e.g., EPA).
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Lack of funds at local level; delays in securing funds.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Project scope; amount and source of funds and resources.
INPUT; Policy, goals and guidelines from MA 101.
OUTPUT; Project scope complete, committed funds.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD, PM, PT
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO's
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = i to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3_ work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; IMA
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
number
ACTIVITY I ESTABLISH SCOPES FOR IN-HOUSE STAFF AND CONSULTANTS
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Secure Required Resources
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Committed In-House Staff, Contracts with
Consultants
PURPOSE; To define clearly the roles of the in-house staff and consultants.
DESCRIPTION; The roles and capabilities of in-house staff must be reviewed to
establish which portions of the overall scope of work they are capable of per-
forming. The balance of the work should be performed by consultants, and will
vary with each -job and the eventual procurement method. The scope of consult-
ants work should reflect only the work which the in-house staff cannot perform.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Assign in-house tasks.
2. Determine types of consultants required and when service should begin.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Lack of commitment on the part of the in-house management
to release the staff for the RR project.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Reassignment of responsibilities of in-house staff.
INPUT: Previous study recommendations; discussions with funding agency.
OUTPUT; Completed scope of work in detail, leaving no questions on work
division.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, PT
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: MPE
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I DEVELOP PREFERRED CONTRACTING METHOD
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Secure Required Resources
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Committed In-House Staff, Contracts with
Consultants
PURPOSE; To assure that all parties involved agree on the type of contract
before contact with consultants is made.
DESCRIPTION; There are various forms that contracts with consultants can
take (i.e., fixed fee, cost-plus-fixed-fee, cost plus). There is no one form
which is universally preferred, and the preference may be a matter of opinion.
However, the form to be used must be established and cleared with all parties.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Project team develops preferred contracting method.
2. Project manager checks the preferred method with the legal and purchasing
departments.
3. Project director clears the recommended method with the elected officials.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Major difference of opinion on contract type between
municipal agents.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Preferred contracting method.
INPUT; Previous contracts.
OUTPUT; Decision on contracting method.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: FT
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO, LD, DP, MPE
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES; Previous local contracts for C services.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DEVELOP CONSULTANT SELECTION METHOD number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Required Resources
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Committed In-House Staff, Contracts with
Consultants
PURPOSE; To assure that all parties involved agree on the selection method
and criteria and that the roles and responsibilities are assigned before
contact with consultant is made.
DESCRIPTION: There are various methods and criteria for selecting consultants.
These should be set up in advance of selection and must be consistent with
local and State laws. If a subcommittee of the project team is to handle
screening, the members should be selected now. The level of detail given to
consultants prior to interviewing is established.
Projects supported by Federal Funds should refer to Federal Guide-
lines published in Federal Register (see reference R12).
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Establish schedule and work level constraints; selected interviewers;
ranking methods; level of detail of material which goes out to consultants
in request for qualifications (RFQ).
2. Discuss and select consultant selection method.
3. Review selection method with legal department to ascertain that all State
and local legal requirements are being met.
4. Discuss with project team.
5. Select members of project team to be involved in consultant selection process;
contact and obtain commitments.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Poor precedents for consultant selection method.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Selection method; schedule for responding to consultants.
INPUT: Precedent selection method; goals, objectives, guidelines, and scope
of work.
OUTPUT: Consultant selection method.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PT, PM
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: LD, DP
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITYj ADVERTISE FOR QUALIFICATIONS
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Required Resources
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Committed In-House Staff, Contracts with
Consultants
PURPOSE: To obtain a wide range of interested consultants with either RR and
source separation experience, or RR facility design experience in case of A/E
procurement.
DESCRIPTION: An advertisement describing the scope of work and soliciting
firms to submit qualifications and comments is placed in local newspapers and
national trade journals.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Identify media to be used for publication of advertisement.
2. Consult legal department for minimum advertising requirements by law.
3. Draft advertisement and obtain approval by elected officials.
4. Allowing proper lead time versus dates for submittal, place advertise-
ment in appropriate journals.
5. Receive, log in and compile responses.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; None, routine procedure.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Dates for submittal of qualifications and experience.
INPUT: Qualifications requirements developed in A 10202.
OUTPUT; Published advertisement.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, PT
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: DP
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: Previous municipal advertisements for consultants.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! SECURE COMMITMENTS FROM IN-HOUSE STAFF number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Required Resources
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Committed In-House Staff, Contracts with
Consultants
PURPOSE: To assure that the qualified in-house staff is available and
assigned.
DESCRIPTION; It is necessary to identify which staff members are to participate
in the project at what level and for how long. If interdepartmental cooperation
is involved, a "Memorandum of Understanding" is written.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Outline in-house staff capability requirements.
2. Identify the individuals who can fill these requirements, their level
of commitment on other projects, and the commitment which can be made
to the RR project.
3. Designate commitment of in-house staff to RR project via inderdepartmental
"Memorandum of Understanding".
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Lack of or insufficient commitment to the project; commit-
ment stated, but not fulfilled.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Individuals available and level of commitment.
INPUT: Scopes of work from A 10202.
OUTPUT: Secure staff commitments.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: MPE
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 1 to 5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
number
ACTIVITY I NEGOTIATE WITH CONSULTANTS ON RETAINER
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Required Resources
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Committed In-House Staff, Contracts with
Consultants
PURPOSE: To establish working relationship on the RR project with consultants
already under contract to the lead agency on other work. The object is to
design optimum team.
DESCRIPTION: It may be preferable to involve consultants who are already on
retainer as advisors to the government (e.g., bond council). The scope of
work and cost is negotiated.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY; (If no consultants are on retainer, disregard this
activity)
1. Contact consultants on retainer; discuss project, lead agency intentions,
projected roles and responsibilities of current and future consultants on
the job.
2. Discuss current scope of work and RR scope modifications.
3. Negotiate new contract scope and establish cooperative working
arrangement between consultants on retainer and new consultants.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Possible conflict of interest with other projects.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Scope of work of consultants on retainer.
INPUT; Necessary work scope required of all participants; output of A 10202,
OUTPUT; Negotiated scope and cost of consultants on retainer.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM? PT
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: LD, MPE
4. Must be Notified: £0
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! SELECT SHORT LIST OF FIRMS number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Required Resources
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Committed In-House Staff, Contracts with
Consultants
PURPOSE: To narrow down the field of consultants being considered.
DESCRIPTION: On the basis of the qualifications and comments received from
the advertisement and using the selection method developed in A 10204, select
at least three consultants.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Review qualifications and comments submitted by consultants.
2. Choose best three to five firms according to format of A 10204.
3. Recontact all firms submitting qualifications, notify of elimination or
short listing.
4. Establish approximate date for interviews and selection.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Short list too large or small.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Selection of short listed firms.
INPUT: Response to advertisements of A 10205.
OUTPUT; Short list of firms.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, PT
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: MPE
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range « 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: INTERVIEW SHORT-LISTED FIRMS number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Required Resources
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Committed In-House Staff, Contracts with
Consultants
PURPOSE: Obtain detailed information on which to base a decision,
DESCRIPTION; The short-listed firms are notified and asked to prepare technical
approaches for the project. They present these approaches and are questioned
in detail. The commitments from in-house staff and consultants on retainer may
not be exactly as envisioned when the advertisement was written. These commit-
ments are now reviewed and the scope of work for the consultants now being
selected is adjusted as necessary prior to commencing the interviews.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Short listed firms are called in and further interviewed and screened
for project participation. The lead agency should request meeting with the
consultants anticipated project leader and discuss level of commitment,
level of work detail, accessibility to project, specific related experi-
ence, and other pertinent points.
2. Firm's statements are recorded, discussed and evaluated.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: No clear distinction between most desirable firm and others.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Format and sequence of interview; adjustments to original
scope of work.
INPUT; In-house staff commitments - A 10206; consultants on retainer work -
A 10207; short list of A 10208.
OUTPUT: Completed interview with recorded comments.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PT
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: MPE, DP
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I SELECT PREFERRED FIRM
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Secure Required Resources
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Committed In-House Staff, Contracts with
Consultants
PURPOSE; To complete selection of most qualified, experienced RR consultants,
DESCRIPTION; Using the method developed in A 10204 and the information
obtained in A 10205 and A 10209, the short listed firms are ranked in order
of preference.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Review, discuss, and evaluate the short listed firms interviewed
previously.
2. Select one preferred firm. Inform that firm of the choice.
3. Document the selection and procedure.
4. Notify unsuccessful firms.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Lack of PT decision agreement.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Selection of preferred firm.
INPUT; Interview of short listed firms - output of A 10209.
OUTPUT; Selected RR consultant; document selection in 10 page report for
presentation to the elected officials.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, PT
2. Responsible: pjj
3. Must be Consulted: MPE, LD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! NEGOTIATE AND SIGN CONTRACT
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Required Resources
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Committed In-House Staff, Contracts with
Consultants
PURPOSE: To complete the committing of all necessary resources to conduct
the RR project.
DESCRIPTION; Negotiations are initiated with the most preferred firm. Both
the exact scope of work and the fee are subject to negotiation.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Summon apparent successful consultant to negotiate contract terms and
scope of work.
2. Work out details.
3. Execute contract.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Impasse over contract provisions.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Dates, deliverables, extent of work, support level, funding.
INPUT; Preferred firm selection of A 10210.
OUTPUT; Consultant signed on board.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD, PM
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: LD, EO
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 1 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES; Previous local municipal consultant contracts.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; SCREEN ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE: Detailed Knowledge of Environmental Restrictions, Requirements,
and Review Process
PURPOSE: Many environmental requirements can impact on costs and facility
siting. These requirements must be established very early so that they can be
incorporated into the planning process.
DESCRIPTION: Detailed information on air quality, air emission requirements,
surface and ground water use and restrictions, zoning restrictions, permits
and permitting process, and review (governmental and public) requirements is
gathered.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Incomplete knowledge of detailed project structure; land use
incompatible with zoning; uncertainty regarding interpretation of environmental
regulations.
MAJOR DECISIONS: A preliminary definition of the RR system aspects to be assumed
for purposes of environmental review (e.g., number of transfer stations, tons per
day disposed).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: See Activity Sheets
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
3. Funding: $4,000
REFERENCES; R2, R6, Rll, R36, R47, R65, R73, R74, R75, R76, R77, R78, R79, R80,
Clean Air Act, as amended, 1977 Safe Drinking Water Act, Air and Water Pollution
Code Rules and Regulations, OSHA, Prior Environmental Impact Statements.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DETERMINE CONDITIONS FOR REQUIRING A-95 REVIEW
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Screen Environmental Requirements
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Detailed Knowledge of Environmental Restrictions,
Requirements, and Review Process
PURPOSE; To make sure the project team is aware of the full set of A-95 re-
view requirements early to avoid subsequent delays from omitting necessary
steps.
DESCRIPTION; An A-95 review by a clearing house, involving regional planning
agencies and Federal, State, and local input, may be required for certain RR
projects, e.g., those involving co-disposal of refuse with sewage sludge, and
major highway improvements for site access.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Obtain a description of the A-95 process from the clearing house.
2. Prepare a list of potential aspects of a complete project, including funding
sources, type of construction activities including transportation, and cate-
gories of technologies to be employed such as sludge disposal or power plant.
3. Discuss with the clearing house and other agencies the type of project being
considered and request guidance on the likely A-95 requirements for such a
project.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Incomplete knowledge at this stage of potential funding and de-
tailed project structure; lack of full recognition that RR projects can also be
transportation, construction, and possibly other types of projects as well.
MAJOR DECISIONS: The potential aspects of a complete project to be included for
A-95 review.
INPUT; Understanding from Phase 0 of what RR might entail.
OUTPUT: List and description of the A-95 review process and understanding of its
potential implications in this case.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: C, IBS
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: CH, EPA, DOT-(F), DOT-(S), EA-(S)
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: DETERMINE ZONING CATEGORIES AND RESTRICTIONS (lumber
PHASE: i, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Screen Environmental Requirements
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Detailed Knowledge of Environmental Restrictions,
Requirements, and Review Process
PURPOSE: To provide background information needed for site selection.
DESCRIPTION; Information on zoning, current and future land use, and other
site restrictions is necessary to support the site nomination and selection
process. Where large numbers of communities are potentially involved, detailed
zoning and land use maps are not essentialonly from communities with potential
sites. Zoning and land use categories and known plans to change them should be
generally available for most communities,
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Obtain zoning categories and definitions, by community.
2. Obtain general land use designations on a regional level.
3. Obtain zoning and land use maps, current and planned, for known or likely
host communities (judgment is required on the detail needed; more may be
necessary if an environmental impact statement will be required.)
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Special zoning restrictions may subsequently be created to
block RR siting; land use may not be compatible with zoning; plans may be
uncertain.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which host communities to include in determining zoning
categories; elimination of clearly unacceptable areas.
INPUT: NA
OUTPUT ; List of zoning and other anticipated restrictions.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: C, IHS
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: ZA (L) , PA (L, S) , EA-(L), EA-(S)
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES ;
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS;
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DETERMINE AMBIENT AIR QUALITY AND EMISSION
RESTRICTIONS
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
*
MASTER ACTIVITY: Screen Environmental Requirements
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Detailed Knowledge of Environmental Restrictions,
Requirements, and Review Process
PURPOSE; To provide an understanding of applicable air pollution control
regulations and requirements.
DESCRIPTION: Air quality considerations are important in siting, technology,
and market assessments, and the associated reviews can have a significant
effect on the project schedule. This activity enables the process of develop-
ing necessary data to begin early and to be built into the overall project
schedule. Also air regulations are evolving and often complex, hence the im-
portance of initiating dialog and understanding related issues at an early stage
in planning.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Obtain copies of Federal, State, and local air regulations,
2. Determine applicable sections and specific requirements.
3. Explore possible future requirements.
4. Determine interpretations of applicable regulations, such as for
Prevention of Significant Deterioration and New Source Performance
Review, through discussions with regulatory agencies.
5. Determine existing status (i.e., attainment or non-attainment area)
and potential for trade offs.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Lack of uniform interpretation of Federal regulations;
uncertainty on future requirements.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Determination of applicable sections of air quality regulations.
INPUT; Federal, State and local air regulations; previous interpretations by
agencies or courts.
OUTPUT: List of applicable air regulatory standards and requirements;
scheduling implications.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: C, IBS
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: EA-(L), EA-CS) , EPA
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: R73, R74, R79, R88
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DETERMINE SURFACE AND GROUND WATER USE AND number
EFFLUENT RESTRICTIONS
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Screen Environmental Requirements
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Detailed Knowledge of Environmental Restrictions,
Requirements, and Review Process
PURPOSE: To provide an understanding of water quality regulatory requirements
and water use limitations.
DESCRIPTION; RR facilities as well as associated back-up and residue landfills
have potential water discharges of various kinds, such as from storm drains,
boiler blowdown, quench water, cooling tower blowdown, and landfill leachate.
Large RR facilities may also require 100,000 to over 2 million gallons per day
of water for processing, cooling, sanitary and other uses. Effluent limitations
on facilities and use restrictions as well as other site requirements are
identified here. These include, for example, restrictions on construction in
wetland areas.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Obtain copies of Federal, State, and local water quality regulations,
2. Determine applicable sections and specific requirements,
3. Review water supply data,
4. Explore possible future requirements.
5. Determine interpretations of recent applicable regulations.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Certain areas may have serious water availability problems
or extensive wetlands, both of which limit site possibilities.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which aspects of the project should be included for environ-
mental screening; determination of water quality regulatory requirements;
determination of water use restrictions.
INPUT; Federal, State, and local water quality regulations;previous interpretations
of laws by agencies or the courts.
OUTPUT; List of applicable water quality standards and possible restrictions
on use of effluents,
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: C, IHS
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: EA-(L), EA-(S), EPA
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: R81
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DETERMINE STATE AND LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING MAJOR PERMITS
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Screen Environmental Requirements
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Detailed Knowledge of Environmental Restrictions,
Requirements, and Review Process
PURPOSE: To obtain a comprehensive picture of the State and local review and
permit process.
DESCRIPTION: Environmental reviews and permit requirements vary from State to
State, and they range from local site assignment and conservation commission
approval to County or State design reviews by regulatory agencies, to public
hearing requirements for siting, and environmental impact statement processes
required under State law in some States. In some cases local governments also
have environmental assessment and public review requirements.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Obtain and review pertinent legislation and regulations at State level,
and local level if siting jurisdictions are known.
2. Discuss the requirements with agencies coordinating such reviews.
3. Construct a tentative schedule, list of participating agencies and
groups, and key contacts to keep informed of any changes.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Local requirements may not be determined prior to site
nomination; requirements varying the depth of review depend on the degree of
significance of the anticipated impacts which may not always be predicted.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Determination of State and local review and permit process
as it applies to RR projects; timetable for review process; liaison process
with participating agencies and key contacts.
INPUT: Federal, State and local regulations; discussions with State and local
environmental agencies.
OUTPUT; Applicable regulations, list of reviewing agencies and their specific
concerns and criteria, estimated schedule of reviews, key contacts for follow-up
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: C, IHS
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: EA-(L), EA-(S), EPA, CH
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I
DETERMINE OTHER RESTRICTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Screen Environmental Requirements
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Detailed Knowledge of Environmental Restrictions
Requirements, and Review Process '
MVtr°e"«1 "quiets beyond
DESCRIPTION; Varies with jurisdictions and specific projects.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
Similar to A 10301 - A 10305.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; These will depend on the nature of the additional restrictions.
MAJOR DECISIONS; What other restrictions apply and depth of review.
INPUT: The appropriate environmental regulations.
OUTPUT; Similar to A 10301 - A 10305.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: C, IHS
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: EA-(L), EA-(S), EPA
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! REVIEW THE STATE-OF-THE-ART number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Conduct Technology Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Current Detailed Knowledge of Technologies
PURPOSE; To obtain information on the most recent developments in the industry.
DESCRIPTION: RR technology is expanding and being refined rapidly by the
industry at large. Size reduction and particle separation (front end processing),
wet front end processing, thermal conversion large and small scale, including
pyrolysis, and RDF systems are available. The entire mix of state-of-the-art
technology is reviewed for later application to the RR system, which may be one
large plant or several small plants.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Develop form showing all required information.
2. Review literature and fill in forms.
3. Conduct telephone interviews and fill in forms.
4. Conduct field trips where reasonable and economically possible.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Review is not complete; if it does not cover every available
technology or process, the alternatives analysis may be incomplete.
MAJOR DECISIONS: None.
INPUT: All in-house staff and consultant experience, background, telephone
interview, literature and site visit information which can be compiled.
OUTPUT: Complete state-of-the-art review.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, IBS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: Applicable industry.
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; ANALYZE INPUT REQUIREMENTS AND OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS number
(OTHER THAN REFUSE AND PRODUCTS)
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Conduct Technology Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Current Detailed Knowledge Of Technologies
PURPOSE: To develop some of the physical constraints for each technology
which must be known to define the site and landfill requirements.
DESCRIPTION; Each technology has unique operational characteristics which
should be examined at this time. Technology-related power and water require-
ments, air and liquid emissions, required quality and other key technological
needs and constraints are analyzed. The information may dictate the local
applicability of the technology, and will impact on siting and environmental
requirements.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
Develop for each technology:
1. Air emissions.
2. Water input and output quantity and quality.
3. Electrical requirements.
4. Residuals output per ton of input (i.e., sludge, unusable heavy
fraction, fly ash, bottom ash, collected dust)
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Incomplete, incorrect or misleading data on each of the above
points; no precedent with which to verify the data.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not all the required data has been obtained;
whether or not the obtained data is valid.
INPUT: Data and information of A 10401.
OUTPUT: Operational input and output from the technology suppliers.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: All available literature from full service operators and other
RR equipment manufacturers and suppliers.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; INVESTIGATE SOURCE SEPARATION TECHNOLOGIES
PHASE; i^ Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
*
MASTER ACTIVITY; Conduct Technology Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Current Detailed Knowledge Of Technologies
PURPOSE: To ascertain the types, availability, capabilities, applicability,
advantages and disadvantages of the various source separation technologies in
existence.
DESCRIPTION: Source separation programs may take different forms depending on
the markets and local participation expectations. Market requirements may
dictate the acceptable types of technology and specific equipment which may be
used, such as collection vehicles, balers, crushers, bins, loading devices and
other support equipment. Information of MA 005 has assessed source separation
potential.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Obtain data on source separation technologies from EPA reports, equipment
suppliers and existing source separation programs.
2. Categorize the equipment into major groups with associated costs.
3. Summarize the information and prepare a short narrative description of
fundings.
4. Hold technology information for update of current system in A 10804,
and for use in source separation feasibility of MA 109.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Insufficient data; data difficult to obtain.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not all the required data has been obtained;
whether or not the obtained data is valid.
INPUT; output of MA 005; source separation technology supplier data.
OUTPUT; Complete review, listing and costs of source separation technology.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DETERMINE REFUSE INPUT REQUIREMENTS AND CO-DISPOSAL number
CAPABILITIES
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Conduct Technology Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Current Detailed Knowledge Of Technologies
PURPOSE: To determine collection requirements and allow consideration of
co-disposal.
DESCRIPTION; Recent emphasis on co-disposal or co-utilization of refuse and
sewage sludge, as well as the impending ban on ocean dumping, has prompted
increased attention to this area. Various technologies are being designed
for co-disposal, and the portions of co-disposal systems related to sludge
disposal are eligible for partial Federal funding of construction capital
under Public Law 92-500, the Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, Title II.
More and more RR programs will involve co-disposal.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
Develop for each technology:
1. Refuse input requirements (i.e., acceptability of bulky waste, tires,
or mattress springs).
2. Determine co-disposal capabilities (i.e., acceptability of sludge,
minimum percent solids).
3. Need for auxiliary fuel computations and operating data where available.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; incomplete, insufficient, or misleading data.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not all the required data has been obtained;
whether or not the obtained data is valid.
INPUT; Output of A 10401
OUTPUT; Known input and co-disposal or co-utilization capabilities.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IBS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
A. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES; industrial information
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ASCERTAIN PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Conduct Technology Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Current Detailed Knowledge Of Technologies
PURPOSE: To aid in market investigations.
DESCRIPTION; To develop fuel or energy output and materials output for each
technology. As with all steps in MA 104, sufficient experience is needed to
ascertain the validity of claims by suppliers, as well as expected system
performance.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
For each technology develop:
1. Fuel or energy output characteristics such as: output per ton input;
form and specifications (i.e., steam at temperature and pres-
sure, fluff RDF at Btu/lb with ___% ash) .
2. Materials output characteristics and specifications.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Incomplete, insufficient, or misleading data.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not the obtained data is valid.
INPUT: Output of A 10401
OUTPUT; Product specs identified and understood.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: MS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I ASCERTAIN SIZE, RELIABILITY, AND COSTS
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Conduct Technology Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Current Detailed Knowledge Of Technologies
PURPOSE; To provide data for developing site requirements and project
economics for the most accurate presentation of data to decision makers.
DESCRIPTION; This activity is a natural extension of A 10402 and A 10403
in compiling and presenting technical data on the various technologies.
Size, reliability and costs will be key elements in the decision process.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
Develop for each technology:
1. Sizes available in terms of tph processing capacity and area required,
expected downtime, and hours of maintenance per day.
2. Develop capital and operating costs including redundancy, maintenance,
and relief personnel.
3. Any other pertinent operating data not previously covered.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Data insufficiency as in A 10401 - A 10404 previously.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not the obtained data is valid.
INPUT: Output of A 10401 - A 10404.
OUTPUT: Credible size, reliability and cost data for the various technologies.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0-5 to 1-5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I DETERMINE PROCUREMENT ISSUES AND INDUSTRY
SERVICE POTENTIAL
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Conduct Technology Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Current Detailed Knowledge Of Technologies
PURPOSE; To define the legal and institutional constraints of the various
technologies; to examine the potential for system suppliers to enter the project
in its current stage of development.
DESCRIPTION; Issues such as procuring and operating a proprietary or patented
process and technological risk are defined. Proposals from industry system sup-
pliers (based on the information gathered to date) are solicited and evaluated.
SPECIAL NOTE; Inquiries of industry service potential may produce offers by indus-
try to assume responsibility for the required planning functions. The public of-
ficial should realize that the key questions (found on page 1 of the introduction)
must still be answered. If industry has answered more of these questions than the
community, it may be appropriate to entertain involving that industry, using the
Model as a guide to monitor progress by industry (see Time Frames in Introduction).
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Identify the technologies which may present a specific procurement problem
other than general institutional problems.
2. Indicate where these issues are likely to occur and how they might be
addressed. Make a note to include these issues in MA 113 and MA 114.
3. Prepare a fact sheet of information from Phase 0 and Phase I to date and
supply it to all interested firms contacted during this master activity and
solicit ideas and offers of assistance.
4. Any offers received (probably very few due to the generally high risk at
this early stage of project development, although special local conditions
may mitigate some risk) are evaluated and a decision is reached (see special
note, above and introduction).
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Information not available.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which technologies may be constrained by unique character-
istics; whether or not to involve private industry at this time.
INPUT; Output of A 10401.
OUTPUT: Technology-related procurement issues defined; decision on whether or
not to involve private industry at this time.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: LD, IHS, C, PT
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to _3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: SUMMARIZE RESULTS number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Conduct Technology Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Current Detailed Knowledge Of Technologies
PURPOSE: To formalize analysis.
DESCRIPTION; The summary addresses all the major points of the various activi-
ties and tabulates the information to be included as a chapter in the feasibil-
ity report.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Compile all information collected and computed on technologies.
2. Summarize, tabulate and document findings on the systems.
3. Produce section of final report containing technology information.
MAJOR OBSTACLES! None.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Method of presentation of summarized material.
INPUT: All data of A 10401 - A 10406.
OUTPUT: Technology summary report to be used as a section of the Feasibility
Analysis report prepared in MA 116.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: ANALYZE WASTE STREAM number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE; Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable Quantities,
Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE: The economics of RR projects are sensitive to changes in throughput,
since it affects the revenues derived from both the tipping fee and the sale of
recovered energy and materials (via central processing or source separation or
both). Therefore, it is extremely important not to overestimate the tonnage
available. Seasonal variations in refuse generation must be known to determine
peak throughput rates and storage requirements. Compositional analysis is the
basis for determining the recoverable quantity of materials and energy, which
in turn is used to estimate revenues. Sludge quantities, composition, and dis-
posal needs are used in determining whether co-disposal of sludge and refuse is
feasible. All data should be agreed upon by the involved agencies.
DESCRIPTION; Data from multiple sources are obtained and analyzed, and inconsisten-
cies are rectified. Weighing surveys and compositional analyses are conducted
where applicable. Sludge quantities, characteristics, and future disposal needs
are defined. The effects of existing source separation programs are factored
into the estimates.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Incomplete, inaccurate, or misleading data; lack of cooperation;
interagency conflicting information.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Crediblity of data determined; data scope adequate or to be
supplemented; quantitative result decisions; whether to perform weighing surveys.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, C, IHS, PT
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, PT, MPE, EA-(S and L), EPA
ESTIMATING DATA: ^
1. Duration: Average = 6 weeks. Range = 3.2 to 14 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 38 work days.
3. Funding: $9,500
* Rounded to 6
REFERENCES: R2, R4, R6, Rll, R27, R29, R30, R31, R64, R65, R66, R67, R68, R69, R106,
R115, R116 Chamber of Commerce Industry Listing (local).
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY*. OBTAIN LIST OF INDUSTRIES number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE: To be used in deriving industrial solid waste generation quantities
and composition.
DESCRIPTION: The list of industries should be as nearly complete as possible
and should indicate the types of goods and services produced, the number of
employees, the standard industrial classification (SIC) code number, and the
year in which this data was compiled.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Obtain a current list of industries with SIC code and number of employees
from the Chamber of Commerce. Check with the telephone book.
2. Using existing data on industrial waste generation, develop the quantity
and types of industrial solid waste generated and disposed.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Incomplete or inaccurate listing; listing not available.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Spot check existing industries.
INPUT; List of industries; telephone book.
OUTPUT; Complete list of industries.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 0.2 weeks. Range = 0.1 to 1 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 1 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: OBTAIN POPULATION DATA number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE: To obtain present and future population data which will be used to
derive solid waste generation estimates and centroids of solid waste generation.
DESCRIPTION: Critical to most public works programs, particularly RR facili-
ties, is an accurate representation of present population and population
projections.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Obtain current population and population projections. If more than one
projection is available, select the one to be used.
2. Obtain (or plot) population distribution map.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Incomplete, inaccurate, or outdated population data.
MAJOR DECISIONS; To use data or generate new projections,
INPUT; Population data listings.
OUTPUT: Complete current and future populations and distributions.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PA or ZA
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 0.2 weeks. Range = 0.1 to 1 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! OBTAIN PRIOR STUDIES AND REPORTS
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE: To build on previous progress, and to avoid unnecessary duplication
of effort.
DESCRIPTION; In many RR projects, one or more previous studies may have been
completed. All available prior information is compiled to have the broadest
possible data base with which to begin.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Check with environmental, health, and sanitation officials, State solid
waste regulatory agencies, local universities, local consultants.
2. Compile all available studies and reports.
3. Review preliminarily to obtain the nature of each.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Poor previous studies; no copies available,
MAJOR DECISIONS; None
INPUT:
Contacts in all applicable agencies (also outputs of MA 001 - MA 007)
OUTPUT; Complete library of prior related work,
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: C
3. Must be Consulted: IA
A. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 0.4 weeks. Range = 0.2 to 1 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 1 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! OBTAIN LIST OF TRANSFER, PROCESSING, AND PI limber
DISPOSAL SITES
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE: To define the existing system for subsequent review and incorporation
into the eventual system.
DESCRIPTION; The existing solid waste management system must be identified
and understood to be used effectively. This activity is the second step in
obtaining the required understanding (A 10513 is the next step).
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Tabulate the information found in the prior studies and reports that relate
to existing facilities.
2. Visit environmental, health, and sanitation departments and obtain all
information on existing facilities.
3. Discuss all pertinent background, including most recent status and plans
for the existing facilities.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; No list; poor information.
MAJOR DECISIONS; None
INPUT: Output of A 10503 (also outputs of MA 001 - MA 007).
OUTPUT: Completed and detailed list.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: IA
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 0.2 weeks. Range = 0.1 to 1 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 1 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! OBTAIN LIST OF COLLECTION AGENCIES AND COMPANIES Dumber
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE; To identify all collection entities, their sizes, locations, existing
source separation programs, and quantity handled for subsequent consideration
for delivering to the system or continuing as they are.
DESCRIPTION; The list of collection agencies is obtained to assist in
compiling quantity data and to define the current waste collection system.
Such a list may not exist, in which case it must be generated.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Obtain list from environmental, health, and sanitation departments or
collection vehicle licensing agency of all collectors, public and private.
2. Review list, verify, and check for completeness.
3. Obtain as much complete information as possible on the quantities handled
and on existing source separation practices.
4. Interview collectors where required.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Incomplete list; poor verification; no cooperation.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Comprehensiveness of listing required.
INPUT: Above list (possibly from outputs of MA 001 - MA 007).
OUTPUT: Complete and verified list of collection agencies and companies includ-
ing quantities handled, discharge points, and existing source separation programs.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 1 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; OBTAIN LIST OF SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANTS number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE: To identify the treatment plants in the area, the capacity of each,
and the level of treatment for subsequent computation.
DESCRIPTION; In order to consider co-disposal, perhaps even at the request
of the local sewer authority, in conjunction with RR, it is necessary to become
familiar with area sewage treatment plants, their locations, capacities, and
levels of treatment.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Obtain list from environmental, health, and sanitation departments.
2. Refine, verify, and update information on list.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Incomplete, inaccurate, or outdated list.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether to use list or to recompile.
INPUT; Above list.
OUTPUT; Complete and accurate list of treatment plants and their
characteristics.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = i weeks. Range = 0.5 to 5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = i work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! OBTAIN SLUDGE CHECKLIST INFORMATION FOR EACH
SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE: To gather as much technical data as possible (e.g., capacity, level
and type of treatment, moisture) for consideration in RR study.
DESCRIPTION: Each plant is visited and critical operational data are taken
for subsequent computation. It is essential to have all checklist data before
proceeding with examining disposal options, technology, or other RR system
parameters.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Obtain checklist of critical plant factors.
2. Visit each plant and compile data.
3. Examine, refine, and verify data.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Inaccurate information from plant operators.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Comprehensiveness of information required.
INPUT; Checklist
OUTPUT; Completed lists of information.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: Plant Operators and MPE
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = Q.2 weeks. Range = Q.l to i weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 1 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I OBTAIN SEPTIC TANK PUMPING DATA IIlimber
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE; To obtain all pertinent information on area septic materials
quantities and disposal methods.
DESCRIPTION; Accuracy of sludge quantities requires a comprehensive under-
standing of all sludge generated, including septic tank pumpings. Tbe quantity
of septic materials and its disposal locations are critical to know in order
to assess the feasibility of its inclusion in the RR system.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Obtain list of septic tank pumping companies.
2. Obtain quantity estimates of materials pumped by each.
3. Locate pumping companies' disposal sites.
4. Determine size, capacity, longevity, acceptability, and other key data.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Unwillingness to provide data; reluctance to answer queries
concerning septic tank pumping operations.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Comprehensiveness of data required.
INPUT; Listing of companies; listing of disposal sites.
OUTPUT; Understanding of entire area septic tank materials handling system.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: Area septic tank pumping operators, MPE
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I DETERMINE EXISTING AND FUTURE SLUDGE GENERATION
AND DISPOSAL NEEDS
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE: To analyze sludge needs, potential to deal with those needs, and
the potential for inclusion of sludge in the RR system.
DESCRIPTION: The population data are combined with existing sludge manage-
ment procedures, and an analysis is performed to determine what the alterna-
tives are for current and future sludge handling.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review existing sludge data and contemplate ways of handling current sludge
in addition to the current methods.
2. Use standard methods of estimating sludge generation from existing quanti-
ties and population projections.
3. Determine present and future sludge management needs.
4. Determine current plans for the future and ability of those plans to handle
the future sludge disposal needs.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Inaccurate data.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Deciding on waste generation estimates.
INPUT; Sludge and septic tank pumping information of A 10506, A 10507, and
A 10508; population information of A 10502.
OUTPUT; Identification of existing and future sludge needs, i.e., short
report.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: EA-(L), MPE
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY*. ESTIMATE MUNICIPAL WASTE GENERATION number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE: To establish the base quantity considered for all computations, in-
cluding plant sizing, economics, and transportation network.
DESCRIPTION: Municipal waste generally refers to residential, commercial, and
light industrial wastes. There are a number of methods for determining the
quantity. National averages or locally determined quantities from weighing and
counting in the specific locality may be used. If a weighing facility has been
in use, that is the best data available to start with.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Compile all previous weighing surveys, counting surveys, or other previous
work aimed at quantifying the waste.
2. Using population data and the list of commercial establishments, estimate
the appropriate quantities of waste (adjust for existing source separation
programs).
3. Verify against operational records if they exist.
4. Adjust for recent population shifts, trends, and project future quantities.
5. Agree on reasonable number and hold for fluctuation computation in A 10512.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Unrealistic quantities or projections; conflicting data
from different sources; inability to rectify into a common number.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Estimated quantities for present and future solid waste
generation.
INPUT: Previous surveys, studies, weighing data.
OUTPUT; Estimated present and future quantities of solid waste within the
study area to be handled by the RR system.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PA, MPE, ZA
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = i to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES:
Rll, R31, R65, previous studies.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ESTIMATE INDUSTRIAL WASTE GENERATION number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE: To compile a realistic estimate of the quantity and types of industrial
wastes for inclusion (some or all) into the RR facility feedstock.
DESCRIPTION: The industrial waste generated can have a significant impact
on the receipts of the RR facility in more industrialized areas. In rural or
suburban areas, the impact can be much less. The types of industrial waste in
the area are quantified and categorized to decide what percentage will find its
way into the RR facility.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Compile all previous local industrial waste information,
2. Consult list of industries compiled in A 10501,
3. Estimate waste quantities using recognized estimating techniques employing
SIC codes and estimates of tons/employee/year,
4. Test to see whether results are reasonable,
5. Spot check with plant managers of several key area industries (adjust for
existing source separation programs).
6. Refine and hold for fluctuation computation.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Incomplete or inaccurate lists; lack of cooperation by in-
dustry; poor previous estimating data,
MAJOR DECISIONS: Categorizing types of waste into on-site/off-site disposal
and combustible/non-combustible.
INPUT: List of industries of A 10501; all previous industrial surveys.
OUTPUT' Complete current and future industrial waste quantity estimates.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: Some Local Industries
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = p. 2 to i weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: R65
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ESTIMATE SEASONAL FLUCTUATIONS OF SOLID WASTE
PHASE; i, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE: To know the seasonal fluctuations which will occur in order to size
facilities and to estimate revenue fluctuations due to waste fluctuations.
DESCRIPTION: Solid waste generation varies widely, possibly -20% from the
average over the course of a year. The quantity fluctuation is estimated based
on local experience, or national figures if there is little local record-keeping.
The seasonal fluctuation will be a major factor in system economies in the
future, and may have a variety of causes (i.e., growing seasons, winter lulls,
spring and fall cleanup, tourist influx, school year).
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Obtain local figures on daily, weekly, monthly fluctuations if available.
2. Adopt national trends if the above is not available.
3. Refine according to local conditions, e.g., dominant industry or university.
4. Check compatibility with major local waste generators or major collectors.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: No local data.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Data credibility, whether or not to perform a weighing survey
at various times of the year.
INPUT; Generation output of A 10509, A 10510 and A 10511.
OUTPUT; Refined estimate of seasonal fluctuations in waste quantity
and composition.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PA, MPE, plant operators
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.2 to i weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES :
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ESTIMATE FACILITY THROUGHPUT AND DISPOSAL QUANTITIES fill (Tiber
BY SITE
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE: TO obtain a thorough understanding of existing and potential solid
waste logistical system.
DESCRIPTION; The existing logistical waste system will have a strong impact
on the final configuration of the RR system. The existing components (e.g.,
transfer station location) must be thoroughly understood before they can be
factored into the overall system or abandoned.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Gather all pertinent information on facilities (use outputs of A 10503
and A 10504).
2. Review, update, and verify.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; No data, unreliable or incomplete data.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether this step can be covered adequately with existing
data or a supplemental weighing survey should be done.
INPUT: Previous studies, reports, and operating records (outputs of A 10503
and A 10504).
OUTPUT; Solid estimate of existing facilities' quantity throughput.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: MPE, Plant Operators
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = Q.5 weeks. Range = 0.2 to 1 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 1 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; PERFORM WEIGHING SURVEY (OPTIONAL) number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE; To verify and increase confidence in estimates of solid waste quan-
tity and fluctuation of the quantity.
DESCRIPTION: In areas where little operational data are available, it may be
desirable to perform a weighing survey. Most useful would be a survey where
weighing is done daily for at least one year, provided that no extreme condition
such as a flood or storm occurs. Unfortunately, time and resources generally
do not allow a full year weighing survey. If good data exist, a survey is
optional. The municipality may want to perform spot surveys several times in
one year.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Decide on intervals and times of the year when spot surveys will produce
the most representative data.
2. Check scale rentals and other local measuring conditions.
3. Establish date, times, plants, sampling methods, and the result desired
before starting.
4. Weigh vehicles in and out; note vehicle type, capacity, origin, and con-
tained material.
5. Summarize and report.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Bad weather, poor cooperation.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether to perform the survey at all; appropriate sampling
times and length of sampling period.
INPUT: Information showing extent of existing data.
OUTPUT: Documented weighing data with assumptions and projections in a short
internal report (10 pages plus data sheets).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: MPE
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days, (per sample per site)
REFERENCES: R65
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: ESTIMATE DISPOSED QUANTITIES FROM SURVEY BY SITE number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE: TO further the confidence level in quantity estimates. (This is
contingent upon the performance of A 10514.)
DESCRIPTION; The results of the survey are incorporated into the original
estimates of A 10510, A 10511, and A 10512, if a survey is taken to produce
refined quantity waste estimates.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Review results of survey and waste generation estimates.
2. Adapt waste generation estimates to survey data.
3. Define, explain, and rectify major differences and observations.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Survey inconclusive; data appears out of line with
estimates.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Best incorporation of spot data into annual scenario.
INPUT: Survey data of A 10514.
OUTPUT; Estimates of waste types and quantities handled at each site.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PT
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! COMPARE ESTIMATES, DEVELOP CONSISTENT GENERATION AND
DISPOSAL QUANTITIES
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE; To conclude the estimates which will be used as the base number for
the entire RR project.
DESCRIPTION: After all preliminary estimates and surveys have been conducted,
it is necessary to compare the data, refine and decide on a final number. It
is imperative to have quantity number finalized at this point because it is the
basis for all calculations concerning size, cost, and revenues which will come
later. The quantity extracted by existing source separation programs must be
accounted for.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review data, analyze, and adapt varying quantities to present the most
accurate local quantity.
2. Prepare report and discuss with project team.
3. Discuss and revise report; assemble final estimates.
4. Decide on final quantity estimates for the entire region potentially
involved in the RR system.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Major discrepancy between the survey data and initial
estimates.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Final adoption of the base quantity number.
INPUT; All estimates and survey data of A 10512, A 10513 and A 10515.
OUTPUT: Final estimate of solid waste quantities in the region.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IRS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PT, IA, Potential Member Municipalities
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0-5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! PERFORM COMPOSITIONAL ANALYSIS TO SUPPORT MATERIALS, number
ENERGY, AND SOURCE SEPARATION STUDIES HUIIIUOI
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE: To analyze the local refuse composition so that constituents are
known; to estimate recoverables from both the RR facility and the source
separation systems.
DESCRIPTION: Refuse composition is analyzed so that the quantities of each
constituent are known and proper estimates of recoverable quantities can be
made. The percentage of each component can impact on overall system economics,
particularly in source separation systems. Compositional analyses can be done
by local sampling or by using national averages. Local sampling should be done
where, for example, a unique area may vary from the national average,
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1, Compile all previous sampling results, if any,
2. Decide whether a unique situation, such as a dominant area industry or
style of housing, warrants sampling the local material.
3. If necessary, conduct a refuse-sorting survey, dividing refuse into its
major components.
4. Collect national averages or figures compiled in a similar region of
the country.
5. Decide on the refuse composition most representative of the area taking
into account the types and quantities of material extracted by existing
source separation programs and effects of any pending source reduction
programs.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; poor data for the area where deviation from the national or
regional averages is suspected to be great.
Whether to survey; how to adapt the national or regional
MAJOR DECISIONS;
figures.
INPUT; Previous reports, surveys, or national figures,
OUTPUT: Detailed compositional analysis.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: MPE, EA-(L), EA-(S), EPA
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 1 work days. (Does not include step 3, above)
REFERENCES:
Rll, R31, previous local reports
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I ESTIMATE AVERAGE YEARLY COMPOSITION
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE; To estimate a reasonable average composition for later computations
of recoverable materials, including source separation, and combustible mate-
rials.
DESCRIPTION: xhe composition of refuse can vary with the season of the year
and with individual communities, but for most purposes the average composition
can be used for RR system computations. The key is to decide the most repre-
sentative average annual composition and use that throughout in the feasibility
study.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Review output of A 10517.
2. Review the national averages and adapt for local conditions.
3. Develop an average annual composition and use this throughout in the
feasibility stage.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Inaccurate previous local data; inaccuracies due to using
national averages.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Final compositional average.
Previous local work, output of A 10517, studies of national average
INPUT;
waste composition.
OUTPUT: Final agreed-upon average annual composition.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PT
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 1 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 1 work days.
REFERENCES;
, R31> R65j R90
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ESTIMATE AVERAGE HEATING VALUE
PHASE; i> Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Analyze Waste Stream
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Consistent Generation, Disposal, and Recoverable
Quantities, Projections, and Heating Value
PURPOSE: To present a reasonable estimate of the heating value of refuse as a
solid basis for all subsequent computations.
DESCRIPTION: Heating value of the refuse is one of the most important numbers
in the entire study. All computations for energy product, and hence revenues
and system economics, hinge on the initial choice of heating value. The heat-
ing value can also be significantly influenced by season, community, and existing
or planned source separation programs, and therefore, the average must be care-
fully chosen.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Compile all local and national data concerning the heating values (higher
or lower) of solid fuels, for reference and background.
2. From average yearly compositional analysis (output of A 10518) and the
heating values of the various components derive the average heating value
of the refuse (taking into account the percent moisture as received).
3. Refine, verify, and agree upon the heating value. Use this constant value
throughout the study, except that it may be adjusted later to account for
new or expanded source separation and/or source reduction programs.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Erroneous method of estimating.
MAJOR DECISIONS: The adopted heating value for this project.
INPUT; Composition data of A 10518; national and local heating value data.
OUTPUT: Agreed-upon heating value.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: FT
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = i weeks. Range = Q.2 to i weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 1 work days.
REFERENCES; Rll, R22, R31, R65, R92
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY*. OBTAIN LIST OF FOSSIL FUEL USERS number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Detailed Energy Market Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Letters of Interest
PURPOSE: To canvass the agencies which have a listing of all boilers in the
area to get an idea of the types and sizes.
DESCRIPTION; A comprehensive listing of all fossil fuel users in the project
area is necessary in order to perform the energy market analysis.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Contact local air quality regulatory agencies for boiler information.
2. Check local public health agency for any additional or supplementary
information on area fossil fuel users.
3. Review and compile list into priority form.
4. Contact area fuel suppliers.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Lists are not available. Lists are incomplete.
MAJOR DECISIONS; None
INPUT; None
OUTPUT; List of all fossil fuel users.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: jjjg^ c
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = i weeks. Range 0.2 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = i work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY'. CONDUCT TELEPHONE SURVEY (EXCEPT UTILITIES) number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Detailed Energy Market Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Letters of Interest
PURPOSE; To verify information on forms, and begin a ranking of potential
markets, based on size and initial interest.
DESCRIPTION; Contact all listed fossil fuel users by telephone.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY; Extract or verify the following information:
1. Type and yearly quantity of fuel used.
2. Boiler capacity (Btu/hr).
3. Average daily consumption hours/day, days/week, weeks/year in operation.
4. Manufacture boiler.
5. Age of boiler.
6. Form energy is converted to (steam, hot water, other).
7. What the energy is used for (process, heating, electric).
8. Interest in RDF.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Refusal to reveal requested information.
MAJOR DECISIONS; None
INPUT: List of all fossil fuel users.
OUTPUT: Current information on all fossil fuel users.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = _0.5 weeks. Range = 0.2 to i weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES; R90, R93, R94, R97, R98, R99, R100
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; SD 10602
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! IDENTIFY POTENTIAL MARKETS number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Detailed Energy Market Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Letters of Interest
PURPOSE; To distill information to date showing potential markets for RR
including priorities.
DESCRIPTION; The amount of energy in various forms which can be derived from
the waste is determined as are the consumers who could use the energy. Risks
associated with RDF markets should be recognized, since the uncertainties of
an RDF system are greater. However, capital requirements of RDF systems may
be significantly less since the boiler is in place and only the fuel is being
prepared. Conversely the market security associated with electric and some
steam projects will cost more in initial capital. These points are noted
and documented when classifying potential markets.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. From the preliminary technology analysis (MA 104) and the preliminary
waste quantity and composition data (MA 103), determine how much energy
can be derived from the waste for each form of energy.
2. Using these energy quantities in conjunction with the energy demands
obtained by the telephone survey (A 10602), determine which energy
consumers could utilize the energy derived from the waste.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: There are no potential energy markets. Energy markets may want
lesser risk provided by steam or electricity and be reluctant to say they will
use a higher risk type (RDF) which can be produced less expensively.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which fossil fuel users are potential markets and which are not.
INPUT; Output of telephone survey; preliminary waste quantity and composition;
preliminary technology analysis,
OUTPUT; List of potential energy markets.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = l weeks. Range = 1 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort; Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! VISIT ALL POTENTIAL MARKETS number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Detailed Energy Market Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Letters of Interest
PURPOSE: To see the physical plant, and get to know the individuals involved
so that quantities, spacing and access are analyzed.
DESCRIPTION; Visit the principal potential markets to tour their facilities and
look at the daily fuel consumed or steam charts. Record minimum, maximum, and
average daily demand, steam temperature and pressure, feedwater temperature.
Note any substantial changes with shift, weekend operations, and seasonal
fluctuations. Also note site characteristics and plans for the future.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Complete worksheet for each facility visit.
2. Complete a site evaluation worksheet.
3. Seek plans or opportunities to cost share conversions from oil to
coal/RDF.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; No cooperation ,on the part of potential markets.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which potential markets to visit first; which individuals
would be the most appropriate ones to conduct visits.
INPUT; List of potential markets (output of A 10603).
OUTPUT; Detailed information on potential energy markets.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: igg c
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = i to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: SD 10604
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY*. IDENTIFY VIABLE POTENTIAL MARKETS number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Detailed Energy Market Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Letters of Interest
PURPOSE: To identify and designate the most viable of the potential markets
in order to begin active pursuit of these markets for the recovery program.
DESCRIPTION: Viable energy markets are determined by; a) the details of the
energy demand characteristics; b) the degree of interest of the various
potential energy-from-waste users; c) the quantity and forms of energy which
can be supplied from refuse; and d) the site characteristics. These parameters
are listed, evaluated, compared and the most favorable constitute the list of
viable energy markets.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Compare the potential energy from refuse supply with the market energy demand
requirements.
2. Compare the site characteristics of the potential markets.
3. Estimate the likelihood that a firm contract will be signed.
4. Look (subjectively) at the trade-off between a firm steam, electric market
versus a non-firm RDF market. Lay the ground work to quantify the cost
impacts of a specific market that is firm and virtually guaranteed.
5. List viable energy markets.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; No potential energy markets are viable.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Identify potential viable energy markets.
INPUT : List and details of potential energy markets, quantity and forms of
energy which can be derived from refuse. (Output of A 10603 and A 10604).
OUTPUT ; List of viable potential energy markets.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = ^ to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES :
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! PLOT COMMODITY DEMAND number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Detailed Energy Market Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Letters of Interest
PURPOSE; To determine the most desirable of the energy markets in terms of
least difference between energy available from refuse and the market require-
ments.
DESCRIPTION; For each viable energy market, plot 4 graphs of how the demand
for the energy commodity varies over time.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
Plot graphs for:
1. Variations in hourly demand over 24 hours.
2. Variation in daily demand over 7 consecutive days.
3. Variation in weekly demand over 5 weeks.
4. Variation in monthly demand over 12 months.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: None
MAJOR DECISIONS; None
INPUT; Detailed information on all potential energy markets, list of viable
potential energy markets (outputs of A 10604 and A 10605).
OUTPUT; Four graphs for each viable potential energy markets.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = i to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DEVELOP COMMODITY PRICING SCHEDULE number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Detailed Energy Market Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Letters of Interest
PURPOSE: To relate the schedule and pricing to the local energy situation
and the RR project.
DESCRIPTION: For each viable potential market develop a pricing formula for
each possible energy form. The potential market is not asked to agree with
this formula at this time. The formulae will be used in developing revenues
for various alternatives.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Using the sample formula, develop a pricing formula for each possible
energy form.
2. Develop pricing formulae for the viable potential energy markets.
3. Review and discuss internally for reasonableness and relevance to the
markets.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: It may be difficult to explain that benefits have to be shared
or it's unlikely that there will be a long term agreement for waste based energy.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Amount of discount to be offered.
INPUT: List of viable potential energy markets (output of A 10605), current fuel
prices.
OUTPUT: Pricing formulae for each possible energy commodity deliverable to each
viable potential energy market.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Mus.t be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: R90, R93, R94, R100, R101, R102
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: SD 10607
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: OBTAIN ENERGY MARKET LETTERS OF INTEREST number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Detailed Energy Market Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Letters of Interest
PURPOSE: To document for the first time and to preliminarily assess the market
interest in the project.
DESCRIPTION; Meet with each viable potential energy market and request a letter
of interest by a corporate officer (preferably the president or chairman of the
board).
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Meet with the potential energy market to discuss interest in acquiring energy
from a RR facility.
2. Explain the need for a letter of interest.
3. Request a letter of interest.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; NO cooperation; change in policy,
MAJOR DECISIONS: The degree of commitment intended in the letter; how not to
compromise future negotiations (ie; giving up the right to have an independent
estimate made of the cost of handling RDF at users facility).
INPUT: List of viable potential energy markets.
OUTPUT: Letters of Interest.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PB
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = u to 12 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; SD 10608
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITYt CONDUCT INTRODUCTORY MEETING WITH UTILITIES number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Detailed Energy Market Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Letters of Interest
PURPOSE: To approach the local utilities and introduce the idea of the project,
time frame, preliminary ideas, and that utilities are a potential energy market.
DESCRIPTION: The main objective of these meetings is to establish a policy
of cooperation on the part of the utility.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Meet with each utility separately. An official who can establish policy
should be present.
2. Indicate that its cooperation and input is being sought at the beginning
of the study but no decisions have been made.
3. Agree to explore possible alternatives for the utility to act as a market
for energy derived from the refuse.
4. Establish a meeting date for the technical staffs to explore these alterna-
tives.
5. Contact PUC about the meetings; request their input and assistance; obtain
background and advice on each utility; inform PUC of schedule and develop-
ments of meetings.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Official not present; key technical staff not available;
utility has no incentive to join program.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Agenda, appropriate representatives from the lead agency
that should attend.
INPUT; List of fossil fuel users.(output of A 10601),
OUTPUT; Agreement to explore alternatives, time, date, and place of in-depth
meeting.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: c, PM, PD, EO
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: PUC
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = i to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I CONDUCT IN-DEPTH MEETING (s) WITH UTILITIES number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Detailed Energy Market Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Letters of Interest
PURPOSE: To understand technical constraints and requirements in the system
and examine most applicable energy option.
DESCRIPTION; Each electrical generating station should be examined as a
potential fuel or steam market, and the possibilities and technical problems
discussed for each plant.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Examine boilers as potential fuel or steam recipients.
2. Map district heating systems.
3. Map optimum (substation) and other locations that are acceptable for in-
putting electricity into their network.
4. Obtain plans for new facilities and expansion of existing facilities.
5. Discuss operational or environmental constraints which may exist (e.g.,
air emissions, thermal stream pollution, location).
MAJOR OBSTACLES; No cooperation, skepticism toward the technology, no viable
methods for the utility to act as an energy market can be identified.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Meeting agenda, and level of detail.
INPUT; Results of introductory meeting with utilities (output of A 10609).
OUTPUT; Viable methods for the utility to act as an energy market.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: PUC
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = i to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I OBTAIN LETTERS OF INTEREST FROM UTILITIES
PHASE; i} Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Detailed Energy Market Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Letters of Interest
PURPOSE: To receive documentation indicating interest by the utility in the
project or, by each letter of interest, to understand the position of the
utility.
DESCRIPTION; Request a letter, signed by an official who can establish policy
(preferably the president or chairman of the board) stating that the utility
is interested in purchasing energy derived from refuse, and indicating the
possible types of energy. Price range is not essential at this point, but
would be desirable. This will depend on the posture of the individual project.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Meet with utility officer and technical people to discuss the findings of
technical discussions.
2. Explain the need for letters of interest relative to project continuation
and success.
3. Request letters of interest.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: No cooperation; change in policy.
MAJOR DECISIONS: None
INPUT: Written request for letters of interest.
OUTPUT: Letters of interest.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, PD, EO
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified: PUC
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 4 to 12 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I OBTAIN COMMODITY DEMAND AND PRICING SCHEDULE FROM
UTILITIES
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Detailed Energy Market Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Letters of Interest
PURPOSE: To obtain a preliminary idea of the price which is thought possible,
particularly if no price is indicated in the letter of interest. The commodity
demand and pricing schedule may also be used for verification.
DESCRIPTION; Meet with each utility and develop a commodity demand and pricing
schedule which has the approval of an official who can establish policy.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. If not performed previously, obtain a commodity and demand pricing schedule,
already used by the utility.
2. Examine the schedule for its applicability to the project.
3. Hold for cost/revenue estimates during project alternatives.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; No cooperation; unreasonable pricing formula.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Reasonable range of pricing variation from schedule for
estimating purposes.
INPUT; Result of in depth meeting(s) with utilities (output of A 10610).
OUTPUT; Detailed commodity demand and pricing schedules.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: PM
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = i to 5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: ANALYZE EXISTING DISPOSAL OPTIONS number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE; Fully Understood Current System Capabilities
PURPOSE; To examine the costs of existing facilities or readily obtainable
facilities and their ability to continue in their current mode of operation,
consistent with applicable environmental codes. These facilities may be
landfills, incinerators, other processing technologies, current sludge dis-
posal lagoons, spreading areas and other disposal facilities.
DESCRIPTION: This activity looks at all existing facilities, assesses their
conditions, and analyzes whether or not they could be upgraded and the associ-
ated costs. The current system's strengths and shortcomings must be clearly
understood, as well as the cost to rectify those facilities. A particular
market may lend itself readily to retrofitting an incinerator, for example, or
a landfill may be easily and inexpensively expanded. These considerations are
analyzed completely.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Poor data; public pressure to continue or discontinue an
operation.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Credibility of existing data or emissions testing; para-
meters for calculations; level of detail; role of neighboring areas; valid-
ity of findings ; whether sludge disposal facilities are sufficient in the
long term, and co-disposal is therefore unnecessary.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PT
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: MPE, PD, EO, PT, other municipalities
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 1«5 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 19 work days.
3. Funding: $4,000
REFERENCES; RIO, Rll, R28, R45, R49, R82, R106, R109
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; DETERMINE FUTURE LANDFILL REQUIREMENTS number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Analyze Existing Disposal Options
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Fully Understood Current System Capabilities
PURPOSE: To understand the entirety of the landfill situation, since it will
impact significantly on the viability of RR.
DESCRIPTION: Landfill data is obtained. Site visits should be conducted.
All existing environmental reports and cost data are compiled and reviewed.
Readily available tracts of land should also be reviewed and understood.
Using generation data, cover requirements and other volume factors, the re-
quired landfill capacity is compared with the actual available landfill
capacity.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Obtain and review all waste generation and facility cost data.
2. Decide on volumetric parameters such as density, cover material,
settlement, and others, and estimate landfill volume requirements
over the planning period (e.g., immediate, 5, 10, 20 years).
3. Identify continuing operational requirements (e.g., cover material
impact, leachate management).
4. Recognize existing capacity limitations and the reasons for limita-
tions.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Poor data.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Parameters for calculations
INPUT: Generation output of A 10509 (sludge) and A 10510 (refuse).
OUTPUT: Future landfill volume relative to facility throughput
requirements.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PT
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! OBTAIN DATA AND COSTS OF EXISTING FACILITIES number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Analyze Existing Disposal Options
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Fully Understood Current System Capabilities
PURPOSE; To obtain all pertinent existing data as a basis for analysis of
the current system.
DESCRIPTION: All available information on existing systems must be compiled
and made complete prior to beginning analysis of the system. Depending on
the municipality involved, contact may be required with one or several agencies.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Review previous data obtained in INPUT below.
2. Identify the appropriate local agencies and departments who keep records
on the existing facilities, such as DPW, or perhaps local health depart-
ment, sanitary engineer's office, or individual plant operator.
3. Telephone screen.
4. Visit and obtain data; discuss and decide on completeness.
5. Define, obtain necessary supplements, and compile final data.
6. Review environmental acceptability of existing local facilities.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Inaccurate, incomplete, or non-existent data.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which data are useful.
INPUT; Prior studies and reports of A 10503; facility lists of A 10504 and
A 10506; and septic tank pumping information of A 10508.
OUTPUT ; Complete and dependable operational records.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: DPW; EA-(L); Health Dept.; Sanitary Engineer or
4. Must be Notified: PD, MPE Plant Operator
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = Q.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES ;
Previously obtained local data and reports.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; SD 107 02a, SD 10702b.
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! EXAMINE CURRENT OPERATIONS AND PLANS OF NEIGHBORING numhar
AREAS numoer
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Analyze Existing Disposal Options
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Fully Understood Current System Capabilities
PURPOSE; To identify and understand solid waste management plans of neighbor-
ing areas which may become significant to the project, especially if a RR
facility may be available there.
DESCRIPTION; Neighboring areas are contacted and their plans are discussed.
They may be planning a landfill or RR facility which may become an option, or
they may be closing a facility and seeking alternatives. In both cases,
their action can have significant impact on a RR program. Plans and activities
must be known at all times.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Contact neighboring areas and discuss their current and planned facilities ,
including sludge handling.
2. Identify points of impact on the RR system.
3. Consider how the neighboring areas' activities may be factored into the
program.
4. Explore mutually beneficial approaches.
5. Include or exclude the neighboring areas as appropriate.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Neighboring area planning a rival system or major landfill
but indecisive about outcome; major area wanting to enter RR systems, but
politically indecisive.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not neighboring area should play any role in
the phase-over period or current or future facility.
INPUT: Information from each neighboring area.
OUTPUT: Full understanding of current operations and the plans of neighboring
areas, and its impact on the RR system.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: other municipalities, Regional PA
4. Must be Notified: PD, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = i to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I ANALYZE EXISTING FACILITIES AND EXPANSION POTENTIAL number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Analyze Existing Disposal Options
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Fully Understood Current System Capabilities
PURPOSE; To analyze all pertinent aspects of the current system and to
identify its potential for use as the future system.
DESCRIPTION; The cost, remaining life, and environmental impact of the exist-
ing facilities are analyzed to understand completely the utility of part or
all of the current system. The second part of the analysis is to determine
the ability to expand or upgrade current facilities, analyze the resultant
capacity, estimate costs and the environmental impact of the facilities after
expansion or upgrading. The existing source separation programs are analyzed
and their expansion capabilities are determined in A 10804.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Review all pertinent data, project capacities, remaining life and current
environmental impact, and capital and operating costs.
2. Analyze site-by-site capability for expansion, new life expected after
expansion, and capital and operating costs of expanding the facilities,
and operating the site after expansion. This applies to all processing
facilities, shredders, incinerators, transfer stations, sludge disposal
facilities.
3. Review funding plans, availability and constraints for each of the
facilities and options.
4. Compare all results.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Determination of upgrading and expansion potentials may dictate
an extensive, detailed analysis of existing facilities, which would be another
major effort.
MAJOR DECISIONS; If the level of detail envisioned in this one week long
task is sufficient, or if another major study should be commissioned.
INPUT; Previous studies and records of A 10702; other pertinent estimating
information.
OUTPUT; Complete environmental and economic scenario of existing facilities,
both continuing as they are and upgraded.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: MPE, PT
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = p.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: IMA
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: DEFINE EXISTING DISPOSAL OPTIONS number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Analyze Existing Disposal Options
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Fully Understood Current System Capabilities
PURPOSE; To assemble the pertinent information, examine alternatives and
describe the capabilities of the current system and its upgraded or expanded
version.
DESCRIPTION; All data is compiled and reviewed and the options which really
are available are defined. It is very important that the definition be pre-
cise, realistic, and its impact fully understood.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
nReview all work on existing and expanded facilities.
2. Recognize the plans of neighboring areas.
3. Factor 1 and 2 into a complete picture of solid waste management
options, including refuse and sludge processing and disposal options.
4. Define and document the options.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Lack of clear decisions or direction in neighboring areas
on their facilities; lack of commitment to upgrade or close existing facili-
ties.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Credibility and validity of findings; whether long-term
sludge handling facilities are adequate, and therefore whether consideration
of co-disposal is necessary.
INPUT: A11 analyses on existing facilities from A 10703 and A 10704.
OUTPUT: Ten page report outlining disposal options based on existing
facilities which continue to serve their current functions.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PT
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PT, MPE, other municipalities
4. Must be Notified: PD, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: RIO
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! OBTAIN LIST OF POSSIBLE MARKETS number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Conduct Material Market Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Materials Market Report, Letters of Interest
PURPOSE: To include as many firms as possible in the initial survey so that
later developments will not show that something was overlooked.
DESCRIPTION; From existing information, an effort is made to obtain a list of
all (or as many as possible) companies who could reasonably be expected to be
interested in purchasing post-consumer recovered materials.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Obtain list of steel, aluminum, paper and boxboard manufacturers.
(Some local information on this topic has been in A 10501 and MA 103).
2. Obtain list of scrap metal dealers and potential glass markets.
3. Obtain list of existing source separation programs (some information on
this topic has been obtained in A 10505 and MA 003)
4. Combine into master list of possible materials markets.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Prior information incomplete.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not the list is reasonably complete and no major
companies have been overlooked.
INPUT: Knowledge of local area, local telephone directories, output of A 10501,
A 10505, and MA 003.
OUTPUT: Composite list of all companies in the area that could possibly be
interested in purchasing materials recovered from refuse.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PT
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 0.5 weeks. Range = 0.2 to 1 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! CONDUCT MARKET SURVEY number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Conduct Material Market Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Materials Market Report, Letters of Interest
PURPOSE; To obtain preliminary data on the interest and requirements of the
various identified firms to act as markets for recovered materials in order
to identify those companies which are worth pursuing.
DESCRIPTION; A questionnaire is developed and distributed which solicits
information on the technical, economic, and quantity requirements of each
company with respect to it utilizing the post-consumer materials, as well
as its interest in doing so.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Develop market questionnaires.
2. Conduct market survey either by mail, telephone, or both.
3. Compile, tabulate, and summarize the results.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Poor or insufficient response; uncooperative or skeptical
secondary materials firms.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not the survey questionnaire is complete and
requests the necessary information.
INPUT: Output of A 10801.
OUTPUT: Tables and text summarizing results of the survey.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: M
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; SD 10802
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I IDENTIFY POTENTIAL MARKETS
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Conduct Material Markets Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Materials Market Report, Letters of Interest
PURPOSE: To identify which companies could act as markets for recovered
materials.
DESCRIPTION: From the results of the questionnaire developed and distributed
in A 10902, the companies with the highest probability of acting as markets
are determined (both from a technical and interest viewpoint). A small report
summarizing the investigations, findings and conclusions is written.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. From the survey results (output of A 10802) and the preliminary analysis of
existing marketing activities (A 10804), identify potential markets for the
various recovered materials from either a source separation or central
separation system, or both.
2. Write a small report summarizing what was done and the results. The full
list of firms contacted should be appended to the report. Market require-
ments, types of processing required, and possible price to be paid should
be included. Final results of A 10804 should also be incorporated. The
report will be adapted for inclusion in the Feasibility Analysis Report
produced in MA 116.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: No markets; markets are poor or uncooperative.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Determination of companies which represent potential markets.
INPUT; Survey of A 10802.
OUTPUT: Brief (five page) report summarizing the material markets investigation.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = Q. 5 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: ANALYZE EXISTING SOURCE SEPARATION PROGRAMS number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Conduct Material Market Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Materials Market Report, Letters of Interest
PURPOSE: TO determine the interrelations between the local market conditions
and existing (and expanded) source separation programs.
DESCRIPTION; The existing source separation programs and their markets are
analyzed to determine the impact of expanding the existing program both on
the programs and on the markets.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Determine service area, quantities recycled, percent participation, recovery
efficiency, costs and revenues.
2. Determine problems, plans and capabilities for expansion of the existing
programs taking into account the constraints of labor, service area,
market limitations and costs.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; ^o existing or potential source separation program.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Method of determining costs, revenues and market impact of
the existing source separation program.
INPUT: Pertinent outputs from MA 104, MA 105 and MA 108.
OUTPUT; Memorandum summarizing findings and analysis.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: _
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = i weeks. Range = p. ^ to _£ weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY'. OBTAIN MATERIAL MARKET LETTERS OF INTEREST
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Conduct Material Market Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Materials Market Report, Letters of Interest
PURPOSE; To provide preliminary documentation for identifying which firms,
which technically could act as markets, are really interested in involving
themselves in a RR program, thereby increasing the probability of having
markets for the recovered materials.
DESCRIPTION: The companies that were identified as potential markets in A 10803
are solicited to provide letters of interest in order to act as a basis for
proceeding further. The letters should be signed by a high corporate official.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Draft sample letter of interest.
2. Solicit letters of interest from the potential markets identified in
A 10804, enclosing the sample letter.
3. Make follow-up telephone calls as necessary.
4. Receive and compile materials market letters of interest.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Change of policy as the letter is passed from the staff
level up to corporate level.
MAJOR DECISIONS; How detailed and how much commitment is required in a
letter of interest.
INPUT: Outputs of A 10803 and A 10804.
OUTPUT: Letters of interest possibly stating preliminary requirements,
minimum and maximum quantities and pricing formula.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: M
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 4 to 12 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; SD 10805
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; CONDUCT SOURCE SEPARATION FEASIBILITY number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE: Realistic System Configuration with Costs and Revenues
PURPOSE: To obtain a solid basis for deciding whether or not to pursue
implementation of a source separation RR program.
DESCRIPTION; Collection practices are examined in detail, potential markets
and their, requirements are identified, system parameters are developed, and a
realistic system configuration is developed with associated costs and revenues.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: incomplete information on collection practices or market re-
quirements.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether the system is feasible or not; whether system is to
be separate curbside collection or self-haul to central collection points.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 7 veeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 25 work days.
3. Funding: $6,000
REFERENCES; R2, R4, R5, Rll, R25, R27, R29, R30, R31, R37, R38, R39, RAO, R41,
R42, R43, R44, R45, R46, R64, R65, R66, R67, R68, R69, R108, R113
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; DEVELOP SYSTEM PARAMETERS AND LOGISTICS number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis | I
MASTER ACTIVITY: Conduct Source Separation Feasibility
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Realistic System Configuration with Costs and
Revenues
PURPOSE; To postulate a source separation program which meets market require-
ments.
DESCRIPTION; If separate curbside collection is considered, then changes to
existing collection practices and the cost impact of those changes are developed.
Additionally, the transportation-to-disposal and disposal costs should be deter-
mined, since it might be possible to credit the program with the dollars saved.
If central drop-off is considered, then general areas for the drop locations
should be specified. From the market requirements and collection method, the
need for a recycling center should be determined, and if found necessary, general
areas should be designated for its location.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Decide whether the program is to be curbside collection or self-haul to cen-
tral collection and storage locations. 2. If it is to be curbside collection,
decide: a) whether it is to be mandated by ordinance or to be on a voluntary
basis, b) frequency of collection of source separated materials, c) type(s) of
collection vehicles. 3. Decide whether a recycling center is necessary or
whether the recovered material can be transported directly to the market.
4. If a recycling center is necessary, decide: a) where it is to be located,
b) whether it is to be staffed by employees or volunteers. 5. Decide on the
type and extent of the publicity/public education campaign. 6. Decide on the
percent participation and the percent recovery which can be expected.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: No markets; excessive number of alternatives.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether the program is to be curbside collection or self-haul.
INPUT: Pertinent outputs from MA 104, MA 105 and MA 108.
OUTPUT; Decision on all items in steps indicated above.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD, PM, C, IBS
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: SD 10901
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DEVELOP COST AND REVENUE ESTIMATES number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Conduct Source Separation Feasibility
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Realistic System Configuration with Costs and
Revenues
PURPOSE: To provide a basis for a political/public decision to proceed with
or to terminate source separation.
DESCRIPTION: Utilizing the system configuration(s) and the collection and
transportation costs developed in A 10901, and the disposal costs developed
in MA 107, costs and revenues for the total system are developed.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Utilizing logistics developed in A 10901, the collection, transportation,
storage, and handling costs, as well as the transportation and disposal
savings (from MA 107) are developed.
2. Utilizing the quantities and composition developed in MA 105, adjusting for
percent participation and percent recovery specified in A 10901 and the
market prices developed in A 10803, develop revenues to be expected from
the sale of recovered materials. Perform sensitivity analysis of revenues
as a function of percent participation.
3. Develop a cost for the publicity/public education program specified in
A 10901.
4. Write a report summarizing the system configuration(s) of possible source sepa-
ration program(s) costs, revenues, and sensitivity to percent participation.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; No markets; little or unreliable data; little indication of
potential success.
MAJOR DECISIONS; System configurations.
INPUT: Pertinent outputs from MA 104, MA 105 and MA 108.
OUTPUT: A draft report on the feasibility of a source separation program.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 15 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: SD 10902
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I DETERMINE WHETHER AIR QUALITY MONITORING IS
REQUIRED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Preliminary Environmental Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Environmental Constraints
PURPOSE; To determine the need for site-specific air monitoring for criteria
pollutants.
DESCRIPTION: Existing air quality data and the existing state air monitoring
network may be adequate to support the air quality reviews and impact assess-
ment in some locations. In other cases, the cognizant regulatory agencies may
require site-specific monitoring of certain pollutants, e.g., to provide one
year of data prior to facility construction.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Obtain ambient air quality data (historic), descriptions of state monitoring
network.
2. Obtain determination of air quality status (e.g., attainment, nonattainment;
Class I, II, III) of area from regulatory agencies.
3. Review monitoring requirements in regulations, based on Steps 1 and 2, and
determine site-specific requirements.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Changing interpretations of regulatory requirements.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not the existing air monitoring network is
adequate; whether or not site specific air monitoring is needed.
INPUT; Output from MA 103, and A 11201 and A 11202.
OUTPUT: Determination (preliminary) of need for air quality monitoring.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IBS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: EPA, EA-(S), EA-(L)
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I ANALYZE CAPABILITIES OF THE VARIOUS TECHNOLOGIES TO
MEET THE ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Preliminary Environmental Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Environmental Constraints
PURPOSE; To determine any project constraints based on environmental factors.
DESCRIPTION; Review, at a conceptual level, the air, water, noise, aesthetic
and other impacts of alternative technologies. Focus on technology/site/market
interrelationships to analyze any possible problem areas or constraints and
to determine any potential environmental factors which might rule out certain
combinations.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Conduct air analysis.
2. Conduct water use and effluent analyses.
3. Conduct noise analysis.
4. Conduct aesthetic and other analyses.
5. Summarize results pointing out potential problems which have been
identified and requirements or strategies which can resolve the
problems.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Insufficient technical data for the technologies still
under development.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not technologies can meet necessary requirements.
INPUT: Output from MA 103, MA 104, A 11201 and A 11202. Outputs from MA 106
and MA 109 could also be useful.
OUTPUT: Preliminary environmental evaluation and sets of constraints on
system alternatives and sites (five to ten page report).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: EA-(S), EA-(L), EPA
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 8 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY. ESTABLISH TRANSPORTATION ANALYSIS MODEL number
PHASE; I> Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE: Selected Transportation Analysis Model and Data.
PURPOSE; To prepare for later analysis of RR system transportation costs and
evaluation of alternative solutions. Transportation analysis can provide in-
put to the determination of facility scale, technology, and site.
DESCRIPTION; Transportation modeling can range from a rough cost estimate of
a likely solution calculated by hand to complex computer modeling, which can
optimize the transportation configuration for a region and also identify the
system technology, scale, and site which would best meet system objectives at
the lowest cost. The extent of transportation analysis is dependent upon serv-
ice region size, potential markets for recovered materials and energy, avail-
able facility sites, existing waste transportation and disposal arrangements,
and the depth of analysis requested by interested citizen committees and repre-
sentatives.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Lack of commitment to the project on the part of service
region members and, therefore, an indeterminate and constantly changing waste
supply and region size; public objection to routes, methods, assumptions.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Extent of analysis desired for project and level of sophisti-
cation of the technique of analysis; identification of desired outputs (costs,
transportation configurations, sensitivity analysis, economically preferred
technology and scale).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C with PT
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: DOT-(L), DPW, P, A/E
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 14 work days.
3. Funding: $3,500
REFERENCES; R17, R19, R20, R22, R23, R24, R28
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ESTABLISH CENTROIDS OF WASTE GENERATION (lumber
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Establish Transportation Analysis Model
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Selected Transportation Analysis Model and Data
PURPOSE; To facilitate measurement of the distance that the waste supply in a
service region will be hauled to a transfer station or RR facility.
DESCRIPTION: Theoretical centroids of waste generation in the service region
are identified in order to establish starting points for the measurement of
waste haul distances. The centroids can be established in various ways, for
example, they can be assigned throughout the service region according to popula-
tion distribution, or they can be assigned to specific points within a community
or communities such as town halls or existing landfill sites. If the centroids
are being recorded on a map, it is useful to also record all potential destina-
tions of the waste, i.e., all potential transfer station and RR facility sites.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Determine a method for assigning waste centroids which is equitable and
appropriate for the region.
2. Select and list all centroid locations and record them on a map.
3. If computer modeling will be used in the analysis, number the centroids and
sites in accordance with the requirements of the selected program.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: None
MAJOR DECISIONS: Where to locate centroids; what centroids should be included
in service area for incorporation in transportation model.
INPUT: Output from MA 105 and MA 108, or maps illustrating population
distribution.
OUTPUT: Location on map and list of waste centroids, list of expected waste
tonnage from each centroid.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C, OR PT
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 1 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ESTABLISH TRANSPORTATION LINKAGES number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Establish Transportation Analysis Model
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Selected Transportation Analysis Model and Data.
PURPOSE: To create a network connecting all waste sources and intermediate
and final haul destinations.
DESCRIPTION: In order to determine the costs of alternative regional trans-
portation configurations, all feasible and politically acceptable routes for
waste haul in a region must be identified. Depending upon region size and
the number and location of potential transfer and processing sites, the number
of alternative routes from each waste source will vary.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. On a map which has all waste centroids, potential transfer station sites,
and potential facility sites indicated, trace the links that will connect
each centroid with each of its potential destinations. A link should span
the distance from one intersection to another along a roadway. A link
should be numbered on each end (node numbers).
2. Obtain input from DPW and public on acceptable routing.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: None
MAJOR DECISIONS: Number of alternatives that will be examined.
INPUT: Output from A 11101, A 11201, A 11202 and MA 108; detailed road map of
service region.
OUTPUT:Map which illustrates links and documentation of the node numbers at
each end of each link (for identification).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IBS, C, or PT
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: P, DPW
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I ESTABLISH AVERAGE TRAVEL TIMES FOR LINKS
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Establish Transportation Analysis Model
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Selected Transportation Analysis Model and Data.
PURPOSE: Preparation of the determination of travel times over different
routes from each waste centroid.
DESCRIPTION: Using rate assumptions for each type of roadway, the time to
travel along each link in a route will be added together to determine the total
travel time along that route.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Measure the distance on the map for each link,
2. Convert the scaled measurement to miles or kilometers.
3. Using an average speed assumption for each type of road, compute the time
required to travel over each link.
4. Make time allowances for entrance and exit from highways.
5. Record node numbers which identify each link and the computed travel time.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Unreliable or unacceptable travel time data.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Determination of accurate speed assumptions.
INPUT: Output from A 11102, speed assumptions for each road to be traveled (or
if available, DPW time estimates for travel along the roadways may be used).
OUTPUT; List of travel times for each link that was established in A 11102.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, or PT
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: p
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = i weeks. Range = n^ s to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES:
R17, R19, R22, R23, R24
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS;
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DEFINE CALCULATION METHOD
PHASE; x» Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Establish Transportation Analysis Model
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; selected Transportation Analysis Model and Data
PURPOSE; To determine the method by which transportation costs and alternatives
will be examined.
DESCRIPTION: Based on the complexity of the region under study and the number
ol transportation alternatives, an approach to the study of transportation must
be devised. The method will, to some extent, determine the form in which all
data should be collected and tabulated. The method should reflect the desired
depth of analysis and, therefore, should be selected only after careful considera-
tion of the questions that must be answered by the analysis.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Determine the amount of money that will be budgeted for the activity.
2. Determine the questions that will be addressed in the analysis.
3. Decide whether computer modeling seems appropriate or whether all required
analysis can be performed by hand.
4. If computer modeling is desired, obtain access to a computer and acquire
necessary programs.
5. Document the approach that will be taken to perform the transportation
analysis.
6. Determine all data requirements for performance of the calculations.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement among project team members as to how to proceed
with transportation analysis.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Extent of study, computer modeling vs. hand calculation.
INPUT; Output from MA 105, MA 106, A 11201 and A 11202; input from communities
about the questions they would like to have addressed.
OUTPUT; A planned method which specifies its objectives and the methods by
which the objectives will be met.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, or PT
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: P
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = -\ to ^ weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES ;
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ESTABLISH COST FUNCTIONS FOR PACKER TRUCK HAUL, number
* TRANSFER TRAILER HAUL, PROCESSING, AND DISPOSAL IIUHIUW
PHAS E; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Establish Transportation Analysis Model
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Selected Transportation Analysis Model and Data
PURPOSE: To obtain up-to-date and accurate cost estimates for waste haul and
processing in the region in question and establish functions that correspond
to the chosen methodology.
DESCRIPTION; Cost functions and estimates must be established as the basis
for all calculations in transportation analysis. This involves a survey of
the costs incurred by similar RR projects and by present haul and disposal
practices.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Contact A/E firms, private companies, communities, etc., and tabulate data
on haul, processing, and disposal costs.
2. Plot data and derive functions for capital and O&M costs for transfer sta-
tions, mini-transfer stations, and RR facilities (alternative technologies).
Including RR facility cost functions is optional.
3. Determine appropriate estimates for landfill and processing costs per ton.
4. Determine haul costs per ton-minute for haul in packer trucks and in trans-
fer vehicles.
5. Incorporate these costs and functions into the computer program that is
used or document them for use in noncomputer analysis.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Lack of available and consistent data.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Cost assumptions which will be used in the analysis.
INPUT: Output from MA 104, MA 107, MA 108 and MA 109. Cost data experienced
A/E firms, private companies, communities in the service region.
OUTPUT: Accurate average costs and cost functions for waste haul, processing,
and disposal.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, or PT
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: A/E, DPW
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I SOLICIT NEW SITE NOMINATIONS AND OBTAIN SITE CHECKLIST number
INFORMATION
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Preliminary Site Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Sites Preliminarily Designated
PURPOSE; Xo solicit and receive new site nominations and to perform a pre-
liminary review of their potential utilization.
DESCRIPTION: jn addition to known or previously designated or offered sites,
it is necessary to solicit further sites, in order to broaden the base of
available sites. The basic checklist analysis is then performed. The sites
may be solicited by advertisement, word of mouth, discussion with local realtors,
or through independent offerers.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Solicit and obtain indications of new sites approximating the necessary
sizes for different functions.
2. Identify the sites and obtain checklist information on each.
3. Begin to evaluate which sites are reasonable and which are totally un-
attainable.
4. Complete and compile all checklist information on each site.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; ^o sites; poor or inaccurate information on sites.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Cutoff date for candidate sites; whether or not to put
owners on notice because of potential price gouging.
INPUT; flew sites, unknown previously; output of MA 111.
OUTPUT; A11 new sites identified, located, and checklisted.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: Suppliers of sites' information; Owners
4. Must be Notified: PD, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = _j to & weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY'. OBTAIN EXISTING AND POTENTIAL SITE CHECKLIST
INFORMATION
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Preliminary Site Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Sites Preliminarily Designated
PURPOSE: To obtain information on all existing and initially known potential
sites.
DESCRIPTION; Using previously prepared site checklist, all sites previously
known or considered as possibilities are located on a map. As much preliminary
information as possible is compiled from all sources previously contacted.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Compile and review existing siting data.
2. Devise or adapt checklist with all major parameters such as location,
access, condition, aesthetics, utility, current use, and potential for
the particular purpose (e.g., RR facility, landfill, etc.).
3. Contact appropriate parties to gather site information.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: No sites; no site information; no internal cooperation.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Which sites to screen after a cursory review of the sites
that may be available.
INPUT; Prior studies (A 10503); output of A 10504, A 10703, A 10704;
letters from interested parties ; indications from other parties previously
interviewed concerning potential sites.
OUTPUT; Completed checklist on existing and currently known potential sites
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PM
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: MPE, DOT-(L) , Private Property Offerers
4. Must be Notified: PD, EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = Q. 5 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! CATEGORIZE SITES REGARDING SUITABILITY
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Preliminary Site Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Sites Preliminarily Designated
PURPOSE: To categorize sites into various levels of suitability and to
contemplate utility for other purposes.
DESCRIPTION; The sites indicated are sorted into suitable, limited, and un-
suitable categories for all possible uses, including RR plant site, transfer
stations, residue landfills, buffer zones, or future market locations, if
applicable. This sorting allows early elimination of poor sites and early
concentration on more promising sites.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review checklist data on all sites, contemplate alternate uses for each
site, then classify as suitable, limited, or unsuitable.
2. Consider environmental (developed concurrently in MA 110) and public
reaction aspects.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Poor or incomplete site information; disagreement among
project team on suitability of a site.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Method and criteria used in sorting the sites.
INPUT; All sites indicated in A 11201 and A 11202.
OUTPUT; Sites indicated according to suitability for various purposes.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IBS, C, PM
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PT
4. Must be Notified: PD, EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! RANK HIGHER POTENTIAL SITES number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Preliminary Site Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Sites Preliminarily Designated
PURPOSE: To rank sites in order of potential for specific uses germane to
the RR system.
DESCRIPTION: Old and new sites have been named, identified, located, and in-
formation about them has been gathered. The sites have been segregated by use
and have been designated as suitable, of limited suitability, or unsuitable.
In this step they are ranked and incorporated in that order into the feasibil-
ity analysis, where they will figure strongly in transportation, alternatives
and recommendations.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review all sites and information gathered thus far.
2. Formulate pertinent ranking criteria, including environmental (developed
concurrently in MA 110).
3. Rank according to category, site use, and ranking criteria.
4. Indicate top sites for first consideration in the RR system analysis.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; No sites to rank; inconclusive ranking; lack of internal
agreement; untimely or inaccurate leaks to media concerning the sites.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Method and criteria used to rank the sites.
INPUT: Site categories of A 11203; ranking criteria.
OUTPUT: All sites ranked according to intended use.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: DOT-(L)
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to _2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: PERFORM FINANCIAL, LEGAL, AND m.mh«r
INSTITUTIONAL ANALYSIS nuinwoi
PHASE: I> Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE; Understanding of Constraints, Risks, Need for Legislation, Options
PURPOSE: To understand all constraints, issues, and risks facing the RR
program so that options can be formulated.
DESCRIPTION; Each RR project will have unique financing, legal, and institu-
tional constraints which must be recognized and addressed. This master activity
identifies all those issues, recognizes the constraints and analyzes the options
available for structuring the program.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Information and analysis unclear or inconclusive.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which constraints should be changed, which should remain and
be worked around; what are the options if the constraints are not changed.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C, FA
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: IB, BC, LC
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 6 weeks. Range = 3 to 12 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 31 work days.
3. Funding: $8,000
REFERENCES; R2) R5, R6, Rg, RIO, Rll, R20, R55, R58, R76, R77, R110, R114
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! IDENTIFY OPTIONS FOR ROLES, RESPONSIBILITIES: number
PROCUREMENT, LEGAL, AND FINANCIAL OPTIONS
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Financial, Legal, and Institutional Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Understanding of Constraints, Risks, Need for
Legislation, Options
PURPOSE: To identify organizations which will be involved in facility imple-
mentation and operation, and associated legal and financing issues, options,
and constraints.
DESCRIPTION; The organizations who could participate in the project subsequent
to the feasibility study are identified, the roles and responsibilities that
each could fulfill are noted. Legal and procurement issues and constraints
involving each are surfaced and discussed. Financial options for each and
their impact and constraints are also indicated and discussed. This includes
consideration of ownership, operation and relationship with energy customer.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Identify all required roles and responsibilities, and the entities who
could fill those roles and responsibilities.
2. Identify and discuss legal issues for each entity which will impact on
the project.
3. Identify for each entity financing options, their applicability, con-
straints, and impact on the community.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Legal and financial options require in-depth study beyond
that envisioned in the feasibility study.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Options of roles and responsibilities; legal issues of
impact; financial options of impact.
INPUT: Previous study; understanding of municipal enabling legislation;
financial position of municipality; ability to assume debt and risks.
OUTPUT: Fully identified options for roles, responsibilities, legal issues
and financing options.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PM, FA
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: MPE, DP, DF, LD, LC
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to _4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; DEFINE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH RESOURCE RECOVERY number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Financial, Legal, and Institutional Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Understanding of Constraints, Risks, Need for
Legislation, Options
PURPOSE: To define the risks which are inherent in RR projects, and to
understand their implications in formulating alternatives.
DESCRIPTION; The risks associated with RR are extensive. They must be identi-
fied and well understood. The major risks to be borne are: continuous opera-
tion & maintenance of the facility; loss of revenues due to decreased waste supply
(reduced tipping fee); loss of revenues due to less commodity produced from
reduced waste supplied; changes in composition of the waste over the years
particularly from source reduction measures; loss of an industrial market; and
various risks in construction and operation of the facility.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Identify risks.
2. Analyze the implications of each in the long and short term.
3. If a multijurisdictional project, analyze the risks associated with the
project and the member municipalities.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Risks unclear, or compounded by local laws; all risks not
well understood by municipality.
MAJOR DECISIONS; When all risks have been adequately identified, defined
and understood.
INPUT: Previous projects; experience; local laws governing contractual ex-
posure, if applicable.
OUTPUT: Project listed, defined, and understood.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, FA
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: DP, PT
4. Must be Notified: PD, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES: R8
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! IDENTIFY FUNDING SOURCES AND CONSTRAINTS
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Financial, Legal, and Institutional Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Understanding of Constraints, Risks, Need for
Legislation Options
PURPOSE: To identify all potential sources of funding; the levels of funding
from each; bylaws; and funding requirements from each source.
DESCRIPTION: Funding of RR projects may be provided from a variety of sources
including municipalities, regional commissions, State Authorities, State fi-
nancing corporations, State Departments, multimunicipal authorities, and in
some cases various Federal Departments and Agencies, and private contractors.
These funding sources are identified so that they may be added into the analy-
sis of alternatives in MA 114.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Compile all previous study and report work on sources of funding.
2. Identify and examine all possible sources of funding for the specific
municipality.
3. Review and analyze the conditions under which all funding, including
possible grants, is issued.
4. Identify the viable sources of funding and recognize constraints.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Lack of cooperation by funding authority; incomplete under-
standing of funding requirements.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Which funding is possible and at what levels.
INPUT: Previous studies; other locally funded projects; recent bond counsel
opinions on other municipal projects.
OUTPUT: Funding sources identified; constraints understood.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C, FA (optional)
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: all possible funding authorities, DF, MPE, PT
4. Must be Notified: PD, EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: R5
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: EXAMINE EXISTING WASTE SUPPLY STATUS number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Financial, Legal, and Institutional Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Understanding of Constraints, Risks, Need for
Legislation, Options
PURPOSE; To identify and review existing legislation to understand its scope,
range, and the constraints currently imposed by legislation.
DESCRIPTION; The legislation is examined thoroughly to understand its con-
straints and establish if there is a need for more satisfactory control of
the refuse supply, or that it is subject to interpretation and has not been
tested in court, or that the legislation is comprehensive and acceptable.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Identify and obtain the legislation and any interpretations of the legisla-
tion which apply to refuse supply control. Check the term of the contract
allowance and conditions for contracting for waste supply.
2. Examine its applicability to a RR program.
3. Determine whether the current legislation is adequate, and consider whether
the area geography, rate structure or other in-place revenue systems make
the legislation acceptable.
4. Obtain Financial Agency, investment banking and bond counsel opinions con-
cerning the acceptability of existing legislation in bond community.
5. Identify and document all constraints.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Legislation unclear; existing rate system potentially con-
testable; legislation tied to another function such as wastewater treatment.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether scope of legislation is adequate; whether legislation
can address a RR program.
INPUT: Existing legislation with related opinions, interpretations and current
application.
OUTPUT: Recognition of existing legislation, its enabling powers and constraints.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IRS, C, PT, BC, FA, LD
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = i to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! EXAMINE EXISTING WASTE CONTRACTING CAPABILITY
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Financial, Legal, and Institutional Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Understanding of Constraints, Risks, Need for
Legislation, Options
PURPOSE; To examine existing waste contracting capability and the implications
for a RR system.
DESCRIPTION: The existing legislation concerning the contracting capabilities
of the entities which will supply the waste to the RR system is examined to
determine restrictions, constraints, and need for change. Local laws, ordi-
nances, and contracts are examined to determine the impact on the source separa-
tion program (MA 109). Needed changes and modifications are determined.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review legislation as it applies to the waste contracting capability and
understand the restrictions it places on the contracts.
2. Understand enabling qualities and constraints relating to RR.
3. Obtain all existing local laws and ordinances and contracts for waste
collection, delivery or processing service.
4. Review for terms, conditions, constraints, specific needs and other
pertinent information.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; All legislation in all municipalities not available; con-
tracts unclear or obscure; no consensus on contract meaning.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which legislation is representative and which is not;
whether certain contracts fulfill the intent of the legislation under which
they are written.
INPUT; The contracts; legislation review of A 11304.
OUTPUT: Full understanding of existing contracts and the advantages and
disadvantages of each.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, LC
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: LD, PD, DPW in municipalities, MPE
4. Must be Notified: PD, EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = _5 work days.
REFERENCES: R5
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY'. ANALYZE RISK ASSIGNMENT FOR EACH OPTION number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Financial, Legal, and Institutional Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Understanding of Constraints, Risks, Need for
Legislation, Options
PURPOSE: TO assess the risk assignment options resulting from all the
previous tasks.
DESCRIPTION; The assignment of risks is a major part of any RR system, and
will shape the alternatives and recommended system. In this task all risk
assignments are analyzed for the reasonable system options, with note being
made of the contribution of each part of the current procurement, funding,
legal, and institutional constraints now in place in the municipality.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Compile all previous information. Assume a plausible distribution of
risks and determine the implications of each.
2. Relate risks to specific items in legislation, contracts, procurement
method, roles, responsibilities, and other existing components of the
local solid waste management picture.
3. Recognize collective and synergistic effects of all the above para-
meters.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Information unclear or obscure; clearly identified need for
a test case with inadequate time to perform it.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Risks and causes inherent in existing system.
INPUT: Procurement, risks, roles, responsibilities, funding, legislation, and
contracts of A 11301 - A 11305.
OUTPUT; Various scenarios for assigning risks.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, LC
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: LA, MPE
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES: R5
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; SUMMARIZE OPTIONS, NEEDED LEGISLATION, number
CONSTRAINTS AND RISKS
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Financing, Legal, and Institutional Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Understanding of Constraints, Risks, Need for
Legislation, Options
PURPOSE; To decide on the options available and the implications of each so
that they can be factored into the alternatives and recommendations.
DESCRIPTION; The options, needed legislation, constraints, and risks should
be summarized in a short report for presentation to the project team, review
and discussion of the risks and constraints on the program. This summary may
become part of the final report.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Compile all work in MA 113, summarize options.
2. Report on the needs, constraints, and risks.
3. Discuss alternatives, risk impact, and ways of rectifying remaining
issues.
4. Submit to project team; obtain review.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Information unclear or inconclusive.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Which constraints should be changed, which should remain
and be worked around, what are the options if the constraints are not changed,
INPUT: All MA 113 prior to this.
OUTPUT: Complete understanding and summary of the options, legislation,
constraints, and risks.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PM
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES; R5, all material assembled for this A prior to the summary.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! FORMULATE TECHNOLOGICAL ALTERNATIVES
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Develop Project Alternatives
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Development of Best Project Alternatives
PURPOSE: To specify alternatives which are possible from a technical
viewpoint within the technical constraints.
DESCRIPTION; The technological alternatives are the basis of the system on
which the entire program is built. Technological refers to the location and
sizing of all physical plants which comprise the RR system, such as new or
modified collection trucks, transfer stations, materials preparation, recovery
or processing centers, sludge drying plants, the energy recovery plant, its
configuration, residual and backup landfill, and any other major component
of the system.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Based on all information including participating municipalities, solid waste
generation (including sewage sludge), sites, markets, source separation
program configuration, transportation, and environmental concerns, establish
all alternatives which appear reasonable.
2. Eliminate all except the best two to six possible alternatives, unless one
plan is clearly superior. Record the rationale used for eliminating plans.
3. Coordinate this selection with the cost analysis, particularly where sludge
co-utilization or source separation may be a strong factor.
4. Refine the mix of technologies which in various ways will satisfy the needs
and desires of the community.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Alternatives formulated are not responsive to community
needs; excessive number of alternatives result in unwieldy analysis.
MAJOR DECISIONS: The number of alternatives, which contain the spectrum of
technology mixes, to address adequately the needs of the community.
All project information not related to financial, legal, and institu-
INPUT:
tional analysis, i.e., outputs MA 103 - MA 112, inclusive.
OUTPUT: Not more than six most desirable technological alternatives.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IMS, C, PM
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PT, MPE, EA-(L), EA-(S), EPA
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES; Previous reports on technologies and operating histories.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DEVELOP COSTS FOR EACH ALTERNATIVE number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Develop Project Alternatives
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Development of Best Project Alternatives
PURPOSE; To provide the economic information for comparison of alternatives
which wiJl lead to the selection of a recommended course of action.
DESCRIPTION; The recommended plan and alternative very often will be based
on life cycle cost. Even if the community is willing to pay a higher cost
for a particular service or environmental benefit, the costs will comprise the
most important piece of information. The cost analysis is developed for each
alternative. Examination of the costs will often indicate a basic pattern
around which alternatives are structured. The cost analysis is concurrent
with the analysis of technological alternatives, risks, and transportation.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Examine technological alternatives and perform capital, operating and life
cycle costs of each.
2. Incorporate transportation and risk assignment information to account for
modifications in the cost picture due to factors like equity participation
by contractor or other financing possibilities.
3. Recognize all possible funding sources, like PL 92-500 funding for RR
projects built around sludge disposal requirements.
4. Reiterate costs and refashion alternatives as required.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Cost analysis incomplete; excessive alternatives.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Extent of detail of line items in the cost analysis sufficient
for feasibility purposes.
INPUT: (a11 concurrently) Outputs of A 11401, A 11403, and A 11404, as well as
MA 103 - MA 112, inclusive.
OUTPUT: Complete capital, operating, financing and life cycle cost for each
alternative.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: DF, MPE, PD
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 15 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ANALYZE REGIONALIZATION AND TRANSPORTATION fill (Tiber
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Develop Project Alternatives
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Development of Best Project Alternatives
PURPOSE: For each alternative, to: a) determine the effect on and sensitivity
to economies of scale; b) examine effect of variations of sites; c) create at
least one reasonable transportation scenario including transfer station sites,
if required.
DESCRIPTION; The alternative plans may vary significantly if there are wide
fluctuations in the region considered. It may be necessary to incorporate the
reasonable variations in the size of the region, since the RR facility size
will vary the cost, as will the transportation network required to support the
larger size facility. The region and transportation network may also dictate
the need for several smaller scale facilities distributed throughout a region.
This analysis assists in setting up for decisions later.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Continue coordination with potential member municipalities.
2. Analyze the costs for variations in the system configuration based on
the inclusion of municipalities which seem most reasonable.
3. Modify alternatives to suit the boundaries specified for each option.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Unclear regional boundaries; lack of any commitment or
interest on the part of potential municipalities.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which municipalities to include in the analysis; if the
decrease in cost due to economies of scale offsets the increased transport.
INPUT; Transportation model of MA 111.
OUTPUT: Regional transportation cost impacts.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IBS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: DOT-(L), DOT-(S), DP
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 6 work days.
REFERENCES; R22, R23
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DEVELOP PREFLKKUD FINANCIAL AND INSTITUTIONAL
ARRANGEMENTS FOR EACH ALTERNATIVE
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Develop Project Alternatives
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Development of Best Project Alternatives
PURPOSE: To provide the financial, institutional, and risk assignment in-
formation to be used in MA 116 for comparison of alternatives and selection of
a recommended course of action.
DESCRIPTION; Various financial, institutional, and risk assignments are
developed and compared. The most favorable, yet realistic option is selected
for each alternative. There may be several which will work, but one or two
preferred configurations should be selected.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review previous institutional and risk allocation work.
2. Assess the implications of each institutional configuration and understand
how the configuration impacts on each of the technological alternatives.
3. Develop the preferred configuration for each alternative, and the
rationale for each.
4. Summarize.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; No preference; misunderstanding the implications of the
allocation.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Preferred institutional, legal, financial, and risk con-
figuration for each alternative.
INPUT: Institutional, legal, financial output of MA 113; risk assessment of
A 11404.
OUTPUT: Preferred legal, financial, institutional, and risk arrangements for
each alternative.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IBS, C, PM
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: LD, MPE
4. Must be Notified: EO, PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: R8
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I SUMMARIZE RESULTS ii umber
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Develop Project Alternatives
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Development of Best Project Alternatives
PURPOSE; To document the alternatives, advantages, disadvantages, complexities,
nuances, and implications of each in preparation for selecting a recommended
course of action and defending that recommendation.
DESCRIPTION; All of the foregoing work in MA 114 is designed to compile the
information from the feasibility study into the most logical, reasonable, and
attainable alternatives. The results must then be summarized and presented in
a short report to be a section of the Feasibility Study. Further development
into a recommended course of action is performed in MA 116.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Review all previous work in MA 114.
2. Formulate the method of presentation of all data which will illustrate the
technology, markets, waste supply strategy, environmental parameters, source
separation aspects, legal, institutional, and risk configurations.
3. Present the data in a summary format, including graphs, tables, and charts
for ready understanding.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Information summary incomplete or too detailed and unwieldy;
summary not easily understood by other than those working on it.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Format of presentation and extent of detail in summary.
INPUT: All work performed in MA 114, i.e., A 11401 - A 11405, inclusive.
OUTPUT; Several-page summary of the most reasonable project alternatives.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PM
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PT, MPE, LD
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 8 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; ESTABLISH POLITICAL/PUBLIC DECISION number
PROCESS
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE: Decision to Proceed, Postpone or Terminate
PURPOSE; To set up the process, which will be compatible with the public
information process, by which decisions will be made and adhered to. There
is usually an established protocol in municipalities for approaching key
individuals and organizations which will be party to the decision (a concurrence
list).
DESCRIPTION: This task relies on precedent, protocol, imagination, and
interface with the public decision process in order to elicit a binding
decision on the part of the municipality. The ongoing public information
process is factored into the decision, as well as the decision of the elected
officials.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Not observing protocol, incomplete information, no clear
path established for decision.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Protocol required; mechanism for proceeding.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, PD, PT
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
3. Funding: $1,000
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: ESTABLISH ORDERED BRIEFING LIST number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Establish Political/Public Decision Process
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Decision to Proceed, Postpone, or Terminate
PURPOSE; To set up an orderly procedure by which the decision process will
be executed, and will incorporate public participation.
DESCRIPTION; An ordered briefing list for the logistics of briefings, level
of detail of information, interface with public information process, and other
key action items in presenting material to decision makers and to the public
is developed.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. List decision makers, affected parties, and interested parties.
2. Decide on the format of material to be presented and context.
3. Establish the order for briefings according to protocol updated from
MA 101.
4. Decide the time and type of meeting arrangements most appropriate.
5. Prepare preliminary outlines for key meetings.
6. Develop concurrence list.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement on protocol, or on public information release.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Format of information for presentation.
INPUT; Previous public information system; consideration of procedures for
briefings given during Phase I.
OUTPUT: Established order for release and type of decision information to
be released.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, PT, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified: -
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: Previous preparations for decision in that municipality, particularly
on solid waste related matters.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! RANK ALTERNATIVES number
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Develop Recommendations And Report
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Draft Feasibility Analysis Report, Final Feasi-
bility Analysis Report with Recommendations and Action Plan Adopted by PT
PURPOSE: To establish an order of preference among the alternatives which
is consistent with the goals, policy, and guidelines set down in MA 101.
DESCRIPTION; The method for determining the order of preference of the alter-
natives is developed and used.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Develop the method for ranking the alternatives. All the considerations
and their relative order of importance set down in the policy goals and
guidelines should be taken into account.
2. The method is applied to all the alternatives developed in MA 114 and
the order of preference is determined.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: The project team disagrees on ranking method.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Determination of the ranking method; whether or not it
reflects the wishes of the community.
INPUT; The alternatives developed in MA 114.
OUTPUT: An established order of preference for the alternatives being
considered.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: PT
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 0.5 weeks. Range = 0.2 to _1 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 9 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! FORMULATE PRELIMINARY RECOMMENDATIONS number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Develop Recommendations And Report
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Draft Feasibility Analysis Report, Final Feasi-
bility Analysis Report with Recommendations and Action Plan Adopted by PT
PURPOSE: To define the project being recommended and to outline the major
actions necessary to bring it to fruition.
DESCRIPTION; The preferred alternative from A 11601 is described in detail
and the actions and budget necessary for the next phase are developed and
described. A draft Feasibility Analysis is written which explains, describes,
and presents all the data and analysis from this and all previous activities.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Using the preferred alternative as a basis, an action plan is developed
which includes all the major steps necessary to establish it (including
legal, financial, institutional) and a time-task chart.
2. A draft Feasibility Analysis report is assembled in its entirety, document-
ing all the previous work performed during this phase and including the
results of Step 1 above.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Disagreement on recommendations.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not the preferred alternative and action plan
is acceptable to the community.
INPUT: The preferred alternative developed in A 11601.
OUTPUT: Draft Feasibility Analysis report.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 8 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! CONDUCT REVIEW AND INCORPORATE COMMENTS BY number
PROJECT TEAM
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Develop Recommendations and Report
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Draft Feasibility Analysis Report, Final Feasi-
bility Analysis Report with Recommendations and Action Plan Adopted by PT
PURPOSE: To ensure that the recommendations come as close as possible to re-
flecting the wishes of the community as they are perceived by the entire PT.
DESCRIPTION; A meeting is called to present formally the report and results
to the project team who then reviews the report. A second meeting is called
to develop a consensus of revisions.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Present and distribute the draft report to the project team.
2. Receive comments and develop consensus of comments, changes, additions,
and deletions.
3. Incorporate revisions and finalize the report.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Project team unable to reach a consensus.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not certain project team comments are serious
or have the validity to include.
INPUT: The draft Feasibility .Analysis report developed in A 11602.
OUTPUT: The final Feasibility Analysis report.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT, PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 13 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 15 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY'. OBTAIN PROJECT TEAM ADOPTION
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Develop Recommendations And Report
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Draft Feasibility Analysis Report, Final Feasi-
bility Analysis Report with Recommendations and Action Plan Adopted by PT
PURPOSE: To elicit from the project team that the best possible combination
of parameters has been combined into the recommended plan to give greater credi-
ibility to the report before it is presented to the elected officials and the
public.
DESCRIPTION: The final Feasibility Analysis report is presented to the project
team. After they have assured themselves that it truly reflects the consensus
developed in A 11604, it formally adopts the report, recommendations, and action
plan.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Present final Feasibility Analysis.
2. Discuss the report for final refinements and minor changes to the report.
3. Project team formally adopts the report.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Project team balks at some aspect of change after A 11603.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not the consensus of the project team has been
incorporated correctly.
INPUT: The final Feasibility Analysis report developed in A 11603.
OUTPUT: Project team acceptance and adoption of the final Feasibility Analysis
report.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: PT (individually prior to final meeting)
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1.5 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 8 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: OBTAIN POLITICAL/PUBLIC DECISION number
TO PROCEED
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MILESTONE: Decision to Proceed, Postpone or Terminate
PURPOSE: To present information, obtain feedback and elicit a conscious
decision from all participants in the decision process, using criteria
established in MA 115 to decide when the overriding factor or consensus
has been realized.
DESCRIPTION; All decisions to proceed with, postpone or terminate a RR
project are made consciously by the public decision process. There are
many sublevels of decision which must be factored in before the decision
reaches the public and political realm. Then a consensus or majority opinion
is reached, based on input of the project team, wherein the future of the
project is clearly decided.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Undue delay; lack of high level commitment or disagreement;.
major opposition to the project in key member municipalities.
MAJOR DECISIONS; To proceed with, postpone or terminate the project; whether or
not to proceed with co-disposal; whether or not to proceed with source separa-
tion; the amount of money appropriated for the next phase.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: EO
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: IA, PT
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 3 to 16 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 15 work days.
3. Funding: $3000
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! CONDUCT APPROPRIATE BRIEFINGS number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Obtain Political/Public Decision to Proceed
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Decision to Proceed, Postpone or Terminate
PURPOSE: To advise all critical agencies in a carefully ordered protocol of
the findings and recommendations of the feasibility study.
DESCRIPTION: The best means of rapid information dissemination is through use
of briefings. Using the decision path criteria developed in MA 115 and the
feasibility study, briefings are given to appropriate individuals with coordi-
nated press releases.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review the decision path and the results of the feasibility analysis.
2. Brief groups in the following order, all within a short time frame:
a) Elected officials
b) Appointed officials
c) Other governing bodies (e.g., multi-jurisdictional project)
d) The Press
e) Interested citizen or market groups
The order should be as determined locally by project manager.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Missed protocol; incomplete or conflicting information given
to different groups.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Type and level of technical detail and supporting informa-
tion to prepare for the presentation.
INPUT: Decision path (MA 115) and project alternatives and recommendations
(MA 114 and MA 116, respectively).
OUTPUT; Fully informed decision makers and public.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: C, PM
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO's
4. Must be Notified: all interested or affected groups
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! OBTAIN FEEDBACK AND BRIEF AS NECESSARY
PHASE; I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY: Obtain Political/Public Decision to Proceed
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Decision to Proceed, Postpone or Terminate
PURPOSE; To ascertain that all participants in the decision process are
fully armed with the necessary information to make a decision.
DESCRIPTION; After initial briefings, there will invariably be requests for
more information or additional briefings before different levels of govern-
ment and members of the community. Feedback in the form of letters of support
is sought, or opinions concerning the decision. Any additional briefings or
explanations are performed herein.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Solicit and receive letters of support or opinions on the decision.
2. Provide additional briefings and backup information to involved agency
requesting it.
3. Ascertain that all involved agencies have been provided with adequate decision
information.
4. Factor all feedback information into a composite form for key decision
makers.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Major opposition to the project.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Presentation format for various groups.
INPUT; Phase I information to date.
OUTPUT; All participants in the decision process fully informed and ready to
make a decision.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: C, PM, participating municipalities
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO's
4. Must be Notified: IA's
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 1 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: Previous samples of effective presentations, obtained
locally from PM.
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: PROCEED WITH DECISION number
PHASE: I, Resource Recovery Feasibility Analysis
MASTER ACTIVITY; Obtain Political/Public Decision to Proceed
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Decision to Proceed, Postpone or Terminate
PURPOSE: To render the key decision on continuation of the project.
DESCRIPTION: Upon reaching this activity, all information has been disseminated,
and reactions received. A conscious decision should be made on the future of
the RR project, and should include appropriate funding to go on to the next phase
if this is appropriate. In addition, a decision should be made regarding the
integration of a source separation program if the decision is to proceed with
a RR system.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Observe the local decision custom (e.g., public meeting agenda item;
referendum or local custom)
2. Review in the meeting the budget required for Phase II funding (RR and
source separation).
3. If the decision is to proceed, consider the funding appropriation for
the next phase.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Undue delay by decision makers.
MAJOR DECISIONS; See output.
INPUT; All report information and feedback compiled to this point.
OUTPUT; Two distinct decisions to proceed, postpone or terminate the RR
project and the source separation program; appropriated budget for Phase II.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: EO
2. Responsible: EO
3. Must be Consulted: all IA
4. Must be Notified: IG, IA, P
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 1 to 5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: PERFORM DETAILED SOURCE SEPARATION number
FEASIBILITY
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE; Feasibility Report; Decision to Proceed or Terminate
PURPOSE; To refine the market requirements, system configuration and the
estimates of percent participation, percent recovery, costs, and revenues.
DESCRIPTION; A project team is formed; in-house staff is committed; consultants
are hired; if necessary a public opinion poll may be conducted (dependent on
size of municipality) to establish the level of participation; separation and
collection procedures are defined; quantity estimates of recovered materials
are derived, based on the percent participation obtained from the public opinion
poll; market requirements and prices are obtained; institutional and legal re-
quirements are defined; and system configuration, costs, and revenues are
established.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Unclear work scopes; low interest by elected officials; un-
qualified or uncommitted individuals; unreasonable quantities or collection
practices; unclear existing laws; disagreement over facts presented; excessive
delays.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Political/public decisions to proceed with source separation
program.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: EO, PM, IHS, C, LC
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 29 weeks. Range = 16 to 61 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 102 work days.
3. Funding: $25,000
REFERENCES; R2, R4, R5, Rll, R25, R27, R29, R31, R37, R38, R39, R41, R42, R43,
R44, R45, R64, R65, R66, R67, R68, R69, R106, R108, R113
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY" ESTABLISH SOURCE SEPARATION PROJECT TEAM number
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Detailed Source Separation Feasibility
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Feasibility Report; Decision to Proceed or
Terminate
PURPOSE: To involve all interested and affected parties in the planning pro-
cess.
DESCRIPTION: The project director and project manager utilize their knowledge
of the local area to select and solicit members for the project team.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Establish project director (may already be known).
2. Establish project manager (may already be known).
3. Identify organizations to be solicited for membership in the source separa-
tion project team.
4. Solicit members.
5. Establish source separation project team; assign responsibilities to each
member.
6. Collect background information (i.e., existing source separation programs,
previous studies).
7. Develop policy, goals, and guidelines.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: No qualified individuals; low level of interest.
MAJOR DECISIONS: If source separation is integrated into a larger system, whether
the project director and project manager should be the same as for the large scale
project; or whether to select new individuals for this job; choice of those individuals
INPUT: Local area knowledge.
OUTPUT: Established project team for source separation.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: EO for PM and PD, if non-existent; PD and PM if already on board.
2. Responsible: EO
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 12 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; SECURE REQUIRED RESOURCES number
PHASE: ii} Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Detailed Source Separation Feasibility
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Feasibility Report; Decision to Proceed or
Terminate
PURPOSE: To obtain and commit the expertise necessary for performing the tasks
and developing the project.
DESCRIPTION; The project scope is defined and allocated to in-house staff and
consultants. In-house staff is committed, or hired and committed, and consult-
ants are hired, if necessary. Selection may follow the format used previously
in consultant selection (MA 102) or the local customary method.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Establish scope of work for the project.
2. Establish scopes of work for in-house staff and consultants.
3. Secure commitments from in-house staff.
4. Select and hire consultants, if necessary.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Scopes unclear; insufficient interest or commitment by
the elected officials.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Work split between in-house staff and consultant, if any;
commitment needed from in-house staff; choice of consultant.
In-house staff made available; consultant experienced in source separa-
INPUT;
tion programs
OUTPUT : Secured resources.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 3 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 12 work days.
REFERENCES :
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I OBTAIN MARKET REQUIREMENTS AND PRICES number
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Detailed Source Separation Feasibility
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Feasibility Report; Decision to Proceed or
Terminate
PURPOSE: To develop logistics, requirements, and price schedules for the re-
covered materials.
DESCRIPTION: If a Phase I Feasibility Analysis has been completed, then this
activity was performed as MA 108 (the information may have to be updated de-
pending on the amount of time which has elapsed). If a Feasibility Analysis
has not been performed, then the steps in this activity are the same as in
A 10801 - A 10805. If market requirements dictate the need for sites (e.g.,
paper must be baled, cans must be crushed), they are identified.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. See A 10801 - A 10805.
2. Identify any sites required by the results obtained above.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Markets cannot be found, or are too distant to be considered;
requirements are very strigent; price is exceptionally low.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Sites; decisions of MA 108 i.e., whether or not the entire list
of markets is reasonably complete and whether or not the survey questionnaire is
complete and requests the necessary information.
INPUT: Output of MA 108 i.e., letters of intPT<=st stating preliminary require-
ments, quantities and pricing formula.
OUTPUT; Known market; market needs: identified sites.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IBS or C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: Potential M
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ESTIMATE QUANTITIES OF RECOVERED MATERIALS HU(Tiber
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Detailed Source Separation Feasibility
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Feasibility Report; Decision to Proceed or
Terminate
PURPOSE: To develop realistic quantity estimates which are used to determine
revenues and collection requirements.
DESCRIPTION: If a Phase I Feasibility Analysis has not been completed, then the
pertinent portions of MA 105 should now be performed. If a Feasibility Analysis
has been completed, the output of MA 105 is used. Utilizing the quantity esti-
mates of recoverable materials derived from the compositional analysis and gross
quantity disposed, adjustments are made to take into account service area, per-
cent participation, and recovery efficiencies.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Perform pertinent portions of MA 105 or obtain the output of previously
performed MA 105.
2. Using the estimates of the gross quantities of each material generated which
is to be recovered, make adjustments to take into account the service area
(what percentage of the community can potentially be involved), percent
participation (what percent of the potential will actually be realized), and
normally experienced recovery efficiencies (if seven newspapers are bought
each week, how many are bundled separately).
3. Conduct a sensitivity analysis at three levels of participation (e.g., 20%,
40% and 60% public participation) to indicate the level of participation
necessary for a viable project.
4. Conduct public survey (optional) to obtain perspective on percent recoverable.
MAJOR OBSTACLES:
Quantity estimates unreasonable; sensitivity analysis shows excessively
high level of participation needed to make the project viable.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Quantities assumed for computation.
INPUT; Outputs of MA 105.
OUTPUT: Clearly established quantity scenarios and assumptions.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IBS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 2 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DEFINE INSTITUTIONAL AND LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Detailed Source Separation Feasibility
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Feasibility Report; Decision to Proceed or
Terminate
PURPOSE: To establish the impact of existing requirements, necessary changes
and additions.
DESCRIPTION; Existing laws and ordinances may place constraints on types of
enforcement and on changes to existing contracts. These constraints are iden
tified, and the method for removing any conflicts is developed.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Examine existing laws and ordinances to identify constraints.
2. Identify conflicts with the envisioned program.
3. Either modify the envisioned program or outline changes or additions to
the laws and ordinances so that the conflicts are removed.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Existing laws or ordinances unclear.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Which conflicts should be changed; which should remain
and be worked around.
INPUT: Output of MA 005 and MA 113 concerning source separation and
institutional requirements.
OUTPUT: Summary of several pages defining legal and institutional constraints.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: LC, IBS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 15 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DEFINE SEPARATION AND COLLECTION PROCEDURES
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Detailed Source Separation Feasibility
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Feasibility Report; Decision to Proceed or
Terminate
PURPOSE; To develop a program consistent with the anticipated needs and
desires of the eventual participants.
DESCRIPTION; Based upon the market requirements and the project manager's best
estimates of participation either of two options is pursued: a) Changes in
existing collection practices are proposed which are realistic from the collec-
tion agencies' viewpoint, or b) central drop-off sites are specified.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review and develop system parameters (see A 10901) which are consistent
with the results.
2. If curbside collection is being considered, then obtain current detailed
data on existing collection practices, including existing or planned source
separation programs (or use output from A 10901) and develop realistic
changes to the existing collection system which satisfy the parameters
(specify sites if any are required).
3. If central drop-off location(s) are being considered, then specify the
sites, the agency responsible for transportation to the markets, and the
agency responsible for site maintenance.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Program appears inconsistent with current collection
practices.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Changes in collection practices, sites.
INPUT: Outputs of A 10901 and A SS103 concerning feasibility and market
requirements.
OUTPUT: Details of separation and collection procedures, service area for
source separation.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: DPW or department performing collection, EA-(L)
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 1 to 5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 1Q work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY*. ESTABLISH SYSTEM CONFIGURATION, COSTS, AND REVENUES
PHASE: II > Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Detailed Source Separation Feasibility
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Feasibility Report; Decision to Proceed or
Terminate
PURPOSE: To provide a basis for the political/public decision to proceed with
or terminate source separation.
DESCRIPTION: The system parameters developed in the sensitivity analysis, the
realia+^'c changes which could be made to existing collection practices, the
market requirements and logistics of transporting to the market(s), and the
legal and institutional requirements and constraints are combined into a pre-
ferred system configuration along with costs and revenues. A report documenting
the above is written and adopted by the project team and prepared for submission
to the decision makers in A SS108.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review the results of A SS101 - A SS106.
2. Develop the system configuration.
3. Develop system costs (coordinating with the collection agency ) and
revenues (based on market requirements and prices and percent participation),
4. Draft and circulate report to project team for comment.
5. Finalize and obtain adoption of the report by the project team.
6. Develop budget to be adopted by elected officials for next phase.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Major disagreement over facts as presented, or over the
configuration presented.
MAJOR DECISIONS: The most appropriate system configuration.
INPUT: Output of A SS101 - A SS106.
OUTPUT:Completed system configuration
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: MS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPT.E DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; DEFINE PROGRAM number
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY: Develop Source Separation Program
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Laws, Ordinances, Changes to Contracts, and
Budgets Ready for Adoption
PURPOSE: To specify the required detail for a program which is consistent
with the details and intent of the political/public decision.
DESCRIPTION; The political/public decisions made in A SS108 are used as a
guide to specify all aspects of the program.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Specify all the system parameters (see A 10901).
2. Specify the changes to be made in the existing collection practices
and marketing transportation logistics.
3. Specify legal and institutional constraints, changes and additions
to be made.
4. Specify publicity/public education program to be instituted.
5. Develop costs and revenues.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Political/public decisions were ambiguous or inconsistent.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Interpretation of intent of the political/public decisions.
INPUT: Output of A SS108.
OUTPUT; A three to ten page report specifying all the details to date, if
different from the report of A SS107.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 1 to 5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 8 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I TEST PROGRAM (CONDITIONAL)
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Develop Source Separation Program
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Laws, Ordinances, Changes to Contracts, and
Budgets Ready for Adoption
PURPOSE: To provide additional data for use in establishing the expected level
of participation, quantities of recovered materials, costs, and revenues.
DESCRIPTION; The program is established on a trial basis in a representative
location, adjustments are made as necessary, data are taken and summarized.
This activity is recommended for jurisdictions of 75,000 or greater population;
it is considered optional for those under 75,000 as a general rule.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Select a representative collection route (for separate collection) or a
representative central drop-off location.
2. Rent or loan any necessary equipment.
3. Institute publicity/public education program along route or surrounding
the drop-off location.
4. Run the test for a period of 2-4 weeks, keeping accurate and complete
records.
5. Take a representative sample of the recovered materials to market; obtain
market decision of whether or not it meets their desired requirements.
6. If necessary, develop and institute changes, allow time for the changed
system to reach equilibrium.
7. Summarize the results including quantities and costs.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Inability to agree on a representative area.
MAJOR DECISIONS: The collection route or drop locations which are represent-
ative of the community if changes will improve the program; exactly what
changes to institute and their effectiveness.
INPUT; Output of A SS201 concerning program definition.
OUTPUT: Five to ten page report summarizing results and costs.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, DPW, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 6 weeks. Range = 4 to ip weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 25 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I OBTAIN MARKET LETTERS OF INTENT
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Develop Source Separation Program
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Laws, Ordinances, Changes to Contracts, and
Budgets Ready for Adoption
PURPOSE: To provide a substantial basis for estimating revenues.
DESCRIPTION; Representative recovered material from the Test Program
(A SS202) is brought to the various markets identified in A SS105, and
letters of intent are solicited.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Obtain representative samples of recovered material from the test program,
if appropriate.
2. Transmit above samples to the appropriate markets identified in A SS105.
3. In the transmittal letter, solicit letters of intent based on that material
and ask that they specify in the letter whether they will pick up the
material or, if it is to be delivered, whether they will load or unload
the material, whether it is to be baled, tied, or loose, the price (or
price range), at what location, and in what condition (e.g., baled and
loaded).
MAJOR OBSTACLES; No markets; delayed or unsatisfactory responses.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not the wording of the letu^,. of intent is
sufficient, whether requirements can be met; whether or not to pursue final
contract.
INPUT; Requests for letters of intent.
OUTPUT: Letters of intent.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified: £0
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to IQ weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: SD SS203
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I DEVELOP INSTITUTIONAL AND LEGAL MECHANISMS 111!(Tiber
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Develop Source Separation Program
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Laws, Ordinances, Changes to Contracts, and
Budgets Ready for Adoption
PURPOSE; To prepare for adoption and execution of the source separation
program.
DESCRIPTION; If any laws, ordinances, administrative rules are to be changed
or enacted, or collection contracts changed or entered into, the exact wording
and format are developed so that they are ready for adoption or enactment.
Market contracts and bid documents are also developed. If laws or ordinances
cannot be changed, a strategy for continuing with the program via a different
route is established.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review output of A SS201 to define what is required.
2. Develop required changes and additions.
3. Obtain the status of any pending source reduction legislation.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Mechanism appears out of reach, or not achievable before a
deadline set by the markets.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether to pursue changes to laws or ordinances or to
establish the alternate mechanism.
INPUT; The changes and additions to be made as specified in the output of
A SS201.
OUTPUT; New or modified documents ready for adoption or enactment, including
changes to existing collection contracts.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, DP, LC
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 6 weeks. Range = 4 to 10 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 8 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DEVELOP PUBLICITY/PUBLIC EDUCATION PROGRAM
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Develop Source Separation Program
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Laws, Ordinances, Changes to Contracts, and
Budgets Ready for Adoption
PURPOSE: To prepare for adoption and execution of the source separation
program.
DESCRIPTION: All aspects (i.e., newsletters, handbills, TV, radio and
newspaper announcements) of the publicity/public education program are
developed and specified including responsibilities, format, and budgets.
(Note: This activity may already have been essentially completed for source
separation in MA 101, MA 115. If not, this activity should be conducted).
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Specify all the elements of the program, including which governmental
organization is to carry them out and how the program is to be
coordinated.
2. In conjunction with those governmental organizations, develop budgets
and funding sources, and samples for each element.
3. Discuss continuing public education needs even after the program is
established; discuss duration, schedule and level of effort required.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Inadequate budget appropriations; disagreement over
responsibilities or format.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Size and type of program and overall budget to make the
program effective.
INPUT: The publicity/public education program as specified in the output
of A SS201.
OUTPUT; A small report outlining the program, defining responsibilities,
staffing and budgets and including any samples as an appendix.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: C for PR, PM
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = _5 to 12 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 16 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: UPDATE COSTS number
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Develop Source Separation Program
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Laws, Ordinances, Changes to Contracts, and
Budgets Ready for Adoption
PURPOSE; To provide a basis for the political/public decision to proceed or
terminate with source separation.
DESCRIPTION; Collection, transportation, handling, publicity, administration,
and management costs and revenues (from marketing materials and disposal
savings) are updated as required. A report documenting the above and recommend-
ing a course of action is written for and adopted by the project team. Any
recommended laws, ordinances, changes to contracts, and changes to budgets
should be included in an appendix.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Utilizing the finalized collection procedures developed in the test program,
calculate (in conjunction with the collection agency) the collection, trans-
portation, storage, and handling costs necessary to meet the market requirements
as well as the transportation and disposal savings. 2. Utilizing the quanti-
ties and percent participation derived from the test program (if conducted), ex-
trapolate the quantities of recovered materials expected from the full program.
From these quantities and the prices quoted in the market letters of intent,
derive the expected revenues. 3. From the budgets developed in A SS205 develop
overall publicity, administration, and management costs. 4. Draft a report sum-
marizing the above and circulate to project team for comments. 5. Finalize re-
port and obtain adoption by the project team. 6. Develop budget for next phase,
if project looks as if it will move ahead.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Lack of cooperation from participating entities; unreliable
previous test results.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Recommendations resulting from cost update.
INPUT: Outputs of A SS201 - A SS205.
OUTPUT: A report documenting the findings, analysis and recommendations for
the developed source separation program.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT, PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 6 to 15 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 15 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! OBTAIN POLITICAL/PUBLIC DECISION TO PROCEED
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Develop Source Separation Program
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Laws, Ordinances, Changes to Contracts, and
Budgets Ready for Adoption
PURPOSE: To involve all participants and effected parties in the decision
process, so that a full conscious endorsement of the decision is made.
DESCRIPTION; Briefings are held, information is presented, feedback is
received, and a decision is obtained either to proceed or terminate.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review decision path.
2. Brief groups in the order established by local conditions.
3. Solicit letters of support from involved agencies providing additional
briefings and information as necessary.
4. Factor all feedback information into a composite form for key
decision makers.
5. Observe local decision customs and obtain decision to proceed or
terminate.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Undue delay on decision; no decision.
MAJOR DECISIONS: To proceed or terminate.
INPUT; Output of A SS206.
OUTPUT: Decision to proceed or terminate; adopted laws and ordinances;
approved changes to budgets and contracts; administrative directives.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: EO, PT
2. Responsible: EO
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified: p, media
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 6 weeks. Range = 4 to 12 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 15 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: EXECUTE PROGRAM number
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE: Operating Program
PURPOSE; To commence operation of the source separation program in accordance
with the Political/Public Decision To Proceed (A SS207).
DESCRIPTION: Facilities are constructed, equipment is purchased, program is
publicized, contracts and ordinances are enforced, contracts on recovered
material are signed after bids have been received all as described and decided
on during the Political/Public Decision To Proceed (A SS207).
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Equipment lead time is excessive.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Contractor selection and contract terms; size, type and
operational parameters of the facilities.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PM
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, EO, AO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 16 weeks. Range = 8 to 28 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 40 work days.
3. Funding: $8,000
REFERENCES: R108, R113
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DEFINE PROJECT AND TASKS fill (Tibet
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY: Define Project
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Preliminary Project Cost and Program Budget
Estimates
PURPOSE: To state the project configuration as it stands as a result of the
decision of MA 117 and to plan the course of action for Phase II.
DESCRIPTION; As a result of the decision of MA 117, the apparent project may be
slightly or significantly altered. Project participants take this opportunity
to regroup, observe the project as it stands, review goals and objectives and
be ready to move ahead. Major elements to be addressed in the procurement
planning phase are identified and their priorities are defined.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Enumerate all steps to be undertaken in the procurement planning phase.
2. Develop a project schedule and refined budget for completion of activities.
3. Determine the roles and responsibilities of the participants.
4. Conduct periodic (one-week duration) weighing surveys* over a period of
one year to determine yearly fluctuations in waste generation if not
previously performed in A 10514 or existing operational data is unreliable.
The continuation and frequency of the weighing survey is at the discretion
of the project manager.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Project completely changed. Goals, objectives and new project
tasks obscured by decision of MA 117.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Steps to be undertaken and the roles and responsibilities of
the participants; whether or not additional weighing surveys are necessary.
INPUT: Output from Phase I.
OUTPUT: A brief summary report outlining tasks, responsibilities and project
schedule, and a program budget estimate.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IRS, PM, PT, C, PD
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: IB, BC
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
*Weighing function not included in this estimating data; this activity included
REFERENCES: NR at the discretion of the project
manager.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY'. DEVELOP PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE 1111111 b6f
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Define Project
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Preliminary Project Cost and Program Budget
Estimates
PURPOSE: To revise the project cost estimate performed in Phase I based on any
changes to the project made during the political/public decision process of
MA 117. (May be unnecessary.)
DESCRIPTION; The project is defined in light of the results of the political/
public decision, changes are made to assumptions (if applicable) and a new
cost analysis is performed.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Reach agreement on assumptions to be used in estimating costs (e.g.,
energy, labor cost escalators).
2. Define project (i.e., sites, facilities, size, transportation network,
quantity of waste taking into account any new or expanded source
separation programs).
3. Develop cost estimates.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement on cost estimate assumptions; major policy
changes resulting from MA 117 requiring new data.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Configuration of new recommended approach and alternatives to
be estimated, if different from recommendation of MA 116.
INPUT; Output from MA 114.
OUTPUT: Phase II project cost estimates.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PM
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: NR
4. Must be Notified: PT
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES; R27, R28
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT AND number
DETERMINE SITE PRIORITIES
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE: Complete Draft Environmental Assessment
PURPOSE: To identify potential environmental impacts of the proposed project
and to estimate costs associated with resolving these impacts; to evaluate
and establish the priorities of nominated system sites; and to write a draft
environmental assessment report for use during the process of securing sites
(MA 203).
DESCRIPTION; The environmental impacts of the project are identified in
quantitative and qualitative terms for the areas of air and water quality,
zoning and land use, traffic, historical significance, and aesthetics. The
associated effect of resolving these impacts on project economics is estimated.
Nominated sites are ranked based on the above impact analysis and a draft
environmental assessment report is prepared.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Existing environmental regulations prohibit construction;
cost to resolve impacts of project is excessive.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Quantification of impacts; procedure to rank sites; the
amount of detail required based on project parameters, local conditions, and
State (and possibly Federal) requirements.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IBS, PM, PT, PD, C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: Local Historical Society, ZA, Planning
Comm., DOT (L), EA-(L), EA-(S), EPA, Local Bldg. Comm., EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 11 weeks. Range = 7 to 18 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 72 work days.
3. Fund ing:
REFERENCES; R2, R4, R6, R70, R71, R72, R78, R79, R102, R103, R104, R106
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I PERFORM PRELIMINARY ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND Clumber
HISTORICAL CHECK
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Draft Environmental Assessment And Determine Site
Priorities
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Complete Draft Environmental Assessment
PURPOSE; To determine whether site(s) is an historical landmark or has
unique archaeological characteristics.
DESCRIPTION; Contact historical and/or archaeological society(s) for site(s)
check.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Walk the site(s) to identify unique features.
2. Question local historical and/or archaeological society(s) as to the
importance of the site(s).
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Site access not available; former site use prevents clear
determination.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Classification of site(s).
INPUT: Output from MA 112 regarding preliminary site analysis.
OUTPUT; Written statement from the historical and/or archaeological society(s)
on the importance of the site(s).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: P
3. Must be Consulted: Local historical and/or archaeological society(s).
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY!
DETERMINE ZONING AND LAND USE
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Draft Environmental Assessment And Determine Site
Priorities
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Complete Draft Environmental Assessment
PURPOSE: To determine whether site(s) is properly zoned for a RR facility,
transfer station or landfill, and to determine planned land use.
DESCRIPTION; All facilities contemplated for a RR system (including the RR
plant, transfer stations, repair facilities, landfills, and equipment storage,
if required) must be placed on tracts of land with proper zoning; surrounding
land use can also affect placement of a site. Zoning changes and variances
may be required, and should be identified as early as possible.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Contact zoning agency to determine present and proposed zoning of site(s)
and adjacent areas.
2. Contact local Planning Commission to determine present and proposed
future land use of site(s) and adjacent areas.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Site(s) not zoned for RR system.
MAJOR DECISIONS; None, information gathering.
INPUT; Output from MA 112.
OUTPUT; Written statements from zoning and planning agencies on present and
proposed future site zoning and land use.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: ZA, PA, PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = Q.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: R47
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I DETERMINE TRAFFIC IMPACT
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Draft Environmental Assessment And Determine Site
Priorities
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Complete Draft Environmental Assessment
PURPOSE; To identify potential traffic problems resulting from the operation
of the proposed RR system.
DESCRIPTION; An analytical assessment of the traffic impact is made, as are
estimates of the increase in traffic on highways, secondary roads, access
roads. Identify potential queuing problems, noise, and roadweight limits.
Impacts are for the RR facility(s), transfer station(s), and backup landfill(s)
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Estimate the number and size of vehicles arriving and departing from the
RR facility(s), transfer station(s), and backup landfill(s) on an hourly
basis.
2. Identify likely truck routes.
3. Estimate increase in traffic flow on highways, secondary roads, and access
roads. Identify parking areas.
4. Estimate increase in traffic noise levels. Identify problem areas.
5. Estimate queuing problems at the facilities and impact on access roads.
6. Identify new road construction to alleviate potential traffic problems.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Inaccurate estimates; unrealistic routing.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Determination of how serious traffic impacts will be.
INPUT: Output from A 20103, MA 111 and MA 112 regarding transportation and
site analyses.
OUTPUT: Statement of potential traffic impacts and possible new road
construction to alleviate problems.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PM
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: Local Highway Department, EA-(L)
4. Must be Notified: NR
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1.5 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I DETEEMINE EXISTING AIR QUALITY AND IMPACT
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Draft Environmental Assessment And Determine Site
Priorities
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Complete Draft Environmental Assessment
PURPOSE: To assess the present air quality situation and to identify the
potential impact of different RR technologies.
DESCRIPTION; Preliminary air quality modeling is performed to determine
potential impacts. This requires estimating pollutant emissions from the RR
facility for different RR technologies.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Contact the local agency with air pollution control responsibilities, and
confirm present air quality (See A 10303).
2. Identify key receptors.
3. Investigate potential air emission trade-offs if site is in a nonattain-
ment area.
4. Contact the Federal Aviation Agency to determine stack height restrictions,
5. Estimate maximum 24-hour and yearly average emissions for RR facility.
Consider different technologies.
6. Run PTMAX, PTDIS, or PTNTP air quality models (discuss with regional EPA
office) and estimate pollutant concentrations around the RR facility.
7. Identify major potential impacts as a function of RR technology.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Insufficient or invalid data; disagreement among regulatory
agencies over requirements or interpretations of codes.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Choice of model most appropriate to the area.
INPUT; Output from A 10303 and MA 112.
OUTPUT: Identification of major air quality impacts at each site.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PM
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: EA-(L), EA-(S), EPA
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 2 to 5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 13 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITYt DETERMINE WATER DEMAND AND DISCHARGE IMPACTS Dumber
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Draft Environmental Assessment And Determine Site
Priorities
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Complete Draft Environmental Assessment
PURPOSE; To estimate water use and wastewater disposal requirements for the
proposed RR system.
DESCRIPTION: Many RR technologies have a high water requirement. Certain
sites may have inadequate water supplies available. Likewise, wastewater may
be disposed of in sewers at some sites with minimal treatment, whereas other
sites may not have sewer access and extensive treatment may be required
before discharging.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Review output from A 10304.
2. Determine potential water availability and quality on or near the site.
3. Estimate water requirements for different RR technologies. Identify
problem areas.
4. Estimate the quantity and quality of wastewater to be disposed of at
each facility.
5. Determine the method of waste water discharge and the additional treatment
requirements to meet regulations for a RR facility, a transfer station,
or a backup landfill.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Insufficient data on water (surface or ground) available;
needs of other users not now existing, but planning to be on line simultane-
ously with RR plant, not considered.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Identification of wastewater treatment requirements.
INPUT: Output from A 10304 regarding local water use and effluent
restrictions.
Listing of water use and wastewater treatment requirements at each
OUTPUT:
site for different RR technologies.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PM
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: EA-(L), EA-(S), EPA
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I DETERMINE AESTHETIC REQUIREMENTS
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Draft Environmental Assessment And Determine Site
Priorities
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Complete Draft Environmental Assessment
PURPOSE: To determine whether there are local restrictions on the physical
appearance of the RR facility or RR system.
DESCRIPTION: Some cities may have restrictions on facility appearance such as
building color, landscaping, stack height, distance from roadway, buffer zone,
and fencing.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Contact local building commission and/or zoning agency to determine
requirements.
2. Identify requirements noted above under description.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Requirements unclear or subject to change by adjacent land
user at some later time; inability to gain firm commitment from appropriate
local authority.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which criteria apply based on adjacent land use intention.
INPUT; Output from MA 112 regarding site analysis.
OUTPUT; Written statement from local authority on aesthetic requirements and
restrictions.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PM
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: BPD or ZA
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DETERMINE IMPACTS ON PROJECT ECONOMICS 1111 (Tiber
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY: Draft Environmental Assessment And Determine Site
Priorities
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Complete Draft Environmental Assessment
PURPOSE: To determine how the cost of environmental control measures at each
site impact on project economics.
DESCRIPTION; Certain sites and/or technologies may be eliminated because of
environmental restrictions. Additional costly environmental control measures
may be required at some sites to meet regulations. The cost of these measures
is considered in this activity. Items to be considered may be new road con-
struction, additional air pollution control equipment, and extensive construc-
tion cleanup. (Depending on the probable approach, the project manager may
wish to consider preliminary subsurface investigations, which will expand the
time and cost of this activity.)
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Identify sites with impact problems.
2. Identify methods of removing or reducing problems at each site for
different technologies.
3. Estimate the incremental cost to resolve problems.
4. Discuss with project team.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement among members of the project team on level
of impacts.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not the proposed method for resolving problems
will actually solve the problems.
INPUT; Output from A 20201 - A 20206.
OUTPUT: Incremental cost of resolving major problem impacts.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PT
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 2 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I DETERMINE SITE PRIORITIES number
I 20208
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning 1^^
MASTER ACTIVITY; Draft Environmental Assessment And Determine Site
Priorities
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Complete Draft Environmental Assessment
PURPOSE; To rank the nominated sites in order of preference according to
technical and politically acceptable parameters.
DESCRIPTION; The most technically acceptable site(s), but not necessarily
most politically acceptable, is determined based on the quantitative assess-
ments of A 20201 - A 20207. Certain key elected officials should assist the
project team and the consultants in ranking the sites.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Develop the criteria and method to rank sites.
2. Assemble the site information data.
3. Rank the sites.
4. Review the selected sites with elected officials and obtain feedback.
5. Revise the site ranking, if necessary.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Good sites from a technical standpoint conflict with
politically acceptable areas.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Criteria and method to rank sites.
INPUT: Output from A 20201 - A 20207.
OUTPUT; Listing of sites in order of preference.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, PM, PT, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO, EA-(L), EA-(S)
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES; R47
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I PRODUCE DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT WITH DU (Tiber
RECOMMENDED SITES
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Draft Environmental Assessment And Determine Site
Priorities
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Complete Draft Environmental Assessmenf
PURPOSE; To compile information obtained in A 20201 - A 20208 into one
comprehensive document.
DESCRIPTION: An environmental assessment report is prepared on the proposed
project. The report will be available to the public and elected officials for
review and comment in MA 203.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Complete information from A 20201 - A 20208.
2. Write report.
3. Circulate to project team for comment.
4. Incorporate comments of project team and finalize draft report.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Inadequate data for proper assessment; disagreement between
regulatory agencies over requirements or interpretations of codes or test data.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Contents and level of detail required in assessment.
INPUT; Outputs from A 20201- A 20208.
OUTPUT: Draft environmental assessment report.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PM, PT
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified: NR
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 2 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! PRESENT DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT TO ELECTED
OFFICIALS AND COMMUNITY GROUPS
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Sites
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Obtain Public Acceptance of Site(s) , Obtain Option
to Acquire Site(s)
PURPOSE: To inform elected officials and community groups of the potential site(s)
and the project impacts and to gain support for specific sites.
DESCRIPTION: Meetings are held with elected officials and local community groups
to discuss the"environmental assessment report. Support for site(s) is obtained.
Elected officials or their representatives contact land owners to establish inter-
est in selling their property and its cost.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Hold separate meetings with elected officials of each participating community
and present draft environmental assessment. Establish elected official inter-
est in offering hometown site. Discuss the economic incentive for a hometown
site.
2. Have elected officials contact owner of site property to determine interest
in selling the land and the price.
3. Have elected official meet with local community groups to review the project
and hand out environmental assessment.
4. Have the consultant meet with the elected official and community groups to
present results of the environmental assessment.
5. Perform additional environmental analyses, if required.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Elected officials not willing to offer any site(s), particularly
for back-up landfill, major environmental problem or major public opposition.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Acceptance of draft environmental assessment by elected offi-
cials and community groups; agreement on site(s) for resource recovery facility,
transfer station(s) and back-up landfill(s).
INPUT: Output from A 20209.
OUTPUT: Acceptance of draft environmental assessment by elected officials and
community groups and the responsible local environmental agency.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: C, PM, PD
2. Responsible: C, PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO, Local Community Groups, EA-(L), EA-(S)
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 2 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 14 work days.
REFERENCES; R2, R4, R6, R70, R71, R72
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! HOLD PUBLIC MEETINGS iiumber
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Sites
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Obtain Public Acceptance of Site(s) , Obtain
Option to Acquire Site(s)
PURPOSE; To gain public support of fhe project and to resolve concerns over
the environmental effects of the RR facility.
DESCRIPTION; Public meetings are held in each of the participating communities.
The project director reviews the project scope, the economics, and the environ-
mental impacts. Elected officials give support.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Meet with elected officials to plan a public meeting
2. Advertise the meeting in the local newspaper.
3. Prepare a presentation.
4. Hold the meeting.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Very strong public resistance to facility siting; meeting
disorderly or inconclusive.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Public approval or disapproval of project and sites.
INPUT: Output from A 20301, A 2Q101, A 20102, and A 20103.
OUTPUT: Knowledge of public position on the project.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD, PM, C
2. Responsible: PD, C
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified: P, media
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 1 to 5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! OBTAIN ZONING AND OPTIONS ON SITES number
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Sites
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Obtain Public Acceptance of Site(s), Obtain
Option to Acquire Site(s)
PURPOSE: To obtain purchase options on sites.
DESCRIPTION; Terms and conditions for the purchase of the site(s) from the
owners is established, and a conditional purchase agreement is obtained, if
required. (In some cases the site or sites may be municipally owned and this
activity is unnecessary.)
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Elected officials, project director, and consultants meet with property
owner to discuss the purchase of the site.
2. Obtain permission from the property owner to conduct additional site evalu-
ations and conduct them if necessary (i.e., soil borings).
3. Obtain site approval from permitting agency.
4. Obtain zoning changes if required; obtain final zoning status.
5. Negotiate the selling price and terms of option contract.
6. Select desired sites.
7. Prepare land purchase option contracts.
8. Sign contracts or begin eminent domain acquisition procedures.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Landowner's unwillingness to sell; prohibitive zoning status.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Price willing to pay for site property; decision to pursue
eminent domain procedures if necessary.
INPUT; Output from MA 112 and MA 202.
OUTPUT; Site purchase options signed.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: EO, PD, C, LD, PM
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EA-(L), ZA
4. Must be Notified: IB, BC
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 12 weeks. Range = 8 to 52 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 40 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: UPDATE PROJECT DEFINITION AND COSTS number
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE: Project Costs
PURPOSE: To estimate project costs more accurately based on secured site(s),
to develop strategies for removing any institutional barriers to the en-
visioned project configuration and to present them to the elected officials
if major changes (in the project or in the elected officials) have developed
since the previous presentation.
This MA may be reduced in scope if no significant changes have been made
to the project during MA 203.
DESCRIPTION; Facility costs are refined based on the amount of waste estimated
(taking into account existing, expanding, or new source separation programs) and
the preliminary agreements with the energy and materials markets obtained in
Phase I. Previously calculated (A 20102) transportation costs are revised if
necessary and incorporated to estimate tipping fees and life cycle costs for the
different procurement approaches.
Detailed strategies are developed for removing any institutional barriers
which block the preferred configuration, and furthering waste supply and mar-
ket commitments. These strategies have been outlined in Phase I and MA 201.
Any changes caused by developments between then and now are made and addition-
al details are added as necessary. These strategies are pursued in MA 206,
MA 205 and MA 207, respectively.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Unreliable market and waste stream data; major policy or
personnel changes.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not to perform this master activity if the pre-
ferred site(s) has been obtained. However, if the site(s) actually obtained
is in a significantly different location than the one sought, this master
activity may involve major restructuring of the project configuration.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD, PM, PT, IHS, C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
3. Funding: $5,000
REFERENCES; R2 , R3, R5, R17 , R19 , R20, R22, R23, Rill
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: REDEFINE PROJECT PARAMETERS number
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY: Update Project Definition and Costs
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Project Costs
PURPOSE; To define project configuration based on secured site(s) and en-
vironmental considerations. (May be unnecessary if preferred site(s) was
secured.)
DESCRIPTION; Adjust the conclusions and decisions made to date as necessary
to suit the site(s) on which options have been obtained (A 20303), and the
measures developed to mitigate possible deleterious environmental effects.
The institutional requirements are determined and the strategy for removing
barriers to the envisioned project arrangement is set (to be pursued in
MA 206).
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Restate:
- markets
- facility and disposal sites
- wasteshed boundaries and waste quantity
- acceptable technologies
2. Establish detailed strategies for performing MA 205, MA 206 and MA 207.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Insufficient or unreliable data; major policy changes; in-
ability of a municipality to guarantee its waste.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Project adjustments based on obtained sites.
INPUT; Output from MA 201, 202, and 203
OUTPUT: Statement on project scope; statement on strategies for performing
MA 205, 206, and 207.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, IBS, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified: NR
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! UPDATE PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Update Project Definition and Costs
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Project Costs
PURPOSE: To update facility costs based on secured site(s) and environmental
considerations. (May be unnecessary.)
DESCRIPTION: A cost estimate is developed based on the redefined project
(output of A 20401) .
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Update transportation network.
2. Update material and energy revenue projections.
3. Update facility capacity (taking into account source separation programs and
capital and operating costs) .
4. Determine the tipping fee and life cycle costs for different procurement
approaches.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Major information changes; unreliable data.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Determination of cost estimate assumptions and parameters
to be included.
INPUT: Output from MA 201.
OUTPUT: Tipping fee and life cycle cost estimates for different procurement
approaches.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO, BC, IB
4. Must be Notified: NR
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! SET ENERGY MARKET PRIORITIES
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Strengthen Market Commitments
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Letters of Intent
PURPOSE: To list the energy markets in order of desirability, based on the
technical, economic, and interest parameters.
DESCRIPTION; With the preliminary evaluation of energy markets completed and
the preferred facility site secured, the energy market that can be served by
the site must be identified more firmly in the order of interest and desira-
bility.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Based on the facility site selection, the most appropriate energy market in
terms of location and energy requirements is identified.
2. The order in which the markets are beneficial to the project as primary,
secondary and backup are noted based on a quick review of the criteria and
needs.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement among the project team on the method of ranking
the markets.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Selection of the best one or two markets with which to pur-
sue negotiations.
INPUT: Outputs from MA 106, MA 203 and MA 204.
OUTPUT: Name(s) of selected energy markets with which to pursue negotiations.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PM, with PT
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.2 to 1.5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I CONFIRM ENERGY REQUIREMENTS AND NEEDS
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Strengthen Market Commitments
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Letters of Intent
PURPOSE: To reestablish the market requirements, needs, and the intent and
desire of the market to participate in the minds of the project team and the
market.
DESCRIPTION; Meet with energy market to determine energy purchase require-
ments and needs. Establish responsibility and need for standby fossil fuel
backup system and determine what capital costs will be paid by the market.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Confirm detailed energy use profile (MA 106) of the market.
2. Confirm present unit energy cost (fuel, capital, O&M) of the market.
3. Determine the type, quantity, and quality of the fuel the market is
willing to purchase.
4. Establish system backup responsibility.
5. Establish capital cost responsibility.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Inaccurate, incomplete or misleading data.
MAJOR DECISIONS; System back-up responsibility; capital cost responsibility;
amount of energy the market is willing to purchase.
INPUT: Output from MA 104 and MA 106.
OUTPUT; Sufficient information to prepare a letter of intent (and a draft
energy contract if it is decided to develop one).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: M, U
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 1 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! PREPARE DRAFT ENERGY CONTRACT(S) IIU (Tiber
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Strengthen Market Commitments
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Letters of Intent
PURPOSE: To document all the items which will be critical to the major
participants in a draft form for review and discussion; the draft contract
also adds credibility to the project.
DESCRIPTION; A draft energy contract is drawn up which includes an energy
pricing formula, delivery and usage requirements, penalty clauses, force majeure,
and contract termination clauses.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Develop a preliminary energy pricing formula with lead agency and market
agreement.
2. Prepare a draft energy contract.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Failure to reach an agreement between the lead agency and mar-
ket on the general terms and conditions and price, if appropriate.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not to develop a draft contract at this time; the
preliminary price and whether to include price at all; who drafts contract;
whether lead agency staff should work with market staff on drafting contract.
INPUT: Energy requirement and need data from A 20702, MA 106, MA 113 and MA 116.
OUTPUT: Draft energy contract (if it was decided to develop one).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, PT, IMS, C, LD
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: M, U, PUC
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 6 weeks. Range = 4 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: SD 10607
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: REVIEW ENERGY CONTRACT(s) number
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Strengthen Market Commitments
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Letters of Intent
PURPOSE; To review the draft contract and agree on the critical items which
must be included.
DESCRIPTION: The draft energy contract(s) is reviewed by legal and bond
counsel for the lead agency and by the markets legal counsel. Changes are
made as necessary and agreement by both parties is obtained.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Lead agency and market attorneys review contract and modify, if necessary.
2. Approval of contract obtained from the project director or elected official
for the lead agency, and the president or chairman of the board for the
market.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Unwillingness of market to commit itself to a draft contract.
(May take the form of endless reviews and changes.)
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether to pursue a long-term contract for energy; whether
to use a detailed draft contract, or an outline or sample agreement.
INPUT; Draft contract (output of A 20703).
OUTPUT: Approval by lead agency and market officials of the draft contract
(if developed).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD, LD, M, IHS, C, U, PM
2. Responsible: PD, LD, M, U
3. Must be Consulted: PUC, IB, BC
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 5 weeks. Range = 4 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY^ OBTAIN LETTERS OF INTENT
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Strengthen Market Commitments
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Letters of Intent
PURPOSE: To document the market's endorsement of the project (and the draft
contract, if developed) and to indicate a willingness to participate further.
DESCRIPTION: A letter of intent to purchase energy (possibly under a long-term
contract at a tentative price) is obtained from the market. The letter endorses
the draft contract (if developed) and is sought at this time to be factored into
the decisions of MA 209, concerning risk assignment. Whether or not the market
is solid enough for the project to continue, and what types of risks the market
conditions represent is essential information. The key requirement is that the
market treat the letter of intent as a binding document (even though it might
not be) and obtain all the necessary internal sign-offs and approvals.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Draft letter of intent for approval by the market.
2. Request letter of intent from the market via a cover letter on the draft.
3. Discuss subsequently as required.
4. Obtain market letter'of intent which may include price, and may also en-
dorse the draft contract (if developed).
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement over details in the letter of intent.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not the energy market will provide a letter of
intent; whether price should be included in the letter of intent.
INPUT; Current data on energy market(s) (output of A 20702); approved draft
contract (output of A 20704), if developed.
OUTPUT: Letter of Intent
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD, C, M
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: SD 20705
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: RECONTACT INTERESTED MATERIALS MARKETS number
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Strengthen Market Commitments
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Letters of Intent
PURPOSE; To reestablish contact with potential materials markets, inform of
the current project status, and ready them for further commitment in the proj-
ect.
DESCRIPTION; Materials markets that submitted letters of interest are recon-
tacted and informed of project progress, status and direction as a result of
MA 202, MA 203 and MA 204.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Contact markets that submitted letters of interest in MA 108. Check if any
new potential markets have developed since MA 108 was performed.
2. Discuss project status.
3. Discuss need for furthering the commitment, and its impact on proceeding
further.
4. Coordinate with MA 203, if a source separation program is integrated into
a larger scale program, so that the same market is not contacted twice for
related items.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: None
MAJOR DECISIONS: None
INPUT: Letters of interest of MA 108.
OUTPUT: List of interested markets.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 0.5 weeks. Range = 0.25 to 1 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I CONFIRM MATERIAL AVAILABILITY AND MARKET REQUIREMENTS H timber
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Strengthen Market Commitments
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: letters of Intent
PURPOSE; To proceed one step farther with materials markets requirements,
and to define more exactly their needs and requirements for input to draft
contract.
DESCRIPTION: Establish sufficient information on materials market specifi-
cations, quantity the market is willing to purchase and delivery arrangement.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Review data on quantity and quality of materials potentially recoverable.
2. Reconfirm recoverable quantity and specifications of the materials the
market(s) is willing to purchase.
3. Provide the potential buyer with sample materials from existing facilities
(if possible).
4. Determine storage and delivery requirements.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Insufficient data on quantity and quality of potentially re-
coverable materials.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Determining realistic recoverable material quantity and qual-
ity estimates.
INPUT: Output from MA 105, MA 205 and market requirements.
OUTPUT; Necessary data to prepare letter of intent (and draft contract, if it is
decided to develop one).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, PT, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: M
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 6 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! PREPARE DRAFT CONTRACT
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY: Strengthen Market Commitments
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Letter of Intent
PURPOSE: To prepare a draft contract for materials purchase so that terms
conditions, and rough prices are known.
DESCRIPTION ; Determine price, specifications, and delivery requirements for
materials and prepare a draft contract for materials.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Establish a material price and escalation clause.
2. Establish the length of contract.
3. Produce a draft contract with material quantity and specifications.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Failure to reach agreement between the lead agency and the mar-
ket (s) on the general terms and conditions, specifications, and price, if appro-
priate.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not to develop a draft contract at this time; deter-
mining an acceptable price and quality of the product.
INPUT: Data for draft contract from A 20707; additional market opinions.
OUTPUT: Draft material market contract (if it was decided to develop one).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C, LD
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: M
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 3 to 5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 15 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; REVIEW MATERIALS CONTRACT number
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Strengthen Market Commitments
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Letters of Intent
PURPOSE; To review the draft contract for agreement in principle and in
detail.
DESCRIPTION; Draft recovered materials contract is reviewed by legal and bond
counsel for the lead agency and by the markets legal council. Changes are
made as necessary and agreement by both parties is obtained.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Lead agency and market attorneys review contract(s) and modify as required.
2. Approval of contract(s) is obtained from the project director or elected
official for the lead agency, and the president or chairman of the board
for the market.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Unwillingness of the market to commit itself to a draft
contract.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Decision to include materials recovery in project scope.
INPUT; Draft materials market contract (output of A 20708).
OUTPUT: Approval by the lead agency and market(s) of the draft contract (if
developed).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD, LD, M, IHS, C, PM
2. Responsible: PD, LD
3. Must be Consulted: IA, EO
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 2 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I OBTAIN LETTERS OF INTENT
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Strengthen Market Commitments
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Letters of Intent
PURPOSE: To document the market(s) endorsement of the project (and the draft
contract, if developed) and to indicate a willingness to participate further.
DESCRIPTION; A letter of intent to purchase materials (possibly including a
stated period of time and a stated price with escalators) is obtained from
each materials market. Reference should be made to the draft contract, if
one has been developed. The key requirement is that the market treat the
letter of intent as a binding document (even though it might not be) and ob-
tain all the necessary internal sign-offs and approvals.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Draft letter of intent for approval by the market(s).
2. Request letter of intent from the market(s) via a cover letter on the draft.
3. Follow up the request with telephone calls, meetings, briefings and dis-
cussion as necessary.
4. Obtain market(s) letter(s) of intent which may include length of contract,
price and may also endorse the draft contract (if developed).
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement over details in the letter of intent.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not the materials market(s) should be solicited
for a letter of intent; whether price should be included in the letter of
intent.
INPUT: Current data on materials market(s) (output of A 20707).
OUTPUT; Letters of Intent.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PM, M
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: M
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; SD 20710
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: UPDATE PROJECT DEFINITION AND COSTS number
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE; Determine Project Costs
PURPOSE: To update project cost estimates based on secured sites, further
commitments from waste suppliers and markets and the decisions and options
from the selection of technology(s), risk assignment, procurement and fi-
nancing approaches developed concurrently during MA 209.
DESCRIPTION; Facility costs are refined based on secured sites, the amount of
waste committed (taking into account source separation) and the preliminary
agreements with the energy and materials markets. Previously calculated (MA 201
and MA 204) transportation costs continue to be incorporated to estimate tipping
fee and life cycle costs. This master activity is performed in conjunction with
MA 209 and adjusted accordingly.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement on the facts are presented; disagreements on the
method of analyzing the costs.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not to perform this master activity, since if very
little change in the project has occurred during MA 205, MA 206 and MA 207, the
results of either MA 201 or MA 204 may be used.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD, PM, PT, IHS, C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, M, AO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 6.5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 22 work days.
3. Funding: $6,000
REFERENCES; R2, R3, R5, R17, R19, R20, R22, R23, Rill
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! REDEFINE PROJECT PARAMETERS
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY: Update Project Definition and Costs
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Determine Project Costs
PURPOSE; To define project configuration based on secured sites, environmental
considerations, and further commitments from waste suppliers and markets.
DESCRIPTION; Restatement of conclusion and decisions made to date in Phase II,
adjusting the output of MA 204 as necessary to suit results obtained from MA
205, MA 206 and MA 207, and the decisions being made concurrently in MA 209.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Restate:
- markets
- wasteshed boundaries and waste quantity
- facility and disposal sites
- acceptable technologies (from MA 209)
- transportation network
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement on the facts as presented.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Project adjustments based on developments of MA 205, MA 206,
MA 207 and MA 209.
INPUT; Results of Phase II to date, concurrent decisions from MA 209.
OUTPUT: Statement of project.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 0.2 weeks. Range = 0.1 to 0.5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! UPDATE PROJECT COST ESTIMATE dumber
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Update Project Definition and Costs
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Determine Project Costs
PURPOSE: To update project costs based on redefined project configuration
taking into account secured sites, environmental considerations, and further
commitments from waste suppliers and markets.
DESCRIPTION; A cost estimate is developed based on the redefined project
(output of A 20801).
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Update facility capacity taking into account source separation programs
and capital and operating costs.
2. Update material and energy revenue projections.
3. Update transportation network and costs.
4. Determine the tipping fee and life cycle costs for procurement approaches
and risk structures being determined in MA 209.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement on the method of analyzing the costs.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Cost estimate assumptions and method.
INPUT: Output of A 20801, MA 201 and MA 204.
OUTPUT; Tipping fee and life cycle cost estimates for project configuration(s)
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, IMS, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY'. SUMMARIZE PROJECT COSTS AND INCORPORATE
INTO MA 209 REPORT
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY: Update Project Definition And Costs
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Determine Project Costs
PURPOSE: To document project configuration and costs.
DESCRIPTION; Capital, operating and life cycle costs are documented and sum-
marized for the project configuration developed in A 20801 and 20802, as modi-
fied by MA 209. The results are incorporated into the report being written at
the end of MA 209.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Tabulate and graph costs.
2. Write narrative explaining costs.
3. Incorporate as a section of the report being written in A 20906.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: None.
MAJOR DECISIONS: None.
INPUT: Outputs of A 20801 and A 20802.
OUTPUT: Section of report A 20906.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! REVIEW STATE-OF-THE-ART number
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Select Technology(s), Risk Assignment, Procurement and
Financing Approach; Write Report.
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Report Stating Selected Technology(s), Procure-
ment and Financing Approach, and Risk Assignment.
PURPOSE: To summarize the advantages and disadvantages of various RR technologies
based on operating history, technical performance, and specific project limitations.
DESCRIPTION; Identification of RR technologies that are compatible with the
markets and site(s), stating the technology performance history and the pros
and cons of each for the particular application.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Identify the technologies that are compatible with markets and site(s).
2. Investigate and summarize the present status of the technology;
update MA 104 (Conduct Technology Analysis).
3. Perform a comparative analysis among technologies based on such factors
as capital and operating cost, operating history, and adaptability.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Disagreements on the facts as presented.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Criteria for comparing technologies; validity of system
performance data.
INPUT; Technology literature review, RR plant visits ; output from all of
Phase II to date.
OUTPUT: Technical comparison of compatible technologies.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD, PM
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to- 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 8 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I SELECT MOST PROBABLE TECHNOLOGY (S) fill (Tibet
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY: Select Technology(s), Risk Assignment, Procurement
and Financing Approach; Write Report
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Report Stating Selected Technology(s) , Pro-
curement and Financing Approach, and Risk Assignment.
PURPOSE: TO formally select the most appropriate RR technology(s) for the
project.
DESCRIPTION; The project team evaluates the state-of-the-art review (A 20901)
and selects an appropriate RR technology(s).
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review state-of-the-art assessment.
2. Trips to appropriate operational facilities are made as necessary.
3. Discuss the technologies with investment banker and bond counsel.
4. Select the most appropriate technology(s) to implement.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Disagreement on the facts as presented; lack of consensus on
the most appropriate technology(s).
MAJOR DECISIONS: Selection of most appropriate technology(s).
INPUT: Output from A 20901.
OUTPUT: Formal selection of RR technology(s).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD, PM, PT, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: IB
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I DEFINE RISKS number
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Select Technology(s), Risk Assignment,
Procurement and Financing Approach; Write Report
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Report Stating1Selected Technology(s),
Procurement and Financing Approach, and Risk Assignment.
PURPOSE; To state project risks for different procurement and financing
approaches based on analysis of institutional constraints.
DESCRIPTION; An analysis of different public risk postures and the associated
financing impact and implications it performed. Risks are based on the results
of MA 201, MA 204, MA 205, MA 206, and MA 207.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Review output of master activities.
2. Define risk areas such as waste stream control and guaranteed tonnage,
facility capacity, ownership, operation, procurement approach, and market
security in terms of economic impact on disposal cost and capital debt
exposure (performed concurrently with MA 208).
3. Consult with investment banker and bond counsel on risk analysis.
4. Identify problems resulting from various risk postures.
5. Present results to project team.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement on the facts as presented.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Method used to quantify risks in terms of economic impact.
INPUT: Output from MA 201, MA 204, MA 205, MA 206, and MA 207.
OUTPUT: Identification and economic quantification of project risks.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: IB, BC
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ESTABLISH PROCUREMENT AND FINANCING APPROACH fill (Tiber
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Select Technology(s) , Risk Assignment,
Procurement and Financing Approach; Write Report.
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Report Stating Selected Technology(s),
Procurement and Financing Approach, and Risk Assignment.
PURPOSE; To obtain the preferred procurement and financing approach for the
project.
DESCRIPTION; The risks and financial implications of the various procurement
and financing options are evaluated. Based on advice from the investment banker
and bond counsel, a particular procurement and financing approach is selected
and risks are assigned.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Establish preference regarding public/private ownership and/or operation of
the RR system.
2. Review the risk analysis for impact on procurement and financial options.
Incorporate technological risks from A 20902.
3. Review procurement and financing constraints.
4. Consult with investment banker and bond counsel.
5. Select procurement approach.
6. Select financing approach.
7. Assign risks.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Lack of consensus on financing and procurement approach and/
or assignment of risks.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Which procurement and financing approach to select.
INPUT: Output from A 20902, A 20903, and MA 206.
OUTPUT: Decision on procurement and financing approach.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IB, PD, PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY*. PREPARE REPORT number
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Select Technology(s), Risk Assignment,
Procurement and Financing Approach; Write Report.
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Report Stating Selected Technology(s),
Procurement and Financing Approach, and Risk Assignment.
PURPOSE: To document decisions on preferred technology, procurement and
financing approach, risk assignment, and costs.
DESCRIPTION; Prepare a report summarizing the decisions made in MA 209 and MA
208. The report is used as a basis and backup for presentations during the
Political/Public Decision To Proceed (MA 210) and it includes an action plan
and budget for the next phase.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Review analysis and decisions made in MA 209.
2. Write report.
3. Develop an action plan and budget for the next phase.
4. Incorporate cost analysis from MA 208.
5. Project team reviews and comments on report.
6. Project team comments are incorporated.
7. Project team adopts report.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Lack of consensus regarding action plan and budget for next
phase.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Tasks to be included in action plan; the budget for next phase.
INPUT: Output from A 20901 - A 20905.
OUTPUT; Report summarizing MA 209, including project cost summary from MA 208,
and an action plan and budget for the next phase.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 8 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; OBTAIN POLITICAL/PUBLIC DECISION TO PROCEED number
PHASE: II > Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE: Letters Of Support And Endorsement, Appropriated Budget For Next
Phase, Adopted Resolution To Proceed
PURPOSE: To obtain an official decision to proceed with the project as defined
in Phase II from all involved agencies.
DESCRIPTION; A proposed project scope has been developed by the project team
with the cooperation of some elected officials. However, in this master activity,
all participating elected officials formally accept the project structure, and
then make a decision to proceed to Phase III. While elected officials may agree
with the project, they should get public reaction and support before they make a
decision to proceed. Part of the activity is for the elected officials of both
the lead agency and any participating communities to come to a conscious decision
to endorse the project, to so state the support, and to demonstrate their commit-
ment by resolution to appropriate the required funds budgeted for Phase III in
MA 209.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Elected officials decide to terminate project in present scope.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not to proceed with the project structure, risk
assignment, and procurement and financing approach.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD, PM, IHS, C, EO
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 12 weeks. Range = 4 to 20 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 38 work days.
3. Funding: $10,000
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! CONDUCT BRIEFINGS TO ELECTED OFFICIALS number
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Obtain Political/Public Decision To Proceed
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Letters Of Support And Endorsement, Appropriated
Budget For Next Phase, Adopted Resolution To Proceed
PURPOSE; To brief elected officials on project scope, economics, and proposed
procurement, financing and risk approaches.
DESCRIPTION; Briefings are made to elected officials informing them of the
project structure. Some of them were involved in developing the project, but
now they all must review the project and reach a consensus. (A 21001 - A 21005
are conducted according to the sequence and protocol set in MA 101 and MA 115
and used in MA 117 and throughout the project).
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Prepare briefing to elected officials; preview with key officials as
developed.
2. Arrange media coverage for briefing.
3. Hold the briefing - present the project scope and budget for Phase III
work.
4. Obtain feedback.
5. Obtain verbal agreement from elected officials on project structure, and
on budget for Phase III work.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Elected officials want major revisions in project structure.
MAJOR DECISIONS; How the project team should respond if project revisions
are requested by elected officials.
INPUT; Output from A 20906, MA 117 and MA 204.
OUTPUT; Agreement on project structure by the elected officials.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, PD, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 15 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! CONDUCT BRIEFINGS TO GOVERNING BODIES number
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY: Obtain Political/Public Decision To Proceed
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Letters Of Support And Endorsement, Appropriated
Budget For Next Phase, Adopted Resolution To Proceed
PURPOSE: To provide information to the official governmental bodies which
will make the decision to proceed.
DESCRIPTION; This activity is an extension of the previous one and moves the
project close to the decision point by having the presentation during an
official meeting(s) of the elected officials. (This activity is conducted
according to sequence set in MA 101 and MA 115, used in MA 117 and throughout
project).
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Prepare presentation.
2. Arrange meetings with media coverage, if different from A 21001.
3. Hold briefings, answer questions.
4. Obtain feedback and verbal project endorsement.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Public disagreement with facts as presented.
MAJOR DECISIONS; What information to present in the briefing.
INPUT: Output from A 20906.
OUTPUT: Written and verbal project endorsement.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, PD, IHS, C, EO
2. Responsible: PD, EO
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: CONDUCT BRIEFINGS TO MEDIA number
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Obtain Political/Public Decision To Proceed
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Letters Of Support And Endorsement, Appropriated
TJudget For Next Phase, Adopted Resolution To Proceed
PURPOSE; To inform press of proposed project scope so that accurate information
can be transmitted to the public through the electronic and print media.
DESCRIPTION; A meeting is set up with the local newspapers and television to
release information on the project scope and structure (A 21001 - A 21005 are
conducted according to the sequence and protocol set in MA 101, MA 115 and used
in MA 117, and throughout the project).
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. The project team meets to discuss information to be released to the
press.
2. Briefing is prepared including press release and fact sheet.
3. Briefer selected.
4. A meeting is held with press, and pertinent details, facts and findings
are outlined.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement with facts as presented.
MAJOR DECISIONS; What information should be released to the press.
INPUT; Report and conclusions from report of A 20906.
OUTPUT; Meeting with press followed by the publication of articles on the
project.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IMS, PM, PD, EO, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO, AO of other jurisdictions.
4. Must be Notified: Press
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = .5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
number
ACTIVITY! CONDUCT BRIEFINGS TO INTERESTED CITIZEN GROUPS
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY: Obtain Political/Public Decision To Proceed
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Letters Of Support And Endorsement, Appropriated
Budget For Next Phase, Adopted Resolution To Proceed
PURPOSE: To gain project support from local citizen groups.
DESCRIPTION: Hold a briefing with citizen groups to present the project structure
and environmental impacts and obtain feedback on their interest and concerns.
Citizens have been contacted for their input throughout the project (MA 117, MA 203)
Their ideas have been incorporated in the project where feasible. This briefing
is to present the final project structure and to obtain support.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Prepare briefing.
2. Arrange media coverage.
3. Hold briefing.
4.- Obtain feedback.
5. Obtain support.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Disagreement with facts as presented.
MAJOR DECISIONS: What information to present in the briefing; how to field
objections and deal with them.
INPUT: Output from A 20906, A 20209, A 21002, A 21003.
OUTPUT: Support from citizen groups.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, PD, IHS, C, EO
2. Responsible:PD
3. Must be Consulted: PT
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0-5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I CONDUCT BRIEFINGS TO PUBLIC number
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY: Obtain Political/Public Decision To Proceed
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Letters Of Support And Endorsement, Appropriated
Budget For Next Phase, Adopted Resolution To Proceed
PURPOSE; To inform public of the proposed RR project and its associated
economic and environmental impacts, and address concerns of specific segments
of the public who may be affected by project (e.g. sites, rate setting, other
problems).
DESCRIPTION: Public meetings are advertised and held. The history of the
project, direction, accomplishments and barriers are reviewed, as well as the
status of the project and the need for public support to proceed. Questions
and comments are solicited.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Prepare briefing, advertise meetings.
2. Arrange media coverage of briefing.
3. Hold briefing.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Disagreement with facts as presented.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not a separate public briefing in addition to others
is required; what information to present to the public.
INPUT; Output from A 20906 and A 11705, arid coordination with A 21001 -A 21004
as useful,
OUTPUT: Project support from the general public.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD, PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified: P
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITYl OBTAIN FEEDBACK, LETTERS OF SUPPORT AND ENDORSEMENT Dlimber
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY: Obtain Political/Public Decision To Proceed
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Letters Of Support And Endorsement, Appropriated
Budget For Next Phase, Adopted Resolution To Proceed
PURPOSE: To obtain formal support of the project from state, county and local
government officials and citizen groups as a basis for decision which will
advance the project into Phase III.
DESCRIPTION: Letters of project support are requested, and an outline of the
necessary ingredients of the letter is developed.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Project director requests letter of support, and follow up to assure some
response.
2. Letters of support received, recorded and compiled.
3. Letters are summarized and readied for presentation of decision.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Elected officials will not supply a letter of support.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Agreement of participants to submit letter of support, and
the language thereof.
INPUT: Output from A 11702, A 11703 and A 11704.
OUTPUT: Letters of support from local, county and state officials.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, PM, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 1 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: SD 21006
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; ESTABLISH ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK number
(TURNKEY)
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Procurement Participants;
Structure and Schedule the Procurement Process
PURPOSE; To Identify and secure commitments from the public and private
organizational resources necessary to carry out the procurement process and
to structure and schedule this process so as to accommodate the required
inputs.
DESCRIPTION; During Phase II, the elected officials have selected or created
a lead agency for Phase III. This agency now reviews the project status and
then determines and obtains commitments from the project team participants,
hires consultants, establishes and maintains liaison with involved agencies,
plans for public and industry involvement, and outlines the approach for
soliciting and evaluating proposals from private industry (some or all of this
may already be established and does not have to be repeated).
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Insufficient personnel or funding; in-fighting among agencies;
weak commitments from key political and agency personnel.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Selection of lead agency and key personnel; composition of
the project team for Phase III; selection of consultants; plans for public and
industry involvement; procurement plan and schedule.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: EO, LA, C, PT
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, IA, M, IG, P
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 10 weeks. Range = 5 to 19 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 38 work days.
3. Funding: $10,000
REFERENCES; R2, R6, R9, R12
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY'. REVIEW PROJECT TEAM number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Establish Administrative Framework (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro-
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To apprise project team members of their responsibilities in this
phase of the program, and to solicit new members as necessary.
DESCRIPTION; This activity provides a review of the existing project team for
the capabilities necessary for Phase III. Suggested Capabilities: solid waste
management, economic analysis, major systems procurement, environmental assess-
ment and regulation, civil engineering, legal counseling, public finance.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Review the project team for the presence of the necessary inputs.
2. Identify areas of need and solicit public and/or private inputs to fulfill.
3. Review roles and responsibilities assign new areas.
4. Conduct a review of consultant's capability and decide whether additional
consulting assistance is advisable. If so, the needs are so noted,
and A 30104 becomes necessary. If not, A 30104 is unnecessary and is
skipped.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Difficulty in maintaining the active involvement of existing
members if project team grows too large.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not there are desirable additions to the project
team over and above those already established; how are such additions best
provided; whether further consulting assistance is required.
INPUT; Existing team members, A 10103 - A 10105.
OUTPUT; Project team for Phase III.
ROLES AMD RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: LA with assistance from PT, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; FURTHER LIAISON WITH OTHER PUBLIC AGENCIES number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Establish Administrative Framework (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro-
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To keep other agencies informed as to progress on the project.
DESCRIPTION; A framework for cooperation between the lead agency and contacts
with affected and involved agencies not represented on the project team is
developed and maintained. The lead agency and the project team should identify
those agencies, apprise them of the project status, determine their involvement
with the project, and provide updates at regular intervals throughout the
procurement phase.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Identify agencies with potential interest in the project.
2. Correspond with the agency director, provide a project status report,
request that the director or key staff member serve as project contact.
3. Maintain liaison through regular updates.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: No agency interest.
MAJOR DECISIONS; With which of the agencies contacted should a regular liaison
be maintained.
INPUT; Previous contacts from Phases I and II.
OUTPUT: List of agency contacts to be provided with project updates at
regular intervals.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: FT, EO maintain contact; LA with assistance from PT, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: AO, MPE, EA-(S), EA-(L)
4. Must be Notified: IA: directors - staff contacts.
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! FURTHER LIAISON WITH POLITICAL PROCESS number
PHASE; in, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Establish Administrative Framework (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro-
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To keep elected officials informed on progress of the project.
DESCRIPTION; Key elected officials at local and State level are identified,
apprised of the project background and status, and provided with periodic
updates.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Identify elected officials and staff who should be kept informed of the
project.
2. Establish contact and provide information on the background and status
of the project, according to protocol of MA 101, MA 117 and MA 210.
3. Maintain contact with periodic updates and by responding to requests for
information initiated by the contact.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: None
MAJOR DECISIONS: Who should be kept informed; continued previous protocol.
INPUT; Suggestions from the project team; request from interested elected
officials.
OUTPUT: List of persons and organizations to be kept informed of project
developments.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: LA with support from PT
2. Responsible: PD with support from PM and PT
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! RETAIN CONSULTANT(s) (OPTIONAL) number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Establish Administrative Framework (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro-
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule Procurement Process
PURPOSE; To retain consultant(s) to assist in the project if required.
DESCRIPTION; Consultant(s) should be retained to assist in the preparation
of proposal solicitations, evaluations of proposals, negotiations of contracts,
financing, and other procurement and implementation activities.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Solicit suggestions and advertise for additional consultant(s), if
necessary.
2. Receive qualifications and invite qualified firms to present a suggested
approach.
3. Contact references and previous clients.
4. Evaluate new firm(s), make selection, negotiate contract(s); negotiate
and renew contract with existing firms who will continue on the project,
if necessary.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Constraints on procuring services.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not additional consulting support is needed;
selection of consulting firm(s).
INPUT: References from other RR projects; MA 102.
OUTPUT; Firm(s) for procurement phase hired.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: LA with support from PT
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: IA
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 1 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: ESTABLISH LIAISON WITH SPECIFIC PERMIT AGENCIES number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Establish Administrative Framework (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Establish Roles and Responsibilities of Pro-
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule Procurement Process
PURPOSE; To keep Permit Agencies informed and involved; to renew contacts in
agencies if excessive time has elapsed in MA 210.
DESCRIPTION: A complete list of the agencies involved in approving siting,
construction and operating permits should be developed and, for each agency,
contact identified. The agencies should be informed of the background and
status of the project and requested to provide a list of potential permit
requirements. In many cases, the contacts in individual agencies are
already known from previous phases.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Develop a list of all permit agencies with potential involvement in the
project. Note previous contacts.
2. Contact agency administrators. Inform them of the project status and
review the list of potential permit requirements from each agency.
3. Identify a key staff member from each agency to provide ongoing project
liaison.
4. Maintain contact with periodic updates and requests for information.
a
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Confusion concerning permit requirements and agency re-
sponsibilities for the RR project which may not have been settled previously.
MAJOR DECISIONS; What agencies are to have permit responsibilities for
the project; whether new liaison or continued liaison with agency from previouslv
is required.
INPUT; Permit requirements from DPW, and MA 103 and MA 202.
OUTPUT: List of permit agencies and major permit requirements for the project;
contact with the agencies.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: LA with assistance from PT, EA-(S), EA-(L), C, DPW
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: Agencies involved in permit process for the project.
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I CONTINUE PROCESS FOR PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Establish Administrative Framework (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule the Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To keep public informed.
DESCRIPTION; Public information meetings, citizen participation in proposal
evaluations, referenda concerning project acceptance and interaction with
interest groups are all potential components of the procurement process. The
legal and political needs of these activities should be assessed and appropriate
mechanisms devised. Liaison with the press and with key citizens and interest
groups should be established. Responsibilities for public involvement activi-
ties should be clearly defined within the project in many cases, precedents for
this process exist from MA 101, MA 201, MA 204, MA 210 and ongoing activities.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Discuss the need for public information and involvement with elected officials
and with others experienced in siting and constructing public projects.
2. From discussions, develop strategies for meeting these needs.
3. Determine project team roles for public information involvement, and
structure citizen input, if required.
4. Maintain liaison with press, key individuals, and interest groups;
support citizen involvement.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Inexperience of project team in dealing with public.
MAJOR DECISIONS; What the public information and involvement needs are; what
kind of role the public should play in the procurement process.
INPUT: Assessment of needs provided by elected officials; examples of public
involvement in other projects, and in other phases of this project.
OUTPUT: Plan for public information and involvement during the procurement
process.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: LA with assistance from EO, C, PT
2. Responsible: PM, PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified: IG
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I DETERMINE MARKET INVOLVEMENT IN PROCUREMENT II limber
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Establish Administrative Framework (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro-
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule Procurement'Process
PURPOSE: To keep market(s) informed and involved.
DESCRIPTION: Determine the information required from the contemplated energy
market and the potential for their involvement in the evaluation of proposals.
The major energy market may desire to be part of the project team, if not
already included, and may wish to be part of the RFQ/RFP evaluation team. In
many cases, this may have been decided in Phases I or II.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Determine the desirability and nature of the markets involvement in
proposal evaluations.
2. Establish market participation and obtain their commitment for time
and participation, if appropriate.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Market(s) refuses to cooperate.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not there is a need for market involvement in
the proposal evaluation.
INPUT: Output of MA 106 and MA 207.
OUTPUT: Decision of energy market involvement.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: LA, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: U, M
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 2 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DETERMINE PARAMETERS
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Produce RFP (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; RFP and Draft Contract
PURPOSE: To determine the categories of information that match the specific
project and should be included in the RFP.
DESCRIPTION; There are no standard RFP's; the contents of each must match the
goals of each specific project. The categories of information (either to be
described by the sponsor or to be requested of the proposer) are determined in
advance of the actual writing. In the case of co-disposal, the project deter-
mined in MA 116, MA 201, MA 209 and MA 210 is used as technical input for the
RFP. The impact of an existing source separation project is factored in. The
RFP notes that preliminary design of MA 307 in support of MA 324 and MA 325
will require funding, and the RFP or draft contracts should indicate the source.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review project definition and RFP checklist.
2. Ascertain that the outline addresses technical, environmental, managerial,
economic and financial aspects.
3. Ascertain that special technical considerations like market constraints,
co-disposal, and source separation (from Phases I and II) are well-docu-
mented and well understood.
4. Decide whether to update waste quantity or sludge quantities (co-disposal).
If so, update.
5. Also ascertain that information on site conditions (including subsurface
data, if available), markets and letters of intent, waste supply, and out-
line of the financial plan are included in the RFP.
6. Write the RFP outline.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Disagreements about procurement concepts, roles, and level
of detail required.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Items to include on RFP; the source of funding required in
MA 307 (preliminary design) for environmental assessment and permit acquisition
of MA 304 and MA 306, respectively.
INPUT: Decisions from MA 208, MA 209 and MA 210.
OUTPUT: Outline of RFP.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Does Work: PT, C, LC
Responsible: PD
Must be Consulted: NR
Must be Notified: NR
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3-0 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; RFP checklist in R6
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ADVISE POTENTIAL CONTRACTORS number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Produce RFP (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: RFP and Draft Contract
PURPOSE: To communicate to system contractors that an RFQ or RFP is being
developed.
DESCRIPTION: A brief summary statement of the project should be issued to the
major system contractors and to the solid waste communication network (journals,
newsletters, EPA, U.S. Department of Energy, etc.) that an RFQ or RFP is in the
offing. The statement should include the type of system, the form of financing,
capacity, and approximate time of RFQ or RFP issuance. It should state that
interested companies write the lead agency requesting receipt of the documents.
At least three weeks should be allowed for complete distribution of the announce-
ment.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Summarize project. Issue statement via selected mailout or other appropriate
means so that potential system can be explained.
2. Identify potential contractors, establish and continue communications
channels with those identified.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: None
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which aspects of the communication network should be used;
agreement upon system description, financing and procurement language to be
used in RFQ/RFP.
INPUT; Decisions from MA 208 and MA 209.
OUTPUT:Announcement of project and receipt of letters of interest from
companies.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified: LA, IA
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I PREPARE RFQ AND EVALUATION CRITERIA (OPTIONAL)
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Produce RFP (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: RFP and Draft Contract
PURPOSE: To produce the document which will be used to qualify contractors
for receipt of an RFP.
DESCRIPTION; The RFQ requests the submission of company qualifications in a
formal evaluation procedure designed to limit the recipients of the RFP. Use of an
RFQ facilitates proposal evaluation, saves unqualified proposers money and effort,
and encourages complete responses from the qualified proposers. The evaluation cri-
teria is predetermined and issued with the RFQ to indicate the type of response re-
quired. The RFQ also contains a draft copy of the RFP to inform the potential re-
sponder fully of the nature and extent of the project. Some jurisdictions however,
may not allow the use of an RFQ (refer to MA 113, MA 114, MA 209, and A 30204.)
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Draft RFQ and evaluation criteria.
2. Review drafts with the project team.
3. Incorporate project team comments and finalize RFQ.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Contracting regulations which do not allow use of the RFQ
to limit issuance of RFP.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether to issue RFQ, or to issue RFP to all interested
companies.
INPUT; Results of MA 113, MA 114, MA 209 and A 30204.
OUTPUT; RFQ and evaluation criteria.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: LC
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: IMA
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I PREPARE DRAFT RFP AND DRAFT CONTRACT
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Produce RFP (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: RFP and Draft Contract
PURPOSE; To produce a draft RFP and draft contract for review and consider-
ation by potential contractors.
DESCRIPTION; The turnkey procurement, similar to full service, invites po-
tential contractors to comment on the RFP. This dialogue enables proposing
firms to assist the lead agency in developing a project which is consistent
with their capabilities and established procedures for the sake of efficiency,
economy, and cooperation. A draft contract is included to fully apprise the
contractors of the responsibilities intended for the successful proposer.
The RFP indicates that the eventual contractor may be required to provide
preliminary design and detailed design data in support of MA 304 and MA 306.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Delegate writing tasks to members of four administrative areas, if desired
(refer to MA 301): technical, management, economics and financing, and
environmental.
2. Refer to RFP outline (A 30201).
3. Draft RFP and distribute internally for review.
4. Draft contract and submit to lead or bond counsel for review.
5. Revise documents and submit to project director for approval.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Insufficient time to develop completely all four administra-
tive areas; disagreement over form and/or content.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether to include draft contract, level of detail of draft
contract.
INPUT: A 30201, MA 304 and MA 306.
OUTPUT: Draft RFP and draft contract.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT, C, LC
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD, IA
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 6 weeks. Range = 4 to 12 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 40 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ISSUE RFQ WITH DRAFT RFP (OPTIONAL) number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Produce RFP (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: RFP and Draft Contract
PURPOSE: To distribute RFQ to interested companies.
DESCRIPTION: The RFQ's are issued with adequate time allowed for response
by all interested companies (2-3 weeks). The list of companies results
from a previous announcement (A 30202). The RFQ specifies the submission
location and deadline, and the requirements for a bond. A statement
describing the treatment of confidential or proprietary information is
included.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Determine the date and location of the receipt of responses.
2. Determine the desired bond.
3. Review and issue RFQ.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Major policy changes on the part of the lead agency or markets.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Date and location of response submission; bond requirements.
INPUT: List of interested companies from A 30202.
OUTPUT: Distributed RFQ.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible:PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 6 weeks. Range = 4 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! EVALUATE RFQ RESPONSES AND QUALIFY COMPANIES
(OPTIONAL)
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Produce RFP (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: RFP and Draft Contract
PURPOSE: To determine which of the responding companies are qualified for
receipt of an RFP.
DESCRIPTION; Evaluation of company qualifications need not be as detailed as
the proposal evaluations, but it cannot be arbitrary and should produce suffi-
cient justification for the elimination of proposers. A rating scheme may be
used to ensure that all factors are considered, and relative weights may be as-
signed the more important categories. The evaluation team should be representa-
tive of the four principal areas (technical, environmental, management, and
economics and financing) and the evaluation criteria issued with the RFQ should
be used. All responses should be logged in and their location recorded.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Create rating scheme.
2. Organize evaluation team (if possible, before receipt of responses).
3. Receive and log in responses.
4. Perform evaluation.
5. Select qualified companies.
6. Inform selected companies.
7. Inform nonselected companies and explain reasons.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Insufficient criteria leading to unclear justification for
elimination.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Acceptability of late responses; acceptability of incomplete
responses.
INPUT: Responses to RFQ; evaluation criteria.
OUTPUT: List of qualified companies.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PT, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: Responding Companies.
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 2 to 5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 25 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: MEET WITH COMPANIES number
PHASE: HI» Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Produce RFP (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: RFP and Draft Contract
PURPOSE: To discuss project and draft RFP with qualified companies.
DESCRIPTION: Due to the complexity of RR projects, it is advantageous to
solicit comments from the prospective proposers concerning the contents and
organization of the RFP. This dialogue serves to resolve ambiguities and to
tailor the RFP to the systems under consideration.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Inform qualified companies (or all interested companies) of their
selection and of the time and place of the meeting.
2. Ensure the presence of representatives from the various agencies to answer
questions concerning the scope of the project.
3. Transcribe the entire meeting for later reference when revising the RFP.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Appropriate representatives unable or unwilling to attend
meeting; few participating proposers.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Who should attend the meeting and its organization.
INPUT: Output of either A 30206 or A 30202.
OUTPUT: Transcript of proceedings.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: LA, IA, C, LC
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: FINALIZE RFP number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Produce RFP (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: RFP and Draft Contract
PURPOSE; To produce the RFP in its final form.
DESCRIPTION: xhe comments gathered during the company meeting are evaluated
for acceptability and incorporated as revisions in the RFP.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review transcript of meeting and summarize comments.
2. Discuss and evaluate comments.
3. Revise and review the RFP.
4. Final RFP is reviewed by project director and presented to elected
officials, if appropriate.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Disagreement over final content of RFP.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Acceptability of received comments for RFP revision.
INPUT; Output from A 30207.
OUTPUT; Final RFP and draft contract
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 2 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: IMA
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY! ACQUIRE CONTRACTOR (TURNKEY) number
PHASE: HI 5 Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Signed Contract
PURPOSE; To engage the services of a contractor to carry out the project as
defined in the RFP.
DESCRIPTION; The contractor is selected following an extensive evaluation of
proposals and is contracted following either a sequential or simultaneous
negotiation procedure. The contract negotiations actually begin upon receipt
of proposals and are continued through proposer presentations until it is de-
cided either that one company is superior or that further elaboration is re-
quired with a limited number of them. After selection of a preferred proposer,
a second proposer should be selected as an alternate in the event of unforeseen
difficulties with the preferred contractor. A key consideration is the respon-
siveness of the proposals to the RFP; no further negotiation is needed if a
proposer meets all the requirements of the RFP and the proposed system is
acceptable according to the principal criteria.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Partially-responsive proposals; nonacceptability of certain
proposal elements.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Evaluation and ranking of proposals; sequential or simultaneous
negotiations; final form of contract.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT, C, LC
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, IA, P, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 55 weeks. Range = 26 to 136 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 300 work days.
3. Funding: $90,000
REFERENCES; R5, R6, R7, R8, R31, R32, R59
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: ISSUE RFP number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Contractor (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Signed Contract
PURPOSE: To distribute RFP to interested companies.
DESCRIPTION; The final RFP (A 30208) is issued either to prequalified firms
(A 30206) or to all interested companies. At least three months is required
for adequate proposal preparation and submission; a four-month period is
preferable.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Determine date and location of responses.
2. Determine the bonding requirements.
3. Issue the RFP, placing advertisement in the media as required by
law or local custom.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Disagreement over bonding requirements; insufficient time to
allow 3-4 month response period.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Date and location of the proposal submission; bond require-
ments .
INPUT; Output of either A 30206 or A 30202.
OUTPUT: RFP issued, advertised, and distributed.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, PM, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: NR
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 18 weeks. Range = 9 to 21 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: IMA
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; REVIEW AND SUMMARIZE PROPOSALS number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Contractor (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Signed Contract
PURPOSE; To present the critical elements of each proposal in summary and
comparative forms.
DESCRIPTION; The proposals are reviewed by the evaluation team and summarized
in four parts: technical, management, economic and financial, and environ-
mental. Incomplete responses are noted and preliminary calculations under-
taken for comparison. Preliminary net user fees should be identified at this
time and the significant factors affecting them are delineated. The proposals
should be logged in and their locations known throughout the process, since
many different individuals may be involved on the evaluation team.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Log in the proposals.
2. Distribute to the evaluation team.
3. Review, summarize, and make appropriate calculations.
4. Print and distribute the summary sheets.
5. Meet and discuss results internally among evaluation team and decide
on appropriate additional information needed, if any.
6. Print additional information desired of the proposers.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Partially-responsive proposals.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Acceptability of late proposals; acceptability of partially-
responsive proposals.
INPUT: Proposals
OUTPUT: Summary sheets; preliminary evaluation sheets; questions for proposers.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, FT, C, IB, BC, LD, LC, M (if appropriate)
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: LA, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 2 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 40 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: SD 32302
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY'. INTERVIEW PROPOSERS number
PHASE: HI> Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Contractor (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Signed Contract
PURPOSE: To request additional information from the proposers concerning
proposals and to initiate contract negotiations.
DESCRIPTION; The proposers are invited to make presentations before the project
team and to respond to questions concerning their proposals. This is, in fact,
simultaneous negotiation before the ranking of proposals has been accomplished.
Ambiguities and omissions of the proposals should be resolved during this
activity.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Inform companies of the time and place of the meeting.
2. Ensure the presence of representatives of appropriate agencies.
3. Meet with the proposers.
4. Document answers to the questions for latei consideration in the
overall evaluation.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Nonresponsiveness of proposers.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Who should attend the presentations.
INPUT: Output of A 30302.
OUTPUT; Sheet listing clarifications of omissions and ambiguities in proposals,
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT, C, LC, IBS
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: LA, IA
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = -\ to -^ weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = jQ work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: EVALUATE PROPOSALS number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Acquire Contractor (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Signed Contract
PURPOSE: To determine which proposals meet the goals of the project and to
rank them in the order of preference.
DESCRIPTION; Two decisions should be made during proposal evaluations:
1) which proposals meet the project goals and; 2) their order of preference.
The proposals are evaluated according to the previously determined criteria
by the evaluation team. Usually simple numeric rating schemes are used to
provide a mechanism for quantifying differences among proposals. If the eval-
uations are to be released publicly, they should be accompanied by statements
about proposal strengths and weaknesses because numeric ratings tend to
simplify factors of critical significance.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Incorporate the results of company meeting in proposals.
2. Determine the acceptability of proposals.
3. Rank the proposals.
4. Document justification for decisions.
5. Present the results and reasons for the outcome to the elected officials.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Unresolved ambiguities of proposals.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Acceptability of the proposals; ranking of the proposals.
INPUT: Output from A 30302 and A 30303.
OUTPUT: Ranked list of acceptable proposals.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, PT, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD, BC, LC, LD
4. Must be Notified: EO, IA, P
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 6 weeks. Range = 4 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 80 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; SD 32302
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: NEGOTIATE CONTRACT number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Contractor (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Signed Contract
PURPOSE; To secure the services of a contractor in a binding manner
DESCRIPTION; Final contract negotiations can begin once a preferred proposer
has been selected. The project team should not dismiss the other proposers
from consideration until the contract has been successfully negotiated and
signed with the preferred firm. Simultaneous negotiations are carried out
until the exact position of each proposer is known or until a clearly superior
proposal emerges from those firms submitting proposals consistent with the
goals of the project. In the event the project team is unsatisfied with all
the proposals, consideration is given to reissuing the RFP.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Maintain simultaneous negotiations.
2. Determine preferred proposer and alternate.
3. Initiate final negotiation and inform the other proposers.
4. Complete negotiations or suspend them and go to an alternate firm.
5. Sign contract.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Proposer will not sign a contract based on commitments
made in proposal.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Choosing the final proposer and alternate; which items are
negotiable; whether to sign with the first-choice firm or to negotiate with
alternate.
INPUT; Output from A 30304.
OUTPUT; Signed contract.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, C, LC
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: PT, IA
4. Must be Notified: P, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 26 weeks. Range = 10 to 100 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 165 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; IMA
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY'. CONDUCT BRIEFINGS AND SOLICIT COMMITMENTS number
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Strengthen Waste Supply Commitments
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Resolutions of Intent or Interest
PURPOSE; To brief the interested or affected communities regarding the need
for waste, its use in the system, dependence of the program on a secure waste
supply, and to obtain resolutions of interest or intent.
DESCRIPTION; The lead agency conducts briefings before elected officials, key
appointed officials, and public groups in the municipalities who are to become
participants in the program. If letters of interest have already been received,
it may be wise to solicit stronger commitments at this time. Also, the site
hearings and acquisition may take excessive time, and these briefings serve
to regroup, bring everyone up to date, get everyone moving in unison again
after the long lapse during site selection and acquisition.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review the briefing list of MA 117 (update as necessary).
2. Select key individuals who can generate resolutions on behalf of the
municipalities, and key industrial individuals who may commit waste
from industry.
3. Contact and brief private haulers; solicit their help and commitment of
waste.
4. Give update briefing, explain project status and needs, factor in sludge
request and source separation needs, solicit resolutions of support,
interest or intent from municipalities.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Bitterness over site selection; low interest by municipal-
ities.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Time, place, number, format of briefings and who should par-
ticipate.
INPUT; Site selection and decision of MA 203 and MA 204.
OUTPUT: Completed briefings; formal solicitations of resolutions of interest
or intent.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PT, PM, PD or EO, depending on situation.
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: IG, P, AO, key individuals (community or business)
4. Must be Notified: IA
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 10 weeks. Range = 5 to 20 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 50 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: OBTAIN COMMITMENTS number
PHASE: ii s Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Strengthen Waste Supply Commitments
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Resolutions of Intent or Interest
PURPOSE; To receive commitments from potential participants in the form of
letters of intent, resolutions of intent or other appropriate means.
DESCRIPTION: Letters of intent are requested to indicate the number and commit-
ment of participating communities. Participating communities must decide
whether additional waste control measures are needed for commercial/industrial
waste and the necessary tonnage, and if so needed, what approach will be taken
to enact these measures. The decided upon approach is then carried out.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Follow request for resolutions or letters of intent from participating com-
munities with phone calls and additional briefings or meetings.
2. Follow request for letters of intent from commercial/industrial genera-
tors not included in other jurisdictions with phone calls and additional
meetings or briefings.
3. Discuss with investment banker and bond counsel the extent of commitment
advisable at this time.
4. Discuss risks of project and community committees or authorities which may
be employed to effect acceptable risk or obviate the need for new legisla-
tion.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Refusal to commit themselves further or to cooperate on the
part of the local communities; poor follow-up; not enough explanation given
during follow-up period.
MAJOR DECISIONS: The extent of commitment necessary; wording of commitment (must
be determined locally); need for commitment from the private sector.
INPUT: Output from A 20501 and A 20502.
OUTPUT; An updated statement of commitment of waste supply by the municipal,
commercial and industrial suppliers of waste.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IRS, C, PT, EO
2. Responsible: EO
3. Must be Consulted: BC, IB
4. Must be Notified: NR
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 10 weeks. Range = 5 to 20 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 30 work days.
REFERENCES: Local and state laws for waste stream control.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: STRUCTURE RISKS TO RESOLVE INSTITUTIONAL
PROBLEMS
PHASE; II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MILESTONE; Resolved Institutional and Risk Arrangements
PURPOSE; To structure risks according to the favored scenarios of MA 113, MA 114,
MA 117, MA 201 and MA 204 and to seek the legislative action or the community ac-
tion in attempting to effect the favored scenario. The legislative changes and
community action will dictate the risk structure. If attempts at those changes
or actions are successful, the scenario stands are structured. If attempts at
those changes or actions are unsuccessful, the results are incorporated to pre-
pare a favored scenario for risks, or perhaps to determine the only possible
course of action open to the community.
DESCRIPTION; MA 113, MA 114, MA 117, MA 201 and MA 204 already have stated the de-
sired project posture. In so doing, contracting constraints as well as financing,
procurement, and energy sales constraints were identified, and the course of
action which should be pursued to rectify unwanted constraints was identified.
In some cases the course was modified legislation; in other cases the decision
was to work with the legal mechanism in place. This activity pursues the
legislative changes indicated. If the legislation is partly or wholly unsuccess-
ful, this master activity incorporates the results of the legislative process,
and sets a course of action for risk assignment. One arrangement or several
different institutional arrangements are constructed which will result in that
desired risk posture. The results of this activity are then factored into the
overall project position of MA 209. If no legislative changes are required,
and the method for proceeding is not altered by MA 205, the project definition
of MA 204 holds unamended.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Identified legislation deemed unnecessary in subcommittee
hearings; insufficient vote to pass; risk scenario acceptable to elected
officials cannot be structured; disagreement on desirable institutional arrange-
ments within project team.
MAJOR DECISIONS; If appropriate legislation was identified, how to draft the
legislation; if defeated, whether to return next session or just work around the
problem; the mix of institutional arrangements which should result in an acceptable
risk posture.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IBS, C, PM, LD, LC, PD
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: MPE, DP, PC, IB, U, EA-(L), EA-(S)
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 25 weeks. Range = 12 to 52 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 100 work days.
3. Funding: $30,000
REFERENCES: R4, RIO, R14, R15, R20, R21, R27, R55, R59, R65
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY* SEEK LEGISLATIVE CHANGES AND RESOLVE HU(Tiber
PHASE: II, Resource Recovery Procurement Planning
MASTER ACTIVITY; Structure Risks to Resolve Institutional Problems
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Resolved Institutional and Risk Arrangements
PURPOSE: To seek legislative changes which have been identified as desirable
in order to implement the project, to analyze the result of the attempted
changes, to consider concurrent activities (MA 205) and to resolve possible
approaches.
DESCRIPTION; As a result of the project definition of MA 201 and redefinition
(if required) of MA 204, this activity actually pursues the previously identi-
fied needed legislation in the areas of financing, procurement, contracting
and energy sale. The vork is coordinated with MA 205, because risk sharing
often impacts on the acceptability of the project to the waste suppliers.
Another point is that in MA 205, community-initiated actions to resolve certain
conflicts without new legislation are undertaken, such as a committee or
authority with certain powers allowed by current legislation.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. If legislative changes were identified in MA 113, MA 114, MA 117, MA 201,
or MA 204, discuss the needed changes, and suggest legislation.
2. Proceed with hearings and passage of new legislation.
3. If passed, structure new risk assignment picture.
4. If defeated consider whether to return again for passage. If yes, repeat
steps 2 and 3. If no, resolve the items that cannot be changed by con-
structing a set of risk alternatives designed to work around the barrier
which the legislation failed to change.
5. Coordinate with MA 205, since many community activities related to waste
supply will impact on the risk posture.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Legislation deemed unnecessary in subcommittee hearings, or
receives insufficient vote to pass; risk scenario acceptable to elected
officials cannot be structured.
MAJOR DECISIONS: What legislation, if any, to draft and attempt to pass;
whether to return again for changes, or step back and work with the results,
INPUT; Project definition of MA 204; possible legislation from MA 113, MA 114,
MA 201 and MA 204.
OUTPUT; Lead Agency resigned to what can and cannot be done concerning risks
and contracts.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: LD, LC, PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: MPE, DP, BC, IB, U, EA-(L), EA-(S)
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 22 weeks. Range = 10 to 48 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 90 work days.
REFERENCES; R6, RIO, R15, R20, R55, R59, local laws and ordinances concerning
revenue bonds, procurements, contracting, environmental barriers and restrictions.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I ASSESS REGULATORY AND PUBLIC INFORMATION NEEDS number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Environmental Assessment (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Environmental Assessment Accepted by Environ-
mental Agencies
PURPOSE: To determine the requirements of all environmental agencies and
public interest groups so that time is not lost later through oversight or
retracing of steps.
DESCRIPTION: The agency requiring the assessment should ascertain that all
facets are being addressed by the assessment, including air, water, noise,
aesthetics, and safety, as well as the concerns of the local public interest
groups.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Based on experience and the outcome of MA 002, MA 103, MA 110 and MA 202,
identify the potential types of information sought.
2. Consider the needs of the regulatory agency for information required in
permits and required by the public over and above permits.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Poor assessment of needs.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Priorities of dealing with needs.
INPUT; Environmental information gathered in MA 002, MA 103, MA 110, and MA 202.
OUTPUT: List and understanding of needs.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C or CR
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! FURTHER LIAISON WITH REGULATORY AGENCIES AND
POLITICAL PROCESS
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Environmental Assessment (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Environmental Assessment Accepted by Environ-
mental Agencies
PURPOSE: To re-establish communication and a working arrangement with regu-
latory agencies and to reintroduce the elected officials to the environmental
requirements.
DESCRIPTION:
After the Phase II decision process and in conjunction with
obtaining permits, it is necessary for the lead agency and other involved
parties to re-establish liaison with regulatory agencies whose input into the
assessment may be critical, and with the elected officials who will be in-
volved in public interface concerning the assessment.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. List all regulatory agencies and interest groups involved.
2. Either call or visit each representative and discuss the project status,
assessment requirements, and anticipated work methods and needs.
3. Solicit opinions and preferences, particularly where agencies are also
involved in permitting (i.e., coordinate with MA 306 and use contacts
re-established in A 30105).
4. In co-disposal projects where partial funding may be available from EPA
under Public Law 92-500, liaison should be continued with all of the
potentially involved EPA branches.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Overlooking key agency; not observing protocol.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not to directly involve turnkey contractor;
subjects for discussion with each agency.
INPUT: Agencies identified in MA 103, MA 110, MA 202', MA 301 and MA 306.
OUTPUT: Renewed contact and understanding; involvement of contractor if
appropriate. '
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: C, PM, CR
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO, IA, EA-(L), EA-(S), EPA, BPD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = _5 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DETERMINE RESEARCH AND ANALYSIS SCOPE
PHASE; HIj Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Environmental Assessment (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Environmental Assessment Accepted by Environ-
mental Agencies
PURPOSE: To decide critical parameters which should be addressed in order to
have a complete assessment.
DESCRIPTION: The project should have a clearly defined role regarding research
depth and level of analysis required. In this activity the assessment work is
actually outlined, and tasks are listed and assigned. Necessary resources are
also identified if different from those already committed to the project.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Establish the depth and level of analysis required.
2. Consider permit work in MA 306 in conjunction with this step.
3. Discuss needs with affected agencies concerning the type of information
required.
4. Document the specific requirements of the agencies in advance of
assessment preparation and obtain agreement.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Lack of specific requirements.
MAJOR DECISIONS: The exact scope with agreement by the regulatory agencies and
possibly EPA.
INPUT; Output of MA 103, MA 110 and MA 202, and developments in MA 306.
OUTPUT: Known scope of performing the assessment.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EPA, EA-(S), EA-(L)
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = j to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: ALLOCATE AND PERFORM TASKS number
PHASE: III» Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Environmental Assessment (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Environmental Assessment Accepted by Environ-
mental Agencies
PURPOSE: To assign tasks and conduct the actual environmental analysis.
DESCRIPTION; After scope and research requirements are known, the material
should be used to make computations and evaluations concerning all the possible
environmental impacts. This activity involves about 80% of the assessment work.
The contractor may be required or requested to perform the assessment or at
least provide necessary detailed data, if not already in the proposal (see MA 307),
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Draft report Table of Contents.
2. Assign work tasks to individuals (internal to the organization preparing
the assessment).
3. Compute effluent loadings on air, water, and intake treatment requirements.
4. Evaluate aesthetics, architecture, and other environmental considerations.
5. Prepare charts, tables, and graphs of the resultant work.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Necessary data unavailable.
MAJOR DECISIONS: The methods used to analyze and compute the environmental
impacts; whether or not the available data is sufficient.
INPUT: Analytical requirements of A 30403; output of MA 110 and MA 202.
OUTPUT: Computations, tables, charts, rationale, and background for the
draft report.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C or CR
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: Affected agencies
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 12 weeks. Range = 4 to 24 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 40 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I DRAFT REPORT AND ISSUE FOR REVIEW
V
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Environmental Assessment (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Environmental Assessment Accepted by Environ
mental Agencies
PURPOSE: To issue report and receive reactions, in order to finalize
assessment.
DESCRIPTION; About 80% of the assessment preparation work was done in the
previous step. Remaining is the writing to tie the work together and the
presentation of material in report format. The draft report is issued for
review, and comments are received in anticipation of the final document.
This task could be delayed due to public hearing requirements, major objec-
tion, or other substantial disagreement.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Draft the outline of chapters using the Table of Contents and computations
from A 30404 and 30702.
2. Discuss internally.
3. Write draft report.
4. Review internally, modify, and finalize draft report.
5. Issue notification of draft report.
6. Make draft reports available to the regulatory agencies and the public.
7. Receive and compile comments.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Incomplete analysis; important issues overlooked.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Form of document; need for hearings.
INPUT; All output from A 30404 and A 30702 (performed in conjunction with
A 30404).
OUTPUT; Draft environmental assessment with comments received.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 5 to 30 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I REVISE DRAFT AND ISSUE FINAL REPORT number
PHASE; in, Resource Recovery System Procurement | _ j /
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Environmental Assessment (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Environmental Assessment Accepted by Environ-
mental Agencies
PURPOSE: To complete requirements and issue a responsive assessment.
DESCRIPTION: All comments received are reviewed and considered. Appropriate
comments are incorporated into the main body of the report. The results are
reviewed and approved by the issuing agency. When approval is received, the
document is made available to interested parties.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Incorporate comments into the draft report; finalize graphics.
2. Retype and review internally.
3. Finalize changes.
4. Submit for review and obtain approval.
5. Print and issue to regulatory agencies and the public.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Disagreement with the facts as presented; conflicting comments.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Which comments to incorporate and in what form.
INPUT: Draft report and comments received from A 30405.
OUTPUT: Final Environmental Assessment
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 4 to 16 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 30 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; ACQUIRE WASTE SUPPLY CONTRACTS (TURNKEY) number
\
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
>
MILESTONE: Signed Waste Supply Contracts
PURPOSE: To develop final agreements between the lead agency and communities
for the supply of waste. This is the key agreement between the lead agency
and the communities which identifies the service to be provided, the risks to
be borne by either party, and the method of compensation to reflect such ser-
vice and related risks. If a co-disposal project is being pursued, proper
commitments of sewage sludge are also pursued.
SPECIAL NOTE: In the case of a single municipality or single long-term con-
trolling agent, this master activity may be omitted or substantially reduced
in scope.
DESCRIPTION; The communities and the lead agency will negotiate a contract for
the supply of waste, whose revenues will partially offset the costs and act as
security for financing. Provisions for existing or future source separation
programs; transportation costs; separate industrial/commercial wastes; and
previously committed host community incentives are considered for inclusion
in these agreements as appropriate. Bond and other counsel, depending on
the form of financing, will review the legality and efficacy of the document,
at which time it must be approved by each participating community, which may
involve a substantial educational effort. If a co-disposal project is being
pursued, the commitment of sewage sludge and septic wastes (treated as appro-
priate) is sought for inclusion in the system. In the case of a single munic-
ipality or single controlling agent, the waste supply may be readily available
without specific community contracts, and this task is virtually unnecessary.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Convincing community decision-makers who have not been direct-
ly involved in contract negotiations of provisions, e.g., 20-year term, tonnage
and guarantees (if required).
MAJOR DECISIONS: What risk posture to take on industrial/commercial waste;
whether to take a hard or soft negotiating posture on draft contracts; what
risks the lead agency should take and what risks the communities should take.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD assisted by negotiator, IHS, C, LC, FA
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 24 weeks. Range = 16 to 168 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 240 work days.
3. Funding: $65,000
REFERENCES: R2, R4, R8, Rll, R27, R30, R31, R64, R65, R66, R67, R68, R69, R85
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! PREPARE DRAFT CONTRACT(s) number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Waste Supply Contracts (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Signed Waste Supply Contracts
PURPOSE: To establish an initial bargaining position.
DESCRIPTION: An initial bargaining posture is established prior to negoti-
ation. The draft contract establishes the lead agency posture on the ser-
vice to be provided, the risks to be borne, and the method of compensation
in addition to traditional language on default, termination and other perti-
nent contract terms. For sewage sludge, general condition and percent solids
should be agreed to, as well as commitments between municipal authorities
which are equivalent to contracts. In the event the owner/operator of the
facility is the same entity providing waste supply, no contract is necessary.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Preparation of draft contract by legal, financial, and technical consul-
tants.
2. In co-disposal systems, also develop contract(s) for sludge with appro-
priate agencies.
3. Incorporating provisions for transportation costs and quantity adjustments
due to existing or future source separation programs.
4. Include previously agreed upon funding incentives in host community's
contract (if applicable).
5. Draft contracts for individual industrial/commercial accounts.
6. Review and approval of community representatives (if appropriate).
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement on major contract terms.
MAJOR DECISIONS: What posture to take on industrial/commercial waste; how
rigid a posture to take on the contract.
INPUT; Output from MA 105, MA 202, MA 205, MA 313 and MA 314.
OUTPUT; Draft contract.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, LC, FA
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO, PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 6 to 12 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 120 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: IMA
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: NEGOTIATE CONTRACT(s) number
1
PHASE: in, Resource Recovery System Procurement
k ^^^^^
MASTER ACTIVITY: Acquire Waste Supply Contract (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Signed Waste Supply Contracts
PURPOSE: To agree on acceptable contract terms with communities,
industrial/commercial accounts, sludge generators, and other appropriate
system members.
DESCRIPTION: In a multi-community or regional situation, certain
communities (or a county or state agency) may negotiate a contract on
behalf of all the communities in the region to be served. In other cases,
each contract may have to be negotiated separately. Where community
participation is voluntary, gaining acceptance of the contract is necessary.
In a single community situation, which does not require separate
industrial/commercial contracts, and the project is not co-disposal,
this activity is unnecessary.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Secure negotiation team(s).
2. Conduct technical analysis of the implications of alternative
risk postures.
3. Conduct negotiation sessions (hold caucuses to review
risk posture).
4. Conduct technical sessions to work out details of agreed-upon
risk posture.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Parties unable to reach agreement.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Allocation and acceptance of risks.
INPUT: Output of A 31501, MA 204, MA 205, MA 206, MA 313 and MA 314.
OUTPUT: Waste supply contracts.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: Negotiator, PD, LC, FA, LD, C, LC for each community.
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 4 to 52 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 100 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: IMA
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I OBTAIN COMMUNITY APPROVAL
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Waste Supply Contracts (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Signed Waste Supply Contracts
PURPOSE: To obtain signed waste supply contracts via political/public
decision(s).
DESCRIPTION; The negotiated contracts are presented to the elected officials
for signature.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Conduct briefings to elected officials and interest groups.
2. Obtain approval by the legislative and executive bodies of
each jurisdiction.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Negotiated terms deemed unacceptable.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not to agree to the negotiated contract terms.
INPUT; Negotiated contracts (output of A 30502).
OUTPUT: Approved and signed waste supply contracts.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: EO, PT, LD
2. Responsible: go
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = ° weeks. Range = ^ to -*-°^ weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
number
ACTIVITY! COMPLETE LISTING OF APPLICABLE PERMITS
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Secure Preconstruction Permits (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE: To avoid overlooking any of the numerous permits which may be re-
quired.
DESCRIPTION; Previously completed lists of required permits may be outdated
or incomplete. It is advantageous to review and compile a complete list.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Gather and review existing lists of required permits.
2. Determine if any additional permits are required by talking to all con-
cerned agencies. One agency will generally be able to indicate who the
others might be. Agencies can indicate if any recent changes in law or
rules and regulations have been made.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Incomplete list from an agency.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which agencies should be contacted.
INPUT; Previous lists; new information solicited by telephone.
OUTPUT: Completed list of required permits.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PM, CR
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: Various agencies, one leading to another
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 1 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Secure Preconstruction Permits (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE: To identify the requirements of the permits; to screen only those
which should be secured prior to construction.
DESCRIPTION; After material has been compiled, the permits which are required
prior to construction are identified and a priority is placed on the order in
which they should be sought. Often, these requirements have been known from
Phase II work, but this activity provides a comprehensive review and check.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review the permit applications to determine both technical and scheduling
requirements.
2. Set priorities on those which should be secured before construction and
which are addressed by preliminary design of MA 307.
3. Determine necessary lead times for permit review.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Insufficient time to schedule first those permits of highest
priority; unclear permit requirements.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which permits should be applied for at this time; priority
of permit application submission.
INPUT: List of all possible permits from A 30601.
OUTPUT; List of permits which will be pursued; list of requirements for each;
and anticipated schedule for submitting and receiving permits
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, CR
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: Agencies requiring permits
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = i to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ESTABLISH PERMIT RESPONSIBILITY number
«
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
*
MASTER ACTIVITY: Secure Preconstruct!on Permits (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE: To establish who will be responsible for applying for permits, which
agency will issue the permit, and what the parameters for the permit will be.
DESCRIPTION; At the outset the individual responsible for preparing permit
applications, obtaining the required signatures and other approvals is desig-
nated. Other designations are: who will be the agency's representative; who
will gather additional information and give and receive missing details.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Identify individuals in the lead and involved agencies and the turnkey
contractor who are critical to the permit process.
2. Obtain commitments for participation.
3. Reach an understanding of the requirements of each permit.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: No commitment from necessary participants.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Identification of critical personnel in the permit process.
INPUT; Results of review of A 30602.
OUTPUT: Individuals identified and committed to work.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: C, CR and participating agency representative
4. Must be Notified: NR
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = _1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! PERFORM NECESSARY ANALYSIS number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Preconstruction Permits (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE; To produce and organize technical and institutional details as
required for the permits.
DESCRIPTION: Analysis based on the proposal (and the contractor's preliminary
design) is necessary for some permits. After analysis, the information is
suited to the format required by the application.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Identify needed information for each required permit early.
2. Perform any necessary analysis and produce the information in the form
required for the permit.
3. Check with agencies to see whether information is of the type desired.
4. Ready the information for permit application to suit the individual
permit requirements.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Permit requirements unclear.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Extent of work required to satisfy permits; whether or not
design modifications are necessary to meet the permit requirements; type and
method of analysis.
INPUT; Permit requirements.
OUTPUT; All information gathered and readied for permit application.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, CR
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: IA
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 6r weeks. Range = 3 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 40 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: COMPLETE AND SUBMIT APPLICATIONS number
*
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
>
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Preconstruction Permits (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE; To prepare applications for permits and submit them to appropriate
agencies.
DESCRIPTION; Using output from A 30604, the applications for permits are com-
pleted; appropriate signatures and seals are obtained; and the permits are
submitted to the appropriate agencies.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Complete information on permit application. Check and review for complete-
ness. Append backup data and calculations as necessary.
2. Obtain signatures of key individuals.
3. Submit permit applications according to local custom.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Permit application requirements unclear.
MAJOR DECISIONS; None
INPUT; All information prepared in A 30604.
OUTPUT; Completed and signed permit applications.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
'1. Does Work: IHS, C, CR
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 2 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 1Q work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! SUPPORT APPLICATION PROCESS
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Preconstruction Permits (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE: To provide additional information to facilitate review by the
agency issuing the permits.
number
DESCRIPTION: When the application is submitted, certain information may re-
quire expansion or clarification. Items may have been omitted. This activity
is necessary to see the application through the review process.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Receive comments and questions from reviewers.
2. Prepare and submit material in support of adequate response.
3. Reiterate as necessary to obtain permits.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Information not acceptable to reviewer.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not comments require design modifications
to be made for an adequate response.
INPUT: Comments and questions from reviewers.
OUTPUT; Answers to reviewer's questions; necessary, permits secured.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C, CR
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: IA, EA-(L) or EA-(S), LA
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
12 weeks. Range = 5
: 20 work days.
1. Duration: Average =
2. Work Effort: Average
to 19 weeks.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE .DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; PERFORM PRELIMINARY DESIGN (TURNKEY) number
» (Performed in Conjunction with Master
Activity 306)
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
*
MILESTONE; Technical Information For Permits (MA 306) and Environmental
Assessment (MA 304)
PURPOSE; To produce technical information from the turnkey contractor for pre-
construction permits which are pursued for the purposes stated in MA 306; to
assure that the proposal (and the contractor's preliminary design) meets the
permit requirements of MA 306 and the environmental requirements of MA 304.
DESCRIPTION; Certain major preconstruction permits, such as air quality or
water quality (e.g., for cooling water) may require additional technical data
for evaluation by the regulatory agencies. Other examples of potential permit
requirements are zoning approvals contingent on landscape architecture or solid
waste facility permits requiring rodent and odor control details. Any pre-
liminary design work in support of meeting permit requirements is performed as
part of this master activity.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Design not meeting code; interface with permitting agency
poorly conducted; misunderstanding of permit requirements; lack of clarity
on funding source.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Level of effort required to support permit submittals; level
of detail of design work; source of funds to perform enough of the design to
support MA 304 and MA 306.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: CP- with PM
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EA-(L)
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 20 weeks. Range = 13 to 34 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 60 work days.
3. Funding: $15,000
REFERENCES: See locally obtained air, water, and zoning laws and codes.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! REVIEW PERMIT REQUIREMENTS number
PHASjS; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Preliminary Design (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Technical Information For Permits (MA 306) and
Environmental Assessment (MA 304)
PURPOSE: To identify the permit requirements which will require data and
analysis beyond the information included in the contractor's proposal.
DESCRIPTION: Permit requirements are reviewed concurrently during this activity
and A 30602 to ascertain the latest requirements. Complete familiarity with
all requirements is necessary in order to ascertain what data and analysis will
be needed when applying for the permits.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Review major required permits as determined in A 30601, particularly air,
water, aesthetics.
2. Determine technical requirements.
3. Determine the data and analysis necessary to meet the technical require-
ments.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Lack of coordination of information obtained from different
permitting agencies.
MAJOR DECISIONS; The type, depth, and amount of detail necessary to meet
permit requirements.
INPUT; Agency permit information from A 30601; information developed currently
during A 30602.
OUTPUT: List of required data and analysis for each permit.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, CR, C, PM
2. Responsible: CR
3. Must be Consulted: EA-(L), ZA, BPD
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES; Local permit requirements from EA-(S), EA-(L), and local BPD.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! UPDATE PLANT TECHNICAL PARAMETERS
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
»
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Preliminary Design (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Technical Information For Permits (MA 306) and
Environmental Assessment (MA 304)
PURPOSE: To provide data and analysis required for permits and environmental
assessments; to update and modify plant parameters as necessary for meeting
permit and other environmental requirements.
DESCRIPTION; Layouts and equipment specifications are used to supply required
permit or environmental assessment information. If it is found that the re-
quirements cause modifications to-the proposal, the changes are documented
and become part of the contractor's proposal (in some cases this may require
formal submission and approval as an addendum to the proposal).
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Understand permit and environmental assessment requirements thoroughly.
2. Review proposal (and in-house information) and produce the data and
analysis necessary to support the permits and environmental assessment.
3. Perform preliminary design to support technical update (if necessary).
4. Document changes to proposal (if necessary) and submit to lead agency.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Data and analysis requirements unclear.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not modifications to the proposal are required;
what are the least cost modifications required for permits.
INPUT: Permit requirements (output of A 30701); environmental assessment re-
quirements (A 30403); design proposed in MA 303 (Acquire Contractor).
OUTPUT: Technical information for permits and environmental assessment; docu-
mented changes to proposal (if necessary).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: CR
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: EA-(L), BPD
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = ^ weeks. Range = _^ to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES: Local Codes
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I PROVIDE PERMIT SUPPORT number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Preliminary Design (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Technical Information For Permits (MA 306) and
Environmental Assessment (MA 304)
PURPOSE; To facilitate the processing of preconstruction permits.
DESCRIPTION: MA 306 outlines the procedure for certain permit applications.
After applications are submitted, support is required (A 30606); this activity
provides contractor support to A 30606.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Review and respond to requests for more information from the reviewing
agency for permits, e.g., facility size, processing, and emission rates,
2. Modify configuration and compute system parameters (if necessary).
3. Submit to agency.
4. Repeat as necessary to satisfy permits.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Changing regulations, budget constraints, excessive review
time.
MAJOR DECISIONS: None
INPUT; Response from agencies seeking further information.
OUTPUT: Satisfied permit requirements.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: CR
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: EA-(L), BPD
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 10 weeks. Range = _8 to 14 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 15 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: ESTABLISH ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK (A/E) number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Procurement Participants;
Structure and Schedule the Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To identify and secure commitments from the public and private
organizational resources necessary to carry out the procurement process and
to structure and schedule this process so as to accommodate the required inputs.
DESCRIPTION: During Phase II the elected officials have selected or created a
lead agency for Phase III. This agency now reviews the project status and then
determines and obtains commitments from the project team participants, hires
consultants, establishes and maintains liaison with involved agencies, plans
for public and industry involvement, and outlines the approach for soliciting
and evaluating proposals from private industry (some or all of this may already
be established and does not have to be repeated).
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Insufficient personnel or funding; in-fighting among agencies;
weak commitments from key political and agency personnel.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Selection of lead agency and key personnel; composition of the
project team for Phase III; selection of consultants; plan for public involve-
ment; procurement plan and schedule.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: EO, LA, C, PT
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, IA, M, IG, P
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 10 weeks. Range = 5 to 19 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 38 work days.
3. Funding: $10,000
REFERENCES: R2, R6, R9, R12
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: REVIEW PROJECT TEAM number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Establish Administrative Framework (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro-
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule Procurement Process
PURPOSE; To apprise members of project team of their responsibilities in this
phase of the program, and to solicit new members as necessary.
DESCRIPTION; This activity provides a review of the existing project team for
the capabilities necessary for Phase III. Suggested capabilities: solid waste
management, economic analysis, major systems procurement, environmental assess-
ment and regulation, civil engineering, legal counsel, public finance.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Review the project team for the presence of the necessary inputs.
2. Identify areas of need and solicit public and/or private inputs to fulfill.
3. Review roles and responsibilities assign new areas.
4. Conduct a review of consultant's capability and decide whether additional
consulting assistance is advisable. If so, the needs are so noted and
A 31104 becomes necessary. If not, A 31104 is unnecessary and is skipped.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Difficulty in maintaining the active involvement of existing
members if project team grows too large.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Are there desirable additions to the project team over and
above those already established; how are such additions best provided; whether
further consulting assistance is required.
INPUT: Existing team members, A 10103 - A 10105.
OUTPUT; Project team for Phase III.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: LA with assistance from PT, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = Q.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! FURTHER LIAISON WITH OTHER PUBLIC AGENCIES number
«
PHASE: IH> Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Establish Administrative Framework (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To keep other agencies informed as to progress on the project.
DESCRIPTION; A framework for cooperation between the lead agency and contacts
with affected and involved agencies not represented on the project team is
developed and maintained. The lead agency and project team should identify
those agencies, apprise them of the project status, determine their involvement
with the project, and provide updates at regular intervals throughout the pro-
curement phase.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Identify agencies with potential interest in the project.
2. Correspond with the agency director, provide a project status report,
request that the director or key staff member serve as project contact.
3. Maintain liaison through regular updates.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; No agency interest.
MAJOR DECISIONS; With which of the agencies contacted should a regular liaison
be maintained.
INPUT: Previous contacts from Phases I and II.
OUTPUT: List of agency contacts to be provided with project updates at regular
intervals.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PT, EO maintain contact: LA with assistance from PT, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: AO, MPE, EA-(S), EA-(L)
4. Must be Notified: Involve P agencies: directors - staff contacts.
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! FURTHER LIAISON WITH POLITICAL PROCESS
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Establish Administrative Framework (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To keep elected officials informed on progress of the project.
DESCRIPTION; Key elected officials at local and State level are identified,
apprised of the project background and status, and provided with periodic updates.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Identify elected officials and staff who should be kept informed of the project.
2. Establish contact and provide information on the background and status
of the project, according to protocol of MA 101, MA 117, MA 210.
3. Maintain contact with periodic updates and by responding to requests for
information initiated by the contact.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; None.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Who should be kept informed; continued previous protocol,
INPUT; Suggestions from the project team; request from interested parties.
OUTPUT: List of persons and organizations to be kept informed of project
developments.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: LA with support from PT
2. Responsible: PD with support from PM and PT
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY'. RETAIN CONSULTANT(s) (OPTIONAL) number
*
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
r
MASTER ACTIVITY; Establish Administrative Framework (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro-
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To retain consultant(s) to assist in the project if required.
DESCRIPTION: If the project team of A 32101 has deemed further consulting
capability to be necessary to assist in project development and/or design,
they are now retained according to thp procedure of MA 102.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Solicit suggestions and advertise for additional consultant(s), if necessary.
2. Receive qualifications and invite qualified firms to present a suggested
approach.
3. Contact references and previous clients.
4. Evaluate new firro(s), make selection, negotiate contract(s); negotiate and
renew contracts with existing firms who will continue on the project
if necessary.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Constraints on procuring services.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not additional consulting support is needed.
selection of consulting firm(s).
INPUT: References from other RR projects; MA 102.
OUTPUT: Firm(s) for procurement phase hired.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: LA with support from PT
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: IA
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 1 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
WITH SPECIFIC PERMIT AGENCIES
r-tlASE; III, Resources Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Establish Administrative Framework (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro-
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To keep Permit Agencies informed and involved; to review contacts in
agencies if excessive time has elapsed in MA 210.
DESCRIPTION; A complete list of the agencies involved in approving siting,
construction and operating permits should be developed and, for each agency, a
contact identified. The agencies should be informed of the background and
status of the project and requested to provide a list of potential permit
requirements. In many cases the contacts in individual agencies are already
known from previous phases.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Develop a list of all permit agencies with potential involvement in the
project. Note previous contacts.
2. Contact agency administrators. Inform them of the project status and
review the list of potential permit requirements from each agency.
3. Identify a key staff member from each agency to provide ongoing project
liaison.
4. Maintain contact with periodic updates and requests for information.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Confusion concerning permit requirements and agency responsi-
bilities for the RR project which may not have been settled previously.
MAJOR DECISIONS: What agencies are to have permit responsibilities for the
project; whether new liaison or continued liaison in agency from previously
is required.
INPUT: Permit requirements from DPW, MA 103 and MA 202.
OUTPUT: List of permit agencies and major permit requirements for the project;
contact with the agencies.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: LA with assistance from PT, EA-(S), EA-(L), C, DPW
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: Agencies involved in permit process for the project.
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! CONTINUE PROCESS FOR PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT
i
PHASE; HI, Resource Recovery System Procurement
w
MASTER ACTIVITY; Establish Administrative Framework (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule the Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To keep public informed.
DESCRIPTION; Public information meetings, citizen participation in proposal
evaluations, referenda concerning project acceptance and interaction with interest
groups are all potential components of the procurement process. The legal and
political needs of these activities should be assessed and appropriate mechanisms
devised. Liaison with the press and with key citizens and interest groups should
be established. Responsibilities for public involvement activities should be
clearly defined within the project. In many cases precedents for this process
exist from MA 101, MA 201, MA 204 and MA 210, and ongoing activities.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Discuss the need for public information and involvement with elected
officials and with others experienced in sitinp and constructing public
projects.
2. From discussions, develop strategies for meeting these needs.
3. Determine project team roles for public information involvement, and
structure citizen input, if required.
4. Maintain liaison with press, key individuals, and interest groups;
support citizen involvement.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Inexperience of project team in dealing with public; lack
of cooperation by elected officials.
MAJOR DECISIONS; What the public information and involvement needs are; what
kind of role the public should play in the procurement process.
INPUT; Assessment of needs provided by elected officials; examples of public
involvement in other projects and in prior phases of this project.
OUTPUT; Plan for public information and involvement during the procurement
process.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: LA with assistance from EO, C, PT
2. Responsible: PM, PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified: IG
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DETERMINE MARKET INVOLVEMENT IN PROCUREMENT Clumber
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Establish Administrative Framework (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro-
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To keep market(s) informed and involved.
DESCRIPTION; Determine the information required from the contemplated energy
markets and the potential for their involvement in the evaluation of proposals.
The major energy market may desire to be part of the project team, if not
already included. In many cases this may have been decided in Phase I and II.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Determine the desirability and nature of the market(s) involvement in
procurement.
2. Establish market participation and obtain their commitment for time and
participation, if appropriate.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Market(s) refuse to cooperate.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not there is a need for market involvement in
procurement.
INPUT; Output of MA 106 and MA 207.
OUTPUT: Decision on market involvement.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: LA, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: U, M
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 2 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! SECURE EXPERIENCED A/E CAPABILITIES
^
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Preliminary Design (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Complete Preliminary Plans, Draft Specifications,
and Cost Estimates
PURPOSE: To obtain the required design expertise.
DESCRIPTION; A consulting engineer with adequate previous experience is
required to design the RR facility using this procurement approach. If not
already identified and selected, the design engineer should now be selected.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. See MA 311 for selection of consultants.
2. Use same procedure therein to select A/E if not previously done.
3. Negotiate scope of work and sign contract.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Lack of funding.
MAJOR DECISIONS: To terminate previous A/E; selection of new A/E.
INPUT: Output of MA 311.
OUTPUT: Signed contract for design.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, PT
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: DP, LD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES: R2
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: Any prior contract for A/E services in the municipality.
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I START UP PROJECT DESIGN nu (Tiber
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Acquire Preliminary Design (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Complete Preliminary Plans, Draft Specifications,
and Cost Estimates
PURPOSE; To acquire the information and familiarity with the project details
in order to commence preliminary design.
DESCRIPTION: Associated with every complex design job is an associated project
startup, when teams are set in motion and all data are gathered for design
computations and drawings. Affected agencies are contacted, job-specific
communication channels effected, and countless other specified tasks performed
before the design actually begins to proceed smoothly^ It may be necessary to
update waste quantities, taking into account source separation programs and new,
expanded or upgraded sewage treatment plants (for co-disposal projects).
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Acquire latest data from prior studies and monitoring points.
2. Prepare and issue plans and specs for subsurface investigation, if required.
3. Receive bids, select, and sign contract with drilling contractor.
4. Contact all affected agencies and obtain pre-design requirements.
5. Organize project groups and in-house scheduling information.
6. Commence design.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Inadequate staff; poor liaison contacts; delay in approval
of subcontracts; lack of clear goals.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether subsurface data are required; type of subcontracts
to use; interface with project team.
INPUT; Contract scope of work; previous data and computations; all information
on sites, easements, market requirements, and similar support information.
OUTPUT: Clear teams, schedules, and communication channels established.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: A/E
2. Responsible: A/E, PM
3. Must be Consulted: PUC, DOT, EPA, EA-(L), CH, U, M, DPW, DP
4. Must be Notified: EO, P
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 26 weeks? Range = 20 to 32 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2,560 work days.
^Includes A 31202 - A 31206.
REFERENCES: Previous design work done by the firm in-conjunction with
Experience of the PM.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! SCREEN ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS, ADDRESS ISSUES number
t
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Acquire Preliminary Design (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Complete Preliminary Plans, Draft Specifications,
and Cost Estimates
PURPOSE: To incorporate into the design the solutions and mitigations to
environmental impacts of the project.
DESCRIPTION; The design is directly affected by the emissions code either
Federal or local specifying water and air emissions, noise, and safety
requirements in the plant. The environmental restrictions screened earlier
should be reviewed again, and those restrictions factored into preliminary
configuration choices.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Obtain prior environmental and safety information.
2. Note issues having a bearing on design configuration.
3. Clarify needs with concerned agency (e.g., EPA, local air pollution control
agency).
4. Address issues and determine how the design will solve them.
5. Integrate into facility design.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Changing environmental codes; unclear design target.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Equipment configuration to satisfy needs (e.g., quench water
treatment).
INPUT: Previous environmental screening; assistance from agencies.
OUTPUT: Clear understanding of equipment configuration needed for compliance
with all environmental codes.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: A/E
2. Responsible: A/E, PM
3. Must be Consulted: EPA, EA-(L)
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 26 weeks'? Range = 20 to 32 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2,560 work days.
Includes A 31202 - A 31206.
REFERENCES: Clean Air Act, as amended, 1977 Safe Drinking Water Act, Air and
Water Pollution Code Rules and Regulations, OSHA.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: SPECIFY EMISSIONS number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Acquire Preliminary Design (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Complete Preliminary Plans, Draft Specifications
and Cost Estimates
PURPOSE: To ensure that these critical aspects are addressed during the
preliminary design.
DESCRIPTION: This task results directly from the previous task and is geared
at preparation of the environmental requirements and design configuration for
the environmentally-related permitting procedure which follows.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Analyze emissions requirements and configuration so that the plant will
produce emissions and effluents within codes.
2. List emission and effluent concentrations expected from the plant.
3. Relate to receiving waters and ambient air conditions, noise, safety, and
aesthetic requirements.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Changing codes; inability to meet codes.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Level of treatment required to meet or exceed code requirements,
INPUT: Environmental requirements and conditions from A 31203.
OUTPUT: All expected effluents and environmental considerations for the public
hearing process.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: A/E
2. Responsible: A/E, PM
3. Must be Consulted: EPA, EA-(L)
4. Must be Notified;
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 26 weeks.* Range = 20 to 32 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2,560 work days.
^Includes A 31202 - A 31206.
REFERENCES: OSHA, Clean Air Act, Safe Drinking Water Act, Toxic Substances
Act, Clean Water Act, State or Local Pollution Code Requirements.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! PRODUCE CONCEPTUAL DESIGN number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
r
MASTER ACTIVITY: Acquire Preliminary Design (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Complete Preliminary Plans, Draft Specifications,
and Cost Estimates
PURPOSE: To perform the preliminary design and produce the necessary details and
documentation.
DESCRIPTION: Conceptual design includes general plant sizing, equipment
configuration, process train requirements, processing capabilities, design
computations, drawings and specifications equal to 40% of the total detailed
design effort.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Prepare initial layout drawings, plans, sections, and elevations.
2. Perform design computations.
3. Prepare outline specifications.
4. Prepare preliminary information for permitting requirements.
5. Interface with concerned or affected agencies.
6. Contact and evaluate equipment manufacturers and equipment.
7. Coordinate and consolidate design package.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Inability to cause preliminary operational characteristics
to be consistent with regulatory requirements.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Equipment design and configuration; physical plant, and
general layout.
INPUT; All previous computations and design data.
OUTPUT: Full conceptual plans; major design computations; outline specifications.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: A/E
2. Responsible: A/E, PM
3. Must be Consulted: All concerned regulatory agencies, equipment
4. Must be Notified: EO, PD manufacturers.
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 26 weeks? Range = 20 to 32 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2,560 work days.
*Includes A 31202 - A 31206.
REFERENCES: Previous conceptual design documents, both in the C firm and in
the municipal files.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I PERFORM PRELIMINARY ENGINEER'S COST ESTIMATE
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Preliminary Design (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Complete Preliminary Plans, Draft Specifications,
and Cost Estimates
PURPOSE: To obtain a refined cost estimate of the project.
DESCRIPTION; Accompanying every design should be a cost estimate, which is as
nearly complete or as accurate as the level of study or design detail. Pre-
liminary design should enable an engineer's estimate to be accurate within 15%
of the estimate resulting from detailed design.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Complete preliminary design.
2. Perform standard engineering cost analysis.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: None.
MAJOR DECISIONS; None.
INPUT: Preliminary design.
OUTPUT: Engineer's preliminary estimate.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: A/E
2. Responsible: A/E
3. Must be Consulted: PM
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 26 weeks.* Range = 20 to 32 weeks,
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 ,560 work days.
*Includes A 31202 - A 31206.
REFERENCES; Previous estimate.
SAMPT,E DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: SECURE PRECONSTRUCTION PERMITS (A/E) number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
r
MILESTONE: Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE: To secure necessary permits such as air quality, NPDES, construction,
operation, and highway permits where required, before extensive design is
performed; to assure the financial community that the project is indeed viable,
and to assure communities and markets that the project is viable.
DESCRIPTION; Depending on local requirements, various types of permits may
need to be secured for the project to have a reasonable probability of success.
Some of the permits are contingent upon an acceptable site location, plan,
expected emissions and effluents. The permits are issued.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Design problem; renewed public opposition.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Conceptual design; which permits should be pursued earliest.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, A/E, PM, and possibly C
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 26 weeks. Range = 12.5 to 38 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 90 work days.
3. Funding: $25,000
REFERENCES: Local permit information.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY*. COMPLETE LISTING OF APPLICABLE PERMITS
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Secure Preconstruction Permits (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE: To avoid overlooking any of the numerous permits which may be
required.
DESCRIPTION; Previously completed lists of activities may be outdated or
incomplete. It is advantageous to compile a complete list as early as
possible.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Gather and review existing lists.
2. Obtain additional permits required by talking to all concerned agencies.
One agency will generally be able to'indicate who the others might be.
Agencies can indicate if any recent changes in laws, rules, or regulations
have been made.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Incomplete list from an agency.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Which agencies to re-contact regarding permit information.
INPUT; Previous lists (output of A 31105); new information solicited by
telephone.
OUTPUT: Completed list of required permits.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, A/E, C, PM
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: Various agencies, one leading to another.
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: REVIEW REQUIREMENTS number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
r
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Preconstruction Permits (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE: To identify the requirements of permits in order to screen only
those which should be completed immediately.
DESCRIPTION; After material has been compiled, the permits required earliest
are identified and a priority is placed on the order in which they should be
sought. Often these requirements have been known from Phase II work, but
this activity provides a comprehensive review and check.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review the permit applications to determine both technical and scheduling
requirements.
2. Set priorities on those which should be done before construction and
which were addressed by the preliminary design of MA 312.
3. Determine necessary lead times for permit review.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Requirements not clear.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Priority of permit application submission.
INPUT: List of all possible permits from A 31301.
OUTPUT; List of permits which will be pursued, when to pursue, and anticipated
schedule for receiving permits.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, A/E or C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: Agencies requiring permits
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I ESTABLISH PERMIT RESPONSIBILITY number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Preconstruction Permits (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE: To establish who will be responsible for applying'for permits , which
agency will issue the permit, and what the parameters for the permit will be.
DESCRIPTION: At the outset the individual responsible for preparing permit
applications, obtaining the required signatures, and other approvals is
designated. Other designations are: who will be the agency's representative;
who will gather additional information and give and receive missing details.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Identify individuals in respective agencies and in-house who are critical
to the process.
2. Obtain commitments for participation.
3. Reach an understanding of the requirements of each.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; No real time or effort commitment from necessary participants.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Identification of key personnel in permit process.
INPUT: Results of review of A 31302.
OUTPUT: Individuals identified and committed to work.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: A/E, C, and participating agency representative
4. Must be Notified: NR
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: PERFORM NECESSARY ANALYSIS number
*
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
«
MASTER ACTIVITY: Secure Preconstruction Permits (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE; To produce and organize technical and institutional detail as
required for permits.
DESCRIPTION: Analysis and modification of preliminary design may be necessary
for some permits. After the material is identified, it should be suited to
the format required by the application.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Identify needed information for each required permit as early as possible.
2. Produce the information in the form required for the permit.
3. Check with agencies to see whether information is of the general type
desired.
4. Ready the information for permit applications to suit the required permit.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Design incompatible with permit requirements.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Extent of work required to satisfy permits.
INPUT: Permit requirements.
OUTPUT: All information gathered and readied for permit application.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: A/E
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: IA
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 48 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! COMPLETE AND SUBMIT APPLICATIONS
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Secure Preconstruction Permits (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE: To prepare applications for permits and submit them to appropriate
agencies.
DESCRIPTION: Using output from A 31304, the applications for permits are
completed; appropriate signatures and seals are obtained; and the permits are
submitted to the appropriate agencies.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Compile information in permit application. Check and review for complete-
ness.
2. Obtain signatures of key individuals.
3. Submit permit applications according to local custom.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Incomplete permit information; permit requirements unclear,
MAJOR DECISIONS: None
INPUT: All information prepared in A 31304.
OUTPUT: Completed and signed permit applications.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, A/E, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: EC's
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 6 weeks. Range = 3 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I ASSESS REGULATORY AND PUBLIC INFORMATION NEEDS number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Environmental Assessment (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Environmental Assessment Accepted by Environ-
mental Agencies
PURPOSE: To determine the requirements of all environmental agencies and
public interest groups so that time is not lost later through oversight or
retracing of steps.
DESCRIPTION: The agency requiring the assessment should ascertain that all
facets are being addressed by the assessment, including air, water, noise,
aesthetics, and safety, as well as the concerns of the local public interest
groups.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Based on experience and the outcome of MA 002, MA 103, MA 110 and MA 202
identify the potential types of information sought.
2. Consider the needs of the regulatory agency for the information required
in the permits and required by the public over and above permits.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Poor assessment of needs.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Priorities of dealing with needs.
INPUT; Environmental information gathered in MA 002, MA 103, MA 110 and
MA 202.
OUTPUT: List and understanding of needs.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! FURTHER LIAISON WITH REGULATORY AGENCIES AND number
POLITICAL PROCESS
PHASE: ill, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Environmental Assessment (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Environmental Assessment Accepted by
Environmental Agencies
PURPOSE; To reestablish communication and a working arrangement with the regu-
latory agencies and to reintroduce the elected officials to the environmental
requirements.
DESCRIPTION; After the Phase II decision process and in conjunction with ob-
taining permits, it is necessary for the lead agency and other involved parties
to reestablish liaison with regulatory agencies whose input into the assessment
may be critical, and the elected officials who will be involved in public inter-
face concerning the assessment.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. List all regulatory agencies and interest groups.
2. Either call or visit each representative to discuss the project status,
assessment requirements, and anticipated work methods and needs.
3. Solicit opinions and preferences, particularly where agencies are also involved
in permitting (i.e. , coordinate with MA 313, and use contacts established
in A 31105).
4. In co-disposal projects liaison should be continued with all potentially
involved branches of EPA, especially where partial funding may be available
under Public Law 92-500.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Overlooking key agency; not observing protocol,
MAJOR DECISIONS: Subjects for discussion with each agency.
Agencies identified in MA 110, MA 202 and MA 313.
Renewed contact and understanding.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: A/E, C, PM
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: EO, Agencies, EA-(L), EA-(S), EPA, BPD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = ^ weeks. Range = to weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 Work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY. DETERMINE RESEARCH AND ANALYSIS SCOPE
PHASE:
III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Environmental Assessment (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Environmental Assessment Accepted by Environ-
mental Agencies
PURPOSE; To decide critical parameters which should be addressed in order to
have a complete assessment.
DESCRIPTION; The project should have a clearly defined role regarding research
depth and level of analysis required. This is the activity wherein the assess-
ment work is actually outlined, and tasks are listed and assigned. Necessary
resources are also identified, if different from those already committed to the
project.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Establish the depth and level of analysis required.
2. Consider the permit work of MA 313 in scope.
3. Discuss needs with affected agencies concerning the type of information
required.
4. Document the specific requirements of the agencies in advance of
assessment preparation and obtain agreement.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; iack of specific requirements.
MAJOR DECISIONS: The exact scope, with agreement by the regulatory agencies
and possibly EPA.
INPUT; Output of MA 103, MA 110, MA 202 and developments in MA 313.
OUTPUT: Known scope of performing the assessment.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C, A/E
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: Agencies noted above
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY*. ALLOCATE AND PERFORM TASKS RU(Tiber
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Environmental Assessment (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Environmental Assessment Accepted by Environ-
mental Agencies
PURPOSE: To assign tasks and conduct the actual environmental analysis.
DESCRIPTION: After scope and research requirements are known, the material
should be used to make computations and evaluations concerning all the pos-
sible environmental impacts. This activity involves about 80% of the assess-
ment work.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Draft report Table of Contents.
2. Assign work tasks to individuals (internal to the organization preparing
the assessment).
3- Compute effluent loadings on air, water, and intake treatment requirements.
4. Evaluate aesthetics, architecture, and other environmental considerations.
5. Prepare charts, tables, and graphs of the resultant work.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Necessary data unavailable.
MAJOR DECISIONS: The methods used to analyze and compute the environmental
impacts; whether or not the available data is sufficient.
INPUT; Analytical requirements of A 31403, output of MA 110 and MA 202.
OUTPUT; Computations, tables, charts, rationale, and background for the draft
report.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, A/E or C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: Affected agencies
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 12 weeks. Range = 4 to 24 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 40 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I DRAFT REPORT AND ISSUE FOR REVIEW
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Environmental Assessment (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Environmental Assessment Accepted by
Environmental Agencies
PURPOSE: To issue report and receive reactions, in order to finalize assess
ment.
DESCRIPTION; About 80% of the assessment preparation work was done in the
previous step. Remaining is the writing to tie the work together and the
presentation of material in report format. The draft report is issued for
review, and comments are received in anticipation of the final document.
This task could be delayed due to public hearing requirements, major ob-
jections, or other substantial disagreements.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Draft the outline of chapters using the Table of Contents and computations
from A 31404.
2. Discuss internally.
3. Write draft report.
4. Review internally, modify, and finalize draft report.
5. Issue notification of draft report.
6. Make draft reports available to the regulatory agencies and the public.
7. Receive and compile comments.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Incomplete analysis; important issues overlooked.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Form of document; need for hearings.
INPUT; All output from A 31404.
OUTPUT; Draft environmental assessment with comments received.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: A/E or C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 5 to 30 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY. REVISE DRAFT AND ISSUE FINAL REPORT
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Environmental Assessment (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Environmental Assessment Accepted by
Environmental Agencies
PURPOSE: To complete requirements and issue a responsive assessment.
DESCRIPTION: All comments received are reviewed and considered. Appropriate
comments are incorporated into the main body of the report. The results are
reviewed and approved by the issuing agency. When approval is received, the
document is made available to interested parties.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Incorporate comments into the draft report; finalize graphics.
2. Retype and review internally.
3. Finalize changes.
4. Submit for review and obtain approval.
5. Print and issue to regulatory agencies and the public.
MAJOR OBSTACLES'. Disagreement with facts as presented; conflicting comments,
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which comments to incorporate and in what form.
INPUT: Draft report and comments received from A 31405.
OUTPUT: Final Environmental Assessment
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: A/E or C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 4 to 16 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 30 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: ACQUIRE WASTE SUPPLY CONTRACTS (A/E) number
PHASE: HI, Resource Recovery System Procurement
«
MILESTONE: Signed Waste Supply Contracts
PURPOSE: To develop final agreements between the lead agency and communities
for the supply of waste. This is the key agreement between the lead agency
and the communities which identifies the service to be provided, the risks to
be borne by either party, and the method of compensation to reflect such ser-
vice and related risks. If a co-disposal project is being pursued, proper
commitments of sewage sludge are also pursued.
SPECIAL NOTE; In the case of a single municipality or single long-term con-
trolling "agent , this master activity may be omitted or substantially reduced
in scope.
DESCRIPTION; The communities and the lead agency will negotiate a contract for
the supply of waste, whose revenues will partially offset the costs and act as
security for financing. Provisions for existing or future source separation
programs; transportation costs; separate industrial/commercial wastes; and
previously committed host community incentives are considered for inclusion
in these agreements as appropriate. Bond and other counsel, depending on the
form of financing, will review the legality and efficiency of the document, at
which time it must be approved by each participating community, which may in-
volve a substantial educational effort. If a co-disposal project is being
pursued, the commitment of sewage sludge and septic wastes (treated as appro-
priate) is sought for inclusion in the system. In the case of a single
municipality or single controlling agent, the waste supply may be readily
available without specific community contracts, and this task is virtually
unnecessary.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Convincing community decision-makers who have not been direct-
ly involved in contract negotiations of provisions, e.g., 20-year term, tonnage
and guarantees (if required).
MAJOR DECISIONS; What risk posture to take on industrial/commercial waste;
whether to take a hard or soft negotiating posture on draft contracts; what
risks the lead agency should take and what risks the communities should take.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD assisted by negotiator, IHS, C, LC, FA
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 24 weeks. Range = 16 to 168 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 240 work days.
3. Funding: $65,000
REFERENCES: R2, R4, R6, R8, Rll, R27, R29, R30, R31, R64, R65, R67, R68, R69,
R87
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I PREPARE DRAFT CONTRACT (S)
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Waste Supply Contracts (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Signed Waste Supply Contracts
PURPOSE: To establish an initial bargaining position.
DESCRIPTION; An initial bargaining posture is established prior to negotia-
tion. The draft contract establishes the lead agency posture on the service
to be provided, the risks to be borne, and the method of compensation in addi-
tion to traditional language on default, termination and other pertinent
contract terms. For sewage sludge, general condition and percent solids
should be agreed to, as well as commitments between municipal authorities
which are equivalent to contracts. In the event the owner/operator of the
facility is the same entity providing waste supply, no contract is necessary.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Preparation of draft contract by legal, financial, and technical consul-
tants.
2. In co-disposal systems, also develop contract(s) for sludge with appro-
priate agencies.
3. Incorporate provisions for transportation costs and quantity adjustments
due to existing or future source separation programs.
4. Include previously agreed funding incentives in host community's contract
(if applicable).
5. Draft contracts for individual industrial/commercial accounts.
6. Review and approval of community representatives (if appropriate).
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement on major contract terms.
MAJOR DECISIONS; What posture to take on industrial/commercial waste; how
rigid a posture to take on the contract.
INPUT: Output from MA 105, MA 202, MA 205, MA 313 and MA 314.
OUTPUT; Draft contract.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C, LC, FA
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO, PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 6 to 12 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 120 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: IMA
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! NEGOTIATE CONTRACT(S) Dumber
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Acquire Waste Supply Contracts (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Signed Waste Supply Contracts
PURPOSE: To agree on acceptable contract terms with communities, industrial
commercial accounts, sludge generators, and other appropriate system members.
DESCRIPTION; In a multi-community or regional situation, certain communities
(or a county or state agency) may negotiate a contract on behalf of all the
communities in the region to be served. In other cases, each contract may have
to be negotiated separately. Where community participation is voluntary, gain-
ing acceptance of the contract is necessary. In a single community situation,
which does not require separate industrial/commercial contracts, and the proj-
ect is not co-disposal, this activity is unnecessary.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Secure negotiation team(s).
2. Conduct technical analysis of the implications of alternative risk
postures.
3. Conduct negotiation sessions (hold caucuses to review risk posture).
4. Conduct technical sessions to work out details of agreed-upon risk
posture.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Parties unable to reach agreement.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Allocation and acceptance of risks.
INPUT: Output of A 31501, MA 204, MA 205, MA 206, MA 313 and MA 314.
OUTPUT: Waste supply contracts.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: Negotiator, PD, LC, FA, LD, C, legal counsel for each community.
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 4 to 52 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 1QQ work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: IMA
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY:
PHASE:
OBTAIN COMMUNITY APPROVAL
III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
number
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Waste Supply Contracts (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Signed Waste Supply Contracts
PURPOSE: To obtain signed waste supply contracts via political/public
decision(s) .
DESCRIPTION: The negotiated contracts are presented to the elected
officials for signature.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Conduct briefings to elected officials and interest groups.
2. Obtain approval by the legislative and executive bodies of each jurisdiction.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Negotiated terms deemed unacceptable.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not to agree to the negotiated contract terms,
INPUT: Negotiated contracts (output of A 31502).
OUTPUT: Approved and signed waste supply contracts.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: EO, PT, LD
2. Responsible: EO
3. Must be Consulted:
4; Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 6
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
to 104 weeks.
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I COMPLETE DESIGN PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND ENGINEER'S
ESTIMATE
PHASE ; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Design And Contractor (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Signed Construction Contract (s)
PURPOSE ; To obtain complete design, specifications, contract documents,
and engineer's cost estimate.
DESCRIPTION; The preliminary design was conceptual and covered approximately
40% of the work; this task completes the detailed design by completing the
remaining 60% of the design work.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review conceptual design; modify and improve.
2. Commence final design; ready structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing,
HVAC drawings and specifications for construction.
3. Sign and seal drawings.
4. Produce final specifications and bid documents.
5. Complete engineer's estimate and submit to municipality.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Equipment purchase and material fabricating schedule.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Configuration to provide adequate redundancy and plant avail-
ability.
INPUT; Conceptual design drawings and specifications; subsurface information;
any modifications from MA 313 and MA 314.
OUTPUT: Drawings and specifications signed and sealed.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: C, A/E
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: MPE
4. Must be Notified: DP
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 30 weeks. Range = 20 to 38 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3850 work days.
REFERENCES; Previous work by the qualified A/E firms.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; Previous designs of similar facilities plans and specifications.
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; SECURE CONSTRUCTION PERMITS number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Design And Contractor (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Signed Construction Contract(s)
PURPOSE; To obtain necessary construction permits which have not been previ-
ously obtained and have not been made the contractors responsibility.
DESCRIPTION; New facilities often require the approval of various departments,
such as the municipal professional engineer, buildings and inspections or other
licensing departments. This activity addresses permits which require complete
design information and therefore could not be applied for prior to completion
of A 31601.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review A 31301 and previous construction jobs in the municipality.
2. Identify construction permit requirements, which are different from
pre-construction permits.
3. Apply for permits with appropriate design and specification backup material.
4. Discuss and revise with reviewer; make permit revisions.
5. Receive permits to proceed.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Incomplete or inadequate submission of application of support-
ing information.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Design configuration decisions to satisfy all permit require-
ments.
INPUT: All design information developed to date dealing with permit require-
ments.
OUTPUT: Completed applications with sufficient supporting material; required
permits.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, A/E
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: Agencies from whom permits are desired.
4. Must be Notified: Other municipal departments affected by the permits.
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 10 weeks. Range = 7 to 16 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 40 work days.
REFERENCES; Must be supplied by host municipality or appropriate agency within
municipality.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! REVIEW AND APPROVE DESIGN number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Design and Contractor (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Signed Construction Contract(s)
PURPOSE: To document the acceptance of the design by the'lead agency.
DESCRIPTION; Public work design projects generally incorporate a review by
the lead agency. In RR projects, the review will be conducted by a Sanitation
or Sanitary Engineering Department, or by an engineer on retainer to an authori-
ty. The design is reviewed and accepted by the responsible department.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Receive plans and specifications.
2. Review and comment; have revisions made, if required.
3. Stamp approval.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Incomplete or unacceptable design.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether design is adequate for desired function and meets
all requirements.
INPUT; Final design plans and specifications.
OUTPUT: Plans and specifications approved for distribution.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: MPE
2. Responsible: MPE
3. Must be Consulted: Other departments affected (public works, water, etc.)
4. Must be Notified: NR
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 6 to 15 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 120 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; ADVERTISE FOR CONSTRUCTION BIDS number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Design and Contractor (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Signed Construction Contract(s)
PURPOSE; To publicly notify contractors of the project, where the bid documents
can be obtained, and the date that the bids are due.
DESCRIPTION; Standard design, bid-construction contracts require advertisement
in the press, according to local custom.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Prepare advertisement, check with legal and procurement departments for
inclusion of all necessary public advertisement information.
2. Develop list of publications where advertisement will be placed noting
cost and lead time of each.
3. Check time requirements for bidders response (Local and State laws, EPA
rules and regulations if co-disposal project).
4. Place advertisements.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Usually none.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Level of detail required in advertisement; publications to
advertise in; length of time for bidders to respond.
INPUT: Front pages of specifications.
OUTPUT: Bid advertisement from procurement department appearing in press.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: NR
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = _5 work days.
REFERENCES; Previous competitive bid advertisements.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! PREPARE BIDS number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Design and Contractor (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Signed Construction Contract(s)
PURPOSE; To develop cost bids based on a detailed review and analysis of the
plans, specifications, and bid documents.
DESCRIPTION: Since the contractors will prepare their bids for submission,
this activity requires little activity on the part of the municipality or its
consultants. (This sheet reflects only support effort by municipal agents,
not contractor effort, in preparing the bid.)
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
! Contractors prepare bids and submit questions in writing.
2. Addenda, if required, are prepared and distributed.
3. Contractors complete bid preparation.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Extensive addenda preparation.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Items requiring addenda preparation.
INPUT; Complete planned specifications.
OUTPUT; Bids prepared by contractors ready for submission.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, A/E
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: Affected Departments
4. Must be Notified: DP
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 12 weeks. Range = 8 to 20 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES; Prior municipal bids.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: RECEIVE AND REVIEW BIDS number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Acquire Design and Contractor (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Signed Construction Contract(s)
PURPOSE: To formally accept bids, to publicly record them, and to analyze
them for conformance with the plans, specifications, and bid documents.
DESCRIPTION: Most municipalities have precedents for low bid procedures. Bids
are received, opened, and read aloud. Bids are then reviewed by the consultants
and the municipal engineer for conformance with the plans and specifications.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Receive bids according to local procedures; open and read aloud at specified
time, date and place.
2. Review for conformance with plans and specifications.
3. Submit to legal department for surety contracts review and reference check.
4. Summarize findings, prepare recommendations.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; All unresponsive bids - unlikely with good design.
MAJOR DECISIONS; To accept or reject low bidder.
INPUT: Submitted bids.
OUTPUT: Completed bid review.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IBS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: LC
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 12 weeks. Range = 8 to 16 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 80 work days.
REFERENCES; In-house bid review - report.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! SELECT BIDDER AND SIGN CONTRACT number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Design and Contractor (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Signed Construction Contract(s)
PURPOSE: To acquire contractor(s) .
DESCRIPTION; Bidder selection and contract signing are traditionally performed
according to local custom.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Present bid review and recommendation to elected officials.
2. Receive approval to proceed, dependent on financing.
3. Obtain appropriate signatures from officials of lead agency and contractor(s)
to execute contract(s).
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Impasse in some contract term, or no approval by elected
officials.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Final selection of contractor(s).
INPUT; Reviewed contract and technical and legal recommendations.
OUTPUT; Signed construction contract(s).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: Officials (company and municipal)
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: LD
4. Must be Notified: P, if required.
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 2 to 10 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES: Previous municipal contract signings.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY; ACQUIRE MARKET CONTRACTS (A/E) number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Signed Energy (And Materials) Market Contracts
PURPOSE; To develop final agreements by conversion of preliminary commitments
or letters of intent obtained during Phases I and II into contractually binding
documents between the lead agency and the buyer(s) of energy (and materials).
DESCRIPTION: The lead agency will negotiate and secure contracts for the sale
of energy and materials. Revenues from such contracts will partially offset the
cost of RR. Negotiations for the sale of energy to utilities should include
liaison with the PUC. In the case of RDF production, final contracts may not be
deemed necessary at this time, depending on the amount of risk which the lead
agency (and possibly the communities in a multi-jurisdictional project) is
willing to bear. For materials recovery it may be desirable to wait for the
facility to become operational before contracting for the sale of the product.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Little monetary incentive for a utility to enter into an
energy contract; excessive redundancy or penalty requirements by energy market.
MAJOR DECISIONS; What level of compensation is appropriate; what risks should
be borne by the lead agency; what risks should be borne by the market; whether
or not to seek materials market contract(s).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD, IHS, C, LC
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, PUC in case of U
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 6 to 20 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
3. Funding: $7,000 (Highly variable depending on the level of detail obtained
in MA 207 and new developments thereafter)
REFERENCES: Rl, R4, R8, R15, R16, R20, R85
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: PREPARE FINANCING PLAN number
i
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Financing (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Receipt of Funds
PURPOSE: To develop details associated with financing the project,
DESCRIPTION; This activity identifies the proposed method of financing the
project and the cash flow requirements based upon the construction schedule.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Investment banker prepares financing plan (may have an independent engineer-
ing feasibility study performed).
2. Bond counsel prepares bond resolutions.
3. Project director approves financing plan and bond resolution.
4. The elected officials approve financing plan and bond resolution.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Debt ceiling ramifications.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Type, details, and timing of bond issue.
INPUT; Output from MA 113, MA 209, and MA 210.
OUTPUT; Approved detailed financing plan and bond resolution.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD, IB, BC
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO, C
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = _3 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPT.E DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY'. MARKET BONDS number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Financing (A/E)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Receipt of Funds
PURPOSE: To obtain debt financing for the project.
DESCRIPTION; Complete all necessary documentation, secure all necessary
approvals, and market the bonds.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Secure the approvals of State financing authority (if applicable).
2. Rating Agency review.
3. Market the bonds.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Poor municipal credit rating.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Timing of bond issue.
INPUT; Output from A 31801.
OUTPUT; Receipt of funds.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, PD, IB, BC
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 10 weeks. Range = 8 to 20 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: ESTABLISH ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK nnmhor
(FULL SERVICE) numDer
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
i
MILESTONE; Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Procurement Participants;
Structure and Schedule the Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To identify and secure commitments from the public and private
organizational resources necessary to carry out the procurement process and
to structure and schedule this process so as to accommodate the required
inputs.
DESCRIPTION; During Phase II the elected officials have selected or created a
lead agency for Phase III. This agency now reviews the project status and then
determines and obtains commitments from the project team participants, hires
consultants, establishes and maintains liaison with involved agencies, plans for
public and industry involvement, and outlines the approach for soliciting and
evaluating proposals from private industry (some or all of this may already be
established and does not have to be repeated).
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Insufficient personnel or funding; in-fighting among agencies;
weak commitments from key political and agency personnel.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Selection of lead agency and key personnel; composition of the
project team for Phase III; selection of consultants; plans for public involve-
ment; procurement plan and schedule.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: EO, LA, C, PT
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, IA, M, IG, P
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 10 weeks. Range = 5 to 19 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 38 work days.
3. Funding: $10,000
REFERENCES: R2, R6, R9, R12
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! REVIEW PROJECT TEAM number
PHASE; .III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Establish Administrative Framework (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro-
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To apprise project team members of their responsibilities in this
phase of the program, and to solicit new members as necessary.
DESCRIPTION: This activity provides a review of the existing project team
for the capabilities necessary for Phase III. Suggested capabilities: solid
waste management, economic analysis, major systems procurement, environmental
assessment and regulation, civil engineering, legal counsel, public finance.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review the project team for the presence of the necessary inputs.
2. Identify areas of need and solicit public and/or private inputs to fulfill
those needs.
3. Review roles and responsibilities assign new areas.
4. After project team is established, it conducts a review of consultant's
capability and decides whether additional consulting assistance is advisable.
If so, the needs are so noted, and A 32104 becomes necessary. If not,
A 32104 is unnecessary and is skipped.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Difficulty in maintaining the active involvement of existing
members if project team grows too large.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not there are desirable additions to the project
team over and above those already established; how are such additions best pro-
vided; whether further consulting assistance is required.
INPUT; Existing team members, A 10103 - A 10105.
OUTPUT: Project team for Phase III.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: LA with assistance from PT, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! FURTHER LIAISON WITH OTHER PUBLIC AGENCIES fill (Tiber
*
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Establish Administrative Framework (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro-
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To keep other agencies informed as to progress on the project.
DESCRIPTION; A framework for cooperation between the lead agency and contacts
with affected and involved agencies not represented on the project team is
developed and maintained. They should identify those agencies, apprise them
of the project status, determine their involvement with the project, and provide
updates- at regular intervals throughout the procurement.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Identify agencies with potential interest in the project.
2. Correspond with the agency director: provide a project status report;
request that the director or key staff member serve as project contact.
3. Maintain liaison through regular updates.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; No agency interest.
MAJOR DECISIONS: With which of the agencies contacted should a regular liaison
be maintained.
INPUT: Previous contacts from Phases I and II
OUTPUT: List of agency contacts to be provided with project updates at
regular intervals.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT, EO maintain contact: LA with assistance from PT, C
2. Responsible: LA
3. Must be Consulted: AO, MPE, EA-(S) , EA-(L)
4. Must be Notified: IA: directors - staff contacts.
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0-5 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 2 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! FURTHER LIAISON WITH POLITICAL PROCESS
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Establish Administrative Framework (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule Procurement Process
PURPOSE; To keep elected officials informed on progress of the project.
DESCRIPTION; Key elected officials at local and State level are identified,
apprised of the project background and status, and provided with periodic
updates.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Identify elected officials and staff who should be kept informed of the
project.
2. Establish contact and provide information on the background and status
of the project, according to protocol of MA 101, MA 117 and MA 210.
3. Maintain contact with periodic updates and by responding to requests for
information initiated by the contact.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: None.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Who should be kept informed, continued previous protocol.
INPUT: Suggestions from the project team; requests from interested elected
officials.
OUTPUT: List of persons and organizations to be kept informed of project
developments.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: LA with support from PT
2. Responsible: PD with support from PM and PT
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified: NR
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! RETAIN CONSULTANT(S) (OPTIONAL) number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Establish Administrative Framework (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro-
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To retain consultant(s) to assist in the project if required.
DESCRIPTION: Consultant(>) should be retained to assist in the preparation of
proposal solicitations, evaluations of proposals, negotiations of contracts,
financing, and other procurement and implementation activities.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Solicit suggestions and advertise for additional consultant(s), if necessary.
2. Receive qualifications and invite qualified firms to present a suggested
approach.
3. Contact references and previous clients.
4. Evaluate new firm(s), make selection, negotiate contract(s); negotiate and
renew contracts with existing firms who will continue on the project, if
necessary.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Constraints on procuring services.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not additional consulting support is needed;
selection of consulting firm(s).
INPUT: References from other RR projects; MA 102.
OUTPUT: Firm(s) for procurement phase hired.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: LA with support from PT
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: IA
4. Must be Notified: NR
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 1 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS;
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ESTABLISH LIAISON WITH SPECIFIC PERMIT AGENCIES DU(Tiber
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Establish Administrative Framework (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Establish Roles and Responsibilities of Pro-
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To keep Permit Agencies informed and involved; to renew contacts in
agencies if excessive time has elapsed in MA 210.
DESCRIPTION: A complete list of the agencies involved in approving siting,
construction and operating permits should be developed and, for each agency, a
contact identified. The agencies should be informed of the background and
status of the project and requested to provide a list of potential permit
requirements. In many cases, the contacts in individual agencies are already
known from previous phases.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Develop a list of all permit agencies with potential involvement in the
project. Note previous contacts.
2. Contact agency administrators. Inform them of the project status and
review the list of potential permit requirements from each agency.
3. Identify a key staff member from each agency to provide ongoing project
liaison.
4. Maintain contact with periodic updates and requests for information.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Confusion concerning permit requirements and agency responsi-
bilities for the RR project which may not have been settled previously.
MAJOR DECISIONS; What agencies are to have permit responsibilities for the
project; whether new liaison or continued liaison in agency from previously
is required.
INPUT: Permit requirements from DPW, MA 103 and MA 202.
OUTPUT: List of permit agencies and major permit requirements for the project;
contact with the agencies.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: LA with assistance from PT, EA-(S), EA-(L), C, DPW
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: Agencies involved in permit process for the project.
4. Must be Notified: NR
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY^ CONTINUE PROCESS FOR PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT number
PHASE; in, Resource Recovery System Procurement
*
MASTER ACTIVITY; Establish Administrative Framework (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro-
curement Participants: Structure and Schedule the Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To keep public informed.
DESCRIPTION; Public information meetings, citizen participation in proposal
evaluations, referenda concerning project acceptance and interaction with
interest groups are all potential components of the procurement process. The
legal and political needs of these activities should be assessed and appropriate
mechanisms devised. Liaison with the press and with key citizens and interest
groups should be established. Responsibilities for public involvement activities
should be clearly defined within the project. In many cases, precedents for
this process exist from MA 101, MA 201, MA 204, MA 210 and ongoing activities.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Discuss the need for public information and involvement with elected
officials and with others experienced in siting and constructing public
projects.
2. From discussions, develop strategies for meeting these needs.
3. Determine project team roles for public information involvement, and
structure citizen input, if required.
4. Maintain liaison with press, key individuals, and interest groups; support
citizen involvement.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Inexperience of project team dealing with public; lack of
cooperation by elected officials.
MAJOR DECISIONS; What the public information and involvement needs are; what
kind of role the public should play in the procurement process.
INPUT; Assessment of needs provided by elected officials; public examples of
involvement in other projects and in previous phases of this project.
OUTPUT: Plan for public information and involvement during the procurement
process.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: LA with assistance from EO, C, PT
2. Responsible: PM, PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified: IG
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = _1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 4 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DETERMINE MARKET INVOLVEMENT IN PROCUREMENT fill (Tiber
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Establish Administrative Framework (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Establish Roles and Responsibilities for Pro-
curement Participants; Structure and Schedule Procurement Process
PURPOSE: To keep market(s) informed and involved.
DESCRIPTION; Determine the information required from the contemplated
energy market and the potential for their involvement in the evaluation of
proposals. The major energy market may desire to be part of the project
team, if not already included, and may wish to be part of the RFQ/RFP evalua-
tion team. In many cases, this may have been decided in Phases I or II.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Determine the desirability and nature of market involvement in proposal
evaluations.
2. Establish market participation and obtain their commitment for time and
participation, if appropriate.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Market(s) refuse to cooperate.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not there is a need for market involvement in
the proposal evaluation.
INPUT: Output of MA 106 and MA 207.
OUTPUT: Decision on energy market involvement.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: LA, C
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: U, M
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 2 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I DETERMINE PARAMETERS
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Produce RFP (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; RFP and Draft Contract
PURPOSE; To determine the categories of information that match the specific
project and should be included in the RFP.
DESCRIPTION; There are no standard RFP's; the contents of each match the
goals of each specific project. The categories of information (either to be
described by the sponsor or to be requested of the proposer) are determined in
advance of the actual writing. In the case of co-disposal, the project deter-
mined in MA 116, MA 201, MA 209 and MA 210 is used as technical input for the
RFP. The impact of an existing source separation project is factored in. The
RFP notes that the preliminary design of MA 328 in support of MA 324 and MA 325
requires funding, and the RFP or draft contracts should indicate the source.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Review the project definition and RFP checklist.
2. Ascertain that the outline addresses technical, environmental, managerial,
economic and financial aspects.
3. Ascertain that special technical considerations like market constraints,
co-disposal, source separation (from Phases I and II), are well documented
and well understood.
4. Decide whether to update waste quantity (to account for source separation)
or sludge quantities (co-disposal). If so, update.
5. In addition to the above major categories, ascertain that information on
site and site conditions (including subsurface data), market letters of
intent, waste supply, and an outline of the financial plan are included
in the RFP.
6. Write the RFP outline.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement about procurement concepts, roles, and level of
detail required.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Items to include in RFP; the source of funding required in
MA 328 (preliminary design) for permit acquisition and environmental assessment
of MA 325 and MA 324, respectively.
INPUT; Decisions from MA 208, MA 209 and MA 210.
OUTPUT; Outline of RFP.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT, C, LC
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: NR
4. Must be Notified: NR
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; RFP checklist in R6
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ADVISE POTENTIAL CONTRACTORS number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Produce RFP (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; RFP and Draft Contract
PURPOSE; To communicate to system contractors that an RFQ or RFP is being
developed.
DESCRIPTION; A brief summary statement of the project is issued to the major
system contractors and to the solid waste communication network (journals,
newsletters, EPA, U.S. Department of Energy, etc.) stating an RFQ or RFP is in
the offing. The statement should include the type of system, the form of fi-
nancing, capacity, and approximate time of RFQ or RFP issuance. It should
state that interested companies write the project manager requesting receipt of
the documents. At least three weeks should be allowed for complete distribution
of the announcement.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Summarize project. Issue statement via selected mailout or other appropriate
means so that potential system can be explained.
2. Identify potential contractors; establish and continue communications
channels with those identified.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: None
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which aspects of the communication network should be used;
agreement upon system description, financing and procurement language to be
used in RFQ/RFP.
INPUT: Decisions from MA 208 and MA 209.
OUTPUT; Announcement of project and receipt of letters of interest from
companies.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified: LA, IA
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I PREPARE RFQ AND EVALUATION CRITERIA (OPTIONAL)
»
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Produce RFP (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: RFP and Draft Contract
PURPOSE: To produce the document which will be used to qualify contractors
for receipt of an RFP.
DESCRIPTION: The RFQ requests the submission of company qualifications in a
formal evaluation procedure designed to limit the recipients of the RFP. Use of
an RFQ facilitates proposal evaluation, saves unqualified proposers money and
effort, and encourages complete responses from qualified proposers. Evaluation
criteria is predetermined and issued with the RFQ to indicate the type of response
required. The RFQ also contains a draft copy of the RFP to inform the potential
responder of the nature and of the project, and to solicit their comments. Some
jurisdictions, however, may not allow the use of an RFQ (refer to MA 113 and MA 206)
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Draft RFQ and evaluation criteria.
2. Review drafts with project team
3. Incorporate project team comments and finalize RFQ.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Contracting regulations which do not allow use of the RFQ to
limit issuance of RFP.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether to issue RFQ, or to issue RFP to all interested companies.
INPUT; Results of MA 113, MA 114, MA 209 and A 32204.
OUTPUT: RFQ and evaluation criteria.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: LC
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 6_ weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: IMA
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I PREPARE DRAFT RFP AND DRAFT CONTRACT
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Produce RFP (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; RFP and Draft Contract
PURPOSE: To produce a draft RFP and draft contract for review and considera-
tion by potential contractors.
DESCRIPTION; The full service procurement should invite potential contractors
to comment on the RFP. This dialogue enables proposing firms to assist in the
development of a project which is consistent with their capabilities. A draft
contract should be included to appraise the contractors of the responsibili-
tzes intended for the successful proposer. The RFP indicates that the eventual
contractor is required to provide preliminary design and detailed design data
in support of MA 324 and MA 325. Lead agency expectations of the contractor are
written at this time.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Delegate writing tasks to members of four administrative areas, if desired
(refer to MA 321): technical, management, economics and financing, and
environmental.
2. Refer to RFP outline (A 32201).
3. Draft RFP and distribute internally for review.
4. Draft contract and submit to lead and bond counsel for review.
5. Revise documents and submit to the project director and elected officials
for approval.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Insufficient time to develop completely all four administra-
tive areas; disagreement over form and/or content.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether to Include draft contract; level of detail of draft
contract.
INPUT; A 32201, MA 324 and MA 325.
OUTPUT: Draft RFP and draft contract.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PT, C, LC
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD, IA, EO
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 6 weeks. Range = 4 to 12 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 40 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ISSUE RFQ WITH DRAFT RFP (OPTIONAL) number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
%
MASTER ACTIVITY; Produce RFP (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: RFP and Draft Contract
PURPOSE; To distribute RFQ to interested companies.
DESCRIPTION; The RFQ is issued with adequate time allowed for response by all
interested companies (2-3 weeks). The list of companies results from a
previous announcement (A 32202). The RFQ specifies the submission location
and deadline and the requirements for a bond. A statement describing the treat-
ment of confidential or proprietary information is included.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Determine the date and location of the receipt of responses.
2. Determine the desired bond.
3. Review and issue RFQ.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Major policy changes on the part of the lead agency or
market.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Date and location of response submission; bond requirements.
INPUT; List of interested companies from A 32202.
OUTPUT; Distributed RFQ.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PM, IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 6 weeks. Range = 4 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 3 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! EVALUATE RFQ RESPONSES AND QUALIFY COMPANIES
(OPTIONAL)
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Produce RFP (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: RFP and Draft Contract
PURPOSE; To determine which of the responding companies are qualified for
receipt of an RFP.
DESCRIPTION: The evaluation of company qualifications need not be as detailed
as the proposal evaluations, but it cannot be arbitrary and should produce suffi-
cient justification for the elimination of proposers. A rating scheme may be
used to ensure that all factors are considered, and relative weights may be as-
signed the more important categories. The evaluation team should be representa-
tive of the four principal areas (technical, environment, management, and eco-
nomics and financing), and the evaluation criteria issued with the RFQ should
be used. All responses should be logged in and their locations recorded.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Create a rating scheme.
2. Organize evaluation team (if possible, organize before receipt of responses).
3. Receive and log in responses.
4. Perform evaluation.
5. Select qualified companies.
6. Inform selected companies.
7. Inform nonselected companies and explain reasons.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Insufficient criteria leading to unclear justification for
elimination.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Acceptability of late responses; acceptability of incom-
plete responses; rating criteria.
INPUT; Responses to RFQ; evaluation criteria.
OUTPUT: List of qualified companies.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: Responding Companies
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 2 to 5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 25 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I MEET WITH COMPANIES number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
«
MASTER ACTIVITY; Produce RFP (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; RFP and Draft Contract
PURPOSE: To discuss project and draft RFP with qualified companies.
DESCRIPTION; Due to the complexity of RR projects, it is advantageous to
solicit comments from the prospective proposers concerning the contents and
organization of the RFP. This dialogue serves to resolve ambiguities and to
tailor the RFP to the systems under consideration.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Inform qualified companies (or all interested companies) of their selection
and of the time and place of the meeting.
2. Ensure the presence of representatives from the appropriate agencies to
answer questions concerning the scope and structure of the project.
3. Transcribe the entire meeting for later reference when revising the RFP.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Appropriate representatives unable or unwilling to attend
meeting; few participating proposers.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Who should attend the meeting and its organization.
INPUT; Output of either A 32206 or A32202.
OUTPUT; Transcript of proceedings.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PT, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: LA, IA, C, LC
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: FINALIZE RFP number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Produce RFP (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; RFP and Draft Contract
PURPOSE: To produce the RFP in its final form.
DESCRIPTION: The comments gathered during the meeting with companies (A 32207)
are evaluated for acceptability and incorporated as revisions in the final RFP.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review transcript of meeting and summarize comments.
2. Comments are discussed and evaluated.
3. RFP is revised and reviewed internally.
4. Final RFP is reviewed by the project director and presented to the elected
officials, if appropriate.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Disagreement over final content of RFP.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Acceptability of received comments for RFP revision.
INPUT: Output from A 32207.
OUTPUT: Final RFP and draft contract.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 2 to 5 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; IMA
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: ACQUIRE CONTRACTOR (FULL SERVICE) number
PHASE: HI, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Signed Contract
PURPOSE: To engage the services of a contractor to carry out the project as
defined in the RFP.
DESCRIPTION; The contractor is selected following an extensive evaluation of
proposals and is contracted following either a sequential or simultaneous nego-
tiation procedure. The contract negotiations actually begin upon receipt of
proposals and are continued through proposer presentations until it is decided
either that one company is superior or that further elaboration is required
with a limited number of them. After selection of a preferred proposer, a
second proposer should be selected as an alternate in the event of unforeseen
difficulties with the preferred contractor. A key consideration is the respon-
iveness of the proposals to the RFP. Further negotiations are needed even if a
proposer meets all the requirements of the RFP and the proposed system is ac-
ceptable according to the principal criteria, since detailed contractual lan-
guage will have to be agreed to by all parties to the transaction.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Partially-responsive proposals; nonacceptability of certain
proposal elements.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Evaluation and ranking of proposals, sequential or simultaneous
negotiations, final form of contract.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, PT, C, LC
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, IA, P, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 55 weeks. Range = 26 to 136 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 300 work days.
3. Funding: $90,000
REFERENCES: R5, R6, R7, R8, R31, R32, R59
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: SD 32302
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: ISSUE RFP number
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Acquire Contractor (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Signed Contract
PURPOSE: To distribute RFP to interested companies.
DESCRIPTION; The final RFP (A 32208) is issued either to prequalified firms
(A 32206) or to all interested companies (A 32202). At least three months is
required for adequate proposal preparation and submission; a four month period
is preferable.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Determine date and location of receipt of responses.
2. Determine the bonding requirements.
3. Issue the RFP, placing advertisement in media as required by law or
local custom.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement over bonding requirements; insufficient time to
allow 3-4 month response period.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Date and1* location of the proposal submission; bond require-
ments .
INPUT; Output of either A 32206 or A 32202.
OUTPUT: RFP issued, advertised, and distributed.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, PM, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: NR
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 18 weeks. Range = 9 to 21 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: IMA
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! REVIEW AND SUMMARIZE PROPOSALS number
-------
ACTIVITY; INTERVIEW PROPOSERS number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Contractor (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Signed Contract
PURPOSE; To request additional information from the proposers concerning
proposals and to initiate contract negotiations.
DESCRIPTION; The proposers are invited to make presentations before the project
team and to respond to questions concerning their proposals. This is, in fact,
simultaneous negotiation before the ranking of proposals has been accomplished.
Ambiguities and omissions of the proposals should be resolved during this ac-
tivity.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Inform companies of the time and place of the meeting.
2. Ensure the presence of representatives of appropriate agencies.
3. Meet with the proposers.
4, Document answers to the questions for later consideration in the
overall evaluation.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Nonresponsiveness of proposers.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Who should attend the presentations.
INPUT; Output of A 32302.
OUTPUT; Sheet listing clarification of omissions and ambiguities in proposals.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PT, C, LC, IHS
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: LA, IA
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 1Q work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: EVALUATE PROPOSALS number
III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Contractor (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Signed Contract
PURPOSE: To determine which proposals meet the goals of the project and to
rank them in the order of preference.
DESCRIPTION; Two decisions should be made during proposal evaluation: 1) which
proposals meet the project goals and; 2) their order of preference. The pro-
posals are evaluated according to the previously determined criteria by the
evaluation team. Usually simple numeric rating schemes are used to provide a
mechanism for quantifying differences among proposals. If the evaluations are
to be released publicly, they should be accompanied by statements about propos-
al strengths and weaknesses because numeric ratings tend to simplify factors
of critical significance.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Incorporate the resulting written responses from meetings with companies
as addenda to the proposals.
2. Determine the acceptability of proposals.
3. Rank the proposals.
4. Document justification for decisions.
5. Present the results and reasons for the outcome to the elected officials.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Unresolved ambiguities of proposals.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Acceptability of the proposals; ranking of the proposals.
INPUT; Output from A 32302 and A 32303.
OUTPUT: Ranked list of acceptable proposals.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PT
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD, BC, LC, LD
4. Must be Notified: EO, IA, P
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 6 weeks. Range = 4 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 80 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: SD 32302
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY* NEGOTIATE CONTRACT fill (Tibet
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Contract (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Signed Contract
PURPOSE: To secure the services of a contractor in a binding manner.
DESCRIPTION; Final contract negotiations can begin once a preferred proposer
has been selected. The project team should not dismiss the other proposers
from consideration until the contract has been successfully negotiated and
signed with the preferred firm. Simultaneous negotiations are carried out
until the exact position of each proposer is known or until a clearly superior
proposal emerges from those firms submitting proposals consistent with the
goals of the project. In the event the project team is unsatisfied with all
the proposals, consideration should be given to reissuing the RFP.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Maintain simultaneous negotiation.
2. Determine preferred proposer and alternate.
3. Initiate final negotiation and inform the other proposers.
4. Complete negotiations or suspend them and go to an alternate firm.
5. Sign contract.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Proposer will not sign a contract based on commitments made
in proposal.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Choosing the final proposer and alternate; which items are
negotiable; deciding to sign with the first-choice firm or to negotiate with
alternate.
INPUT; Output from A 32304.
OUTPUT; Signed contract.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM, C, LC
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: PT, IA
4. Must be Notified: P, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 26 weeks. Range = 10 to 100 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 165 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; IMA
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; ASSESS REGULATORY AND PUBLIC INFORMATION NEEDS number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
" MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Environmental Assessment (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Environmental Assessment Accepted by Environ-
mental Agencies
PURPOSE: To determine the requirements of all environmental agencies and
public interest groups so that time is not lost later through oversight or
retracing of steps.
DESCRIPTION; The agency requiring the assessment should ascertain that all
facets are being addressed by the assessment, including air, water, noise,
aesthetics, and safety, as well as the concern of the local interest groups.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Based on experience and the outcome of MA 002, MA 103, MA 110 and MA 202,
identify potential types of information sought.
2. Consider the needs of the regulatory agency for information required in
permits and required by the public over and above permits.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Poor assessment of needs.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Priorities of dealing with needs.
INPUT; Environmental information gathered in MA 002, MA 103, MA 110 and
MA 202.
OUTPUT; List and understanding of needs.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C or CR
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD, IG
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 0.5 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I FURTHER LIAISON WITH REGULATORY AGENCIES AND
POLITICAL PROCESS
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Environmental Assessment (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Environmental Assessment Accepted by Environ-
mental Agencies
PURPOSE: To re-establish communication and a working arrangement with regulatory
agencies and to reintroduce the elected officials to the environmental require-
ments,
DESCRIPTION: After the Phase II decision process and in conjunction with ob-
taining permits, it is necessary for the lead agency and other involved parties
to re-establish liaison with regulatory agencies whose input into the assess-
ment may be critical, and for the elected officials who will be involved in
public interface concerning the assessment.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. List all regulatory agencies and interest groups involved.
2. Either call or visit each representative and discuss the project status,
assessment requirements, and anticipated work methods and needs.
3. Solicit opinions and preferences, particularly where agencies are also
involved in permitting (i.e., coordinate with MA 325 and use contacts
established again in A 32105).
4. In co-disposal projects, where partial funding may be available from EPA
under Public Law 92-500, liaison should be continued with all branches of
EPA potentially involved.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Overlooking key agency; not observing protocol.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Whether or not to directly involve the full service contractor;
subjects for discussion with each.
INPUT; Agencies identified in MA 103, MA 110, MA 202, MA 321 and MA 325.
OUTPUT: Renewed contact and understanding; involvement of contractor, if
appropriate.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: C, PM, CR
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO, IA, EA-(L), EA-(S), EPA, BPD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = _5 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! DETERMINE RESEARCH AND ANALYSIS SCOPE 1111171 ber
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
* MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Environmental Assessment (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Environmental Assessment Accepted by Environ-
mental Agencies
PURPOSE; To decide critical parameters which should be addressed in order to
have a complete assessment.
DESCRIPTION: The project should have a clearly defined role regarding the re-
search depth and the level of analysis required. In this activity the assessment
work is actually outlined and tasks are listed and assigned. Necessary resources
are also identified if different from those already committed to the project.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Establish the depth and level of analysis required.
2. Consider permit work of MA 325 in conjunction with this step.
3. Discuss needs with affected agencies concerning the type of information
required.
4. Document the specific requirements of the agencies in advance of
assessment preparation and obtain agreement.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Lack of specific requirements.
MAJOR DECISIONS; The exact scope with agreement by the regulatory agencies
and possibly EPA.
INPUT; Output of MA 103, MA 110, MA 202 and developments in MA 325.
OUTPUT: Known scope of performing the assessment.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: C, IHS, CR
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EA-(L), EA-(S), EPA
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = _5 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY^ ALLOCATE AND PERFORM TASKS IIlimber
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Environmental Assessment (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Environmental Assessment Accepted by Environ-
mental Agencies
PURPOSE; To assign tasks and conduct the actual environmental analysis.
DESCRIPTION; After scope and research requirements are known, the material is
used to make computations and evaluations concerning all the possible environ-
mental impacts. This activity involves about 80% of the assessment work. The
contractor may be required to perform the assessment, or at least provide neces-
sary detailed data, if not already in the proposal (see MA 328).
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Draft report Table of Contents.
2. Assign work tasks to individuals (internal to the organization preparing
the assessment).
3. Compute effluent loadings on air, water, and intake treatment requirements.
4. Evaluate aesthetics, architecture, and other environmental considerations.
5. Prepare charts, tables, and graphs of the resultant work.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Necessary data unavailable.
MAJOR DECISIONS; The methods used to analyze and compute the environmental
impacts; whether or not the available data is sufficient.
INPUT; Analytical requirements of A 32403; output of MA 110 and MA 202.
OUTPUT: Computations, tables, charts, rationale, and background for the
draft report.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, or CR
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: Affected agencies
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 12 weeks. Range = 4 to 24 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 40 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; DRAFT REPORT AND ISSUE FOR REVIEW number
PHASE; in, Resource Recovery System Procurement
- MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Environmental Assessment (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Environmental Assessment Accepted by Environ-
mental Agencies
PURPOSE: To issue report and receive reactions, in order to finalize assess-
ment.
DESCRIPTION; About 80% of the assessment preparation work was done in the
previous step. Remaining is the writing to tie the work together and the
presentation of material in report format. The draft report is issued for
review, and comments are received in anticipation of the final document.
This task could be delayed due to public hearing requirements, major objec-
tion, or other substantial disagreement.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Draft the outline of chapters using the Table of Contents and computations
from A 32404 and A 32802.
2. Discuss internally.
3. Write draft report.
4. Review internally, modify, and finalize draft report.
5. Issue notification of draft report.
6. Make draft reports available to the regulatory agencies and the public.
7. Receive and compile comments.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Incomplete analysis; contractor refuses to supply data and/or
analysis; important environmental issues overlooked.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Form of document; need for hearings.
INPUT; All output from A 32404 and A 32802 (performed in conjunction with
A 32404).
OUTPUT; Draft environmental assessment with comments received.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 5 to 30 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I REVISE DRAFT AND ISSUE FINAL REPORT
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Environmental Assessment (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Environmental Assessment Accepted by Environ
mental Agencies
PURPOSE; To complete requirements and issue a responsive assessment.
DESCRIPTION; All comments received are reviewed and considered. Appropriate
comments are incorporated into the main body of the report. The results are
reviewed and approved by the issuing agency. When approval is received, the
document is made available to interested parties.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Incorporate comments into the draft report; finalize graphics.
2. Retype and review internally.
3. Finalize changes.
4. Submit for review and obtain approval.
5. Print and issue to regulatory agencies and the public.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement with the facts as presented; conflicting comments.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which comments to incorporate and in what form.
INPUT: Draft report and comments received from A 32405.
OUTPUT: Final Environmental Assessment.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: C
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD
4. Must be Notified: EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 4 to 16 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average a 30 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: SECURE PRECONSTRUCTION PERMITS number
- (FULL SERVICE) numosr
PHASE ; HIj Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE: To secure necessary permits such as air quality, NPDES, construction,
operation, and highway permits where required, before extensive design is per-
formed, principally to assure the lead agency; the contractor (if contractor
equity is involved); the financial community (if case revenue bond financing
is anticipated); the market (s); participating communities and the public that
the project is viable and will meet all regulatory requirements.
DESCRIPTION; Depending on State and local requirements, various types of permits
may need to be secured prior to final design and construction for the project to
have a reasonable probability of success. Some of the permits are contingent
upon an acceptable site plan, expected emissions and effluents. The permits are
issued. The master activity is performed in conjunction with MA 328, since meet-
ing permit requirements may cause modifications to the contractor's proposed
design. The permit applicant will be either the lead agency or the full service
contractor, depending on the type of financing employed and the contractual
arrangements of the project.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Permit requirements unclear; incomplete list of permits;
renewed public opposition.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which agencies should be contacted; which permits should be
applied for during this master activity; whether or not design modifications
are necessary to meet the permit requirements; whether the lead agency or the full
service contractor should be the applicant for the permits.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, PM, C, with CR assistance
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, EO
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 26 weeks. Range = H to 39 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 90 work days.
3. Funding: $25,000
REFERENCES: Local permit information
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I COMPLETE LISTING OF APPLICABLE PERMITS
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Secure Preconstruction Permits (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE : To avoid overlooking any of the numerous permits which may be
required.
DESCRIPTION: Previously completed lists of required permits may be outdated
or incomplete. It is advantageous to review and compile a complete list.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Gather and review existing lists of required permits.
2. Determine if any additional permits are required by talking to all concerned
agencies. One agency will generally be able to indicate who the others
might be. Agencies can indicate if any recent changes to law or rules and
regulations have been made.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Incomplete list from an agency.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which agencies should be contacted.
INPUT: Previous lists, new information solicited by telephone.
OUTPUT: Completed list of required permits.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PM, CR
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: Various agencies, one leading to another
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 1 weeks. Range = 1 to 2 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I REVIEW REQUIREMENTS number
P.?AS.E.; m» Resource Recovery System Procurement
* MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Preconstruction Permits (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE: To identify the requirements of the permits; to screen only those
which should be secured prior to construction.
DESCRIPTION; After material has been compiled, the permits which are required
prior to construction are identified and a priority is placed on the order in
which they should be sought. Often these requirements have been known from
Phase II work, but this activity provides a comprehensive review and check.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Review the permit applications to determine both technical and scheduling
requirements.
2. Set priorities on those which should be secured before construction and
which were addressed by preliminary design of MA 328.
3. Determine necessary lead times for permit review.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Insufficient time to schedule first those permits of highest
priority; unclear permit requirements.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which permits should be applied for at this time; priority
of permit application submission.
INPUT: List of all possible permits from A 32501.
List of permits which will be pursued; list of requirements of each;
OUTPUT:
and anticipated schedule for submitting and receiving permits.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C, CR
2. Responsible:
3. Must be Consulted: Agencies requiring permits
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! ESTABLISH PERMIT RESPONSIBILITY
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Preconstruction Permits (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE; To establish who will be responsible for applying for permits, which
agency will issue the permit, and what the parameters for the permit will be.
DESCRIPTION; At the outset the individual responsible for preparing permit
applications, obtaining the required signatures, and other approvals is
designated. Other designations are: who will be the agency's representative;
who will gather additional information and give and receive missing details.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Identify individuals in the lead and involved agencies and the full service
contractor who are critical to the permit process.
2. Obtain commitments for participation.
3. Reach an understanding of the requirements of each permit.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; No commitment from necessary participants.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Identification of critical personnel in the permit process.
INPUT; Results of review of A 32502.
OUTPUT; Individuals Identified and committed to work.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PM
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: CR, C, and participating agency representative
4. Must be Notified: NR
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 3 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I PERFORM NECESSARY ANALYSIS
*
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Preconstruction Permits (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE: To produce and organize technical and institutional details as
required for the permits.
DESCRIPTION; Analysis based on the proposal (and the contractor's preliminary
design) is necessary for some permits. After analysis, the information is
adapted to the format required by the application.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Identify needed information for each required permit as early as possible.
2. Perform any necessary analysis and produce the information in the form
required for the permit.
3. Check with agencies to see whether information is of the type desired.
4. Ready the information for permit application to suit the individual permit
requirements.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Permit requirements unclear.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Extent of work required to satisfy permits; whether or not
design modifications are necessary to meet the permit requirements; type and
method of analysis.
INPUT; Permit requirements.
OUTPUT: All information gathered and readied for permit application.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, CR
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: IA
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = _ 6 weeks. Range = 3 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 40 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: COMPLETE AND SUBMIT APPLICATIONS number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Preconstruction Permits (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Necessary Permits Secured
PURPOSE: To prepare applications for permits and submit them to appropriate
agencies.
DESCRIPTION; Using output from A 32504, the applications for permits are
completed; appropriate signatures and seals are obtained; and the permits
are submitted to the appropriate agencies.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Complete information on permit application. Check and review for complete-
ness. Append backup data and calculations as necessary.
2. Obtain signatures of key individuals.
3. Submit permit applications according to local custom.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Permit application requirements unclear.
MAJOR DECISIONS; None
INPUT: All information prepared in A 32504.
OUTPUT; Completed and signed permit applications.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, CR
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 3 weeks. Range = 2 to 4 weeks,
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: PREPARE DRAFT CONTRACT(s) number
»
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Waste Supply Contracts (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Signed Waste Supply Contracts
PURPOSE: To establish an initial bargaining position.
DESCRIPTION: An initial bargaining posture is established prior to negotia-
tion. The draft contract establishes the posture on the service to be provided,
the risks to be borne, and the method of compensation in addition to traditional
langua-ge of default, termination and other pertinent contract terms. For sewage
sludge, general conditions and percent solids should be agreed to, as well as
commitments between municipal authorities which are equivalent to contracts.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Preparation of draft contract by legal, financial, and technical consultants.
2. In co-disposal systems, also develop contract(s) for sludge with appropriate
agencies.
3. Incorporating provisions for transportation costs and quantity adjustments
due to existing or future source separation programs.
4. Include previously agreed funding incentives in host community's contract
(if applicable).
5. Draft contracts for individual industrial/commercial accounts.
6. Review and approval of community representatives (if appropriate).
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Disagreement on major contract terms.
MAJOR DECISIONS; What posture to take on industrial/commercial waste; how
rigid a posture to take on the contract.
INPUT; Output from MA 105, MA 202, MA 205, MA 209, MA 210, and MA 323.
OUTPUT: Draft contract.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IHS, C, LC, FA, CR
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO, PD
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 6 to 12 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 120 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; IMA
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: NEGOTIATE CONTRACT(s) number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Waste Supply Contract (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Signed Waste Supply Contracts
PURPOSE; To agree on acceptable contract terms with communities, industrial/
commercial accounts, sludge generators, and other appropriate system members.
DESCRIPTION; In a multi-community or regional situation, certain communities
(or a county or State agency) may negotiate a contract on behalf of all the
communities in the region to be served. In other cases, each contract may have
to be negotiated separately. Where community participation is voluntary, gain-
ing acceptance of the contract is necessary. In a single community situation,
which does not require separate industrial/commercial contracts, and the project
is not co-disposal, this activity is virtually unnecessary unless the lead
agency is to contract with the full service contractor.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Secure negotiation team(s).
2. Conduct technical analysis of the implications of alternative
risk postures.
3. Conduct negotiation sessions (hold caucuses to review risk posture).
4. Conduct technical sessions to work out details of agreed-upon risk
posture.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Parties unable to reach agreement.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Allocation and acceptance of risks.
INPUT; Output of A 31501, MA 204, MA 205, MA 206, MA 210 and MA 323.
OUTPUT: Waste supply contracts.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: Negotiator, PD, LC, FA, LD, C, LC for each community; CR
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 4 to 52 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 100 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: IMA
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: OBTAIN COMMUNITY APPROVAL number
%
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Waste Supply Contracts (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Signed Waste Supply Contracts
PURPOSE: To obtain signed waste supply contracts via political/public
decision(s).
DESCRIPTION; The negotiated contracts are presented to the elected officials
for signature.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Conduct briefings to elected officials and public interest groups.
2. Obtain approval by the legislative and executive bodies of each
jurisdiction.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Negotiated terms deemed unacceptable.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not to agree to the negotiated contract terms.
INPUT; Negotiated contracts (output of A 30502).
OUTPUT: Approved and signed waste supply contracts.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: EO, PT, LD, CR
2. Responsible: EO
3. Must be Consulted:
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 6 to 104 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: ACQUIRE MARKET CONTRACTS (FULL SERVICE) number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Signed Energy (And Materials) Market Contracts
PURPOSE: To develop final agreements by conversion of preliminary commitments
or letters of intent obtained during Phases I and II into contractually binding
documents between the lead agency or the full service contractor and the buyer(s)
of energy (and materials).
DESCRIPTION; The lead agency or the full service contractor (depending upon the
contractual agreements arrived at in MA 323) will negotiate and secure contracts
for sale of energy and materials. Revenues from such contracts will partially
offset the cost of RR. Negotiations for the sale of energy to utilities should
include liaison with the PUC. In the case of RDF production, final contracts
may not be deemed necessary at this time, depending on the amount of risk which
the lead agency or the full service contractor (and possibly the communities
in a multi-jurisdictional project) is willing to bear. For materials recovery
it may be desirable to wait for the facility to become operational before con-
tracting for the sale of the product.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Little monetary incentive for a utility to enter into an
energy contract; excessive redundancy or penalty requirements by energy market.
MAJOR DECISIONS; What level of compensation is appropriate; what risks should
be borne by the lead agency; what risks should be borne by the market; whether
or not to seek materials market contract(s).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD, IHS, C, LC
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, PUC in case of U
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 6 to 20 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
3. Funding: $7,000 (Highly variable depending on the level of detail obtained
in MA 207 and new developments thereafter)
REFERENCES; Rl, R4, R8, R15, R16, R20, R85
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I REVIEW PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
«
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Preliminary Design (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Technical Information For Permits (MA 325) and
Environmental Assessment (MA 324)
PURPOSE; To identify the permit requirements which will require data and
analysis beyond the information included in the contractor's proposal.
DESCRIPTION; Permit requirements are reviewed concurrently during this activity
and A 32502 to ascertain the latest requirements. Complete familiarity with
all requirements is necessary in order to ascertain what data and analysis will
be needed when applying for the permits.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review major required permits as determined in A 32501, particularly air,
water, aesthetics.
2. Determine technical requirements.
3. Determine the data and analysis necessary to meet the technical require-
ments.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Lack of coordination of information obtained from different
permitting agencies.
MAJOR DECISIONS; The type, depth, and amount of detail necessary to meet
permit requirements.
INPUT; Agency permit information from A 32501; information developed currently
during A 32502.
OUTPUT; List of required data and analysis for each permit.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, CR, C, PM
2. Responsible: CR
3. Must be Consulted: EA-(L), ZA, BPD
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: Local permit requirements from EA-(S), EA-(L), and local bpd.
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; UPDATE PLANT TECHNICAL PARAMETERS
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Perform Preliminary Design (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Technical Information For Permits (MA 325) and
Environmental Assessment (MA 324)
PURPOSE: To provide data and analysis required for permits and environmental
assessments; to update and modify plant parameters as necessary for meeting
permit and other environmental requirements.
DESCRIPTION; Layouts and equipment specifications are used to supply required
permit or environmental assessment information. If it is found that the re-
quirements cause modifications to the proposal, the changes are documented
and become part of the contractor's proposal (in some cases this may require
formal submission and approval as an addendum to the proposal).
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Understand permit and environmental assessment requirements thoroughly.
2. Review proposal (and in-house information) and produce the data and
analysis necessary to support the permits and environmental assessment.
3. Perform preliminary design to support technical update (if necessary).
4. Document changes to proposal (if necessary) and submit to lead agency.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Data and analysis requirements unclear.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Whether or not modifications to the proposal are required;
what are the least cost modifications required for permits.
INPUT; Permit requirements (output of A 32801); environmental assessment
requirements (A 32403) design proposed in MA 323 (Acquire Contractor).
OUTPUT: Technical information for permits and environmental assessment;
documented changes to proposal (if necessary).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: CR
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: EA-(L), BPD
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 2 to 8 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES: Local Codes
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: PROVIDE PERMIT SUPPORT number
«.
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Preliminary Design (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Technical Information For Permits (MA 325) and
Environmental Assessment (MA 324)
PURPOSE: To facilitate the processing of preconstruction permits.
DESCRIPTION: MA 325 outlines the procedure for certain permit applications.
After applications are submitted, support is required (A 32506); this activity
provides contractor support to A 32506.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Review and respond to requests for more information from the reviewing
agency for permits, e.g., facility size, processing, and emission rates.
2. Modify configuration and compute system parameters (if necessary).
3. Submit to agency.
4. Repeat as necessary to satisfy permits.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Changing regulations, budget constraints, excessive review
time.
MAJOR DECISIONS: None
INPUT; Response from agencies seeking further information.
OUTPUT; Satisfied permit requirements.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: CR
2. Responsible: PM
3. Must be Consulted: EA-(L), BPD
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 10 weeks. Range = 8 to 14 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 15 work days.
REFERENCES; NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY! FINALIZE PERMITTED CONFIGURATION HU(Tibet
PHASE: III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Perform Preliminary Design (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Technical Information For Permits (MA 325) and
Environmental Assessment (MA 324)
PURPOSE: To place proposal in a ready configuration for detailed design.
DESCRIPTION; After permit and environmental assessment support is complete
and the required configuration has been identified, the preliminary design is
finalized in this activity to await financing and the commencement of final
design. If A 32803 did not produce significant changes from A 32802, then
this activity may not have to be performed.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Review and organize permit support work.
2. Produce final preliminary layouts and major equipment configuration.
3. Document changes to proposal and submit to lead agency (in some cases
this may require formal submission and approval as an addendum to the
proposal.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: None.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Amount of effort for final preliminary work.
INPUT: Material completed for permit support.
OUTPUT; Documented changes to proposal (if necessary).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: CR
2. Responsible: CR, PM
3. Must be Consulted: PD, EO
4. Must be Notified: PD
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 2 weeks. Range = 1 to 4 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 15 work days.
REFERENCES: NR
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY: SECURE FINANCING (FULL SERVICE) number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Receipt of Funds
PURPOSE: To secure capital for the construction of the RR and related facili-
ties; to choose one or some combination of a number of financing alternatives
that provides capital at the lowest cost consistent with the level of risk
that a public jurisdiction is willing to take.
DESCRIPTION; A number of financing options exist, including partial loans
and grants, municipal general obligation bonds, municipal revenue bonds, 100%
corporate financing, 100% tax-exempt revenue bond financing, or leveraged
financing using a mix of equity and tax-exempt revenue bonds. Equity participa-
tion can provide lowest cost financing based upon current tax laws, but also is
the most complex to implement. In some situations, the method of financing may
be supported by loan guarantees. Any or all of these methods may be used de-
pending on the size and locale of the project. The more complex approach of
leveraged financing is illustrated in A 32902 and A 32903. Other approaches
can also be used.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Need IRS approval on a project-by-project basis in the case
of a private tax-exempt bond issue.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Type of financing to pursue; establishment and approval of
local financing authority for tax-exempt bonds; timing of bond issue.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IB*
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: EO, PD, LC, C, FA, BC
*Work of IB, BC, feasibility study engineer and equity counsel derived directly
ESTIMATING DATA: from the project charged.
1. Duration: Average = 38 weeks. Range = 28 to 60 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 100 work days.
3. Funding: $25,000
REFERENCES: R5
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY; PREPARE FINANCING PLAN number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Financing (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Receipt of Funds
PURPOSE: To develop details associated with financing the project.
DESCRIPTION; In a privately designed, constructed, operated, and financed
facility, the secured contractor will arrange the financing through the most
appropriate instruments. In a privately designed, constructed and operated
facility that is financed with public money, the lead agency will arrange the
financing in the appropriate manner. This activity identifies the proposed
method of financing the project, mix of funds from different sources, and impact
on the cost of money and schedule.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. The contractor secures an investment banker, if not already part of proposal
team (for privately financed projects).
2. The investment banker prepares a detailed financing plan (either for the
contractor or for the lead agency, depending on whether the project is
privately or publicly financed).
3. Bond counsel prepares bond resolution (for publicly financed projects).
4. The project director approves the plan (and bond resolution, if applicable).
5. The elected officials approve financing plan (and bond resolution, if
applicable).
MAJOR OBSTACLES: Elected official disagreement with financing plan.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Which financing method is preferred; who should bear the
financing risk; who will be the ultimate owner at the conclusion of the
bonding period.
INPUT; Output from MA 113, MA 209, MA 322.
OUTPUT; Approved detailed financing plan; approved bond resolution (for
publicly financed projects).
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IB, BC
2. Responsible: CR
3. Must be Consulted: PD, EO, FA, C, LC, Local Financing Authority (if
4. Must be Notified: established)
ESTIMATING DATA:
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = _6 to 10 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 15 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY I OBTAIN DEBT FINANCING number
PHASE; HI. Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Financing (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Receipt of Funds
PURPOSE; To develop bond resolution for tax-exempt industrial development or
pollution control revenue bonds required by the contractor's financing plan (if
these bonds are not required then this activity is not performed).
DESCRIPTION; Tax-exempt revenue bonds of either industrial development or
pollution control variety may be an important component of low-cost project
financing. Most States have enabling legislation permitting local or State
jurisdictions to issue such bonds for the desired public purposes. Local
jurisdictions which have not previously issued these types of bonds acquire
considerable education, particularly in view of the relatively large amount
of capital usually required for a RR system.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY; If a bond sale is contemplated as part or all of
the contractor's financing plan:
1. Local revenue bonding Authority officials approve the financing plan.
2. Bond Counsel prepares bond resolution.
3. Bond resolution approved by Authority.
Co-disposal projects may incorporate partial construction grant funding
for the sludge treatment aspects of the facility. The complexities of
ownership increase and are to be resolved on a project-by-project basis
through IRS rulings.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Understanding, particularly by community(s), of the implica-
tions of this method of financing; desire for additional rewards or incentives.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Type, details, and timing of bond issue.
INPUT; Outputs from A 32901.
OUTPUT: Approved bond resolution.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: LC, BC, IB, LD
2. Responsible: Authority or LA
3. Must be Consulted: PD, EO, C, FA
4. Must be Notified: DP
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 15 weeks. Range = 10 to 30 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 50 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY'. OBTAIN EQUITY FINANCING 1111 (Tiber
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Financing (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Receipt of Funds
PURPOSE: To obtain equity required for the contractor's financing plan (if
equity is not required, then this activity is not performed).
DESCRIPTION; Equity participation, either through the contractor or a third
party, levers important tax benefits (e.g., investment tax credit or acceler-
ated depreciation), which can be returned to participating communities in the
form of lower effective financing costs.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
For Contractor Equity:
1. Contractor commits equity.
For Third Party Equity:
1. Select equity counsel.
2. Prepare offering circular.
3. Offer to third party equity participants.
4. Equity commitments.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: IRS approval of leveraged financing arrangement.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Ownership at the end of the bond financing period.
INPUT; Waste supply contracts (MA 326), market contracts (MA 327),
construction and operating agreements (MA 323).
OUTPUT: Equity commitment letters.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: IB, Equity Counsel
2. Responsible: CR
3. Must be Consulted: PD, EO, LC, C, FA, LD, BC
4. Must be Notified: BP
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 10 weeks. Range = 8 to 16 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 5 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; Previous examples of effective offering circulars obtained
locally from IB.
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: ESTABLISH PROJECT FEASIBILITY number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
tr
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Financing (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Receipt of Funds
PURPOSE; To establish independent engineering feasibility of the project for
offering.
DESCRIPTION; An independent engineering evaluation of the project's technical
and economic feasibility is often necessary to satisfy prospective bond holders.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Select engineering consultant.
2. Prepare feasibility study, examining all managerial, technical,
environmental, economic and financial aspects of the proposed project.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Insufficient time to conduct feasibility study; project
delays resulting from questions raised.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Consultant selection.
INPUT: Analyses of waste supply (MA 325), markets (MA 326), contractor
proposals and contracts (MA 323).
OUTPUT; Publication of Feasibility Report.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: Engineering C
2. Responsible: IB
3. Must be Consulted: PD, EO, C, FA
4. Must be Notified: DP
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 15 weeks. Range = 10 to 20 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 1Q work days.
REFERENCES; R2, R3, R5, R6, R8, RIO, Rll, R15, R20, R25, R27, R29, R30, R31,
R33, R34, R35, R38, R39, R40, R55, R65
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: MARKET BONDS number
PHASE; 111, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY; Secure Financing (Full Service)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Receipt of Funds
PURPOSE; To obtain debt financing for the project.
DESCRIPTION; Complete all necessary documentation, secure all necessary
approvals, and market the bonds.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Finalize documents as applicable
- lease
- bond
- participation agreement
- construction agreement
- service agreement
2. Secure the approvals of local/State financing authority.
3. IRS approval.
4. Rating Agency review.
5. Market bonds.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: IRS approval, poor credit rating.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Timing of bond issue.
INPUT: Output from A 32902, A 32903, and A 32904.
OUTPUT; Receipt of funds.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IB, BC, FA
2. Responsible: CR
3. Must be Consulted: PD, EO, FA, C
4. Must be Notified: DP
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 15 weeks. Range = 12 to 20 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES; IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: NEGOTIATE MARKET CONTRACTS number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
W-
MASTER ACTIVITY; Acquire Market Contracts (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Signed Energy (And Materials) Market Contracts
PURPOSE: To negotiate agreement between the lead agency and the market(s) on
terms and conditions for purchase and sale of energy; to reduce the risk of the
RR project by obtaining long-term energy market contracts.
DESCRIPTION; Pricing formulae and risk allocation can become extremely complex,
involving such items as: base load, time of day pricing, economic dispatch
penalties, fuel price discount, guaranteeing a minimum energy supply, specify-
ing a maximum energy supply, specifying load following requirements, connection
costs (ie: transmission lines, substation, steam and condensate lines, boiler
retrofit), and penalties or losses due to system failure. Material markets are
left to local option - whether to seek contracts now or after the plant is built.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Analysis of prevailing energy costs to customers.
2. Preparation of initial bargaining posture.
3. If the market is a utility, check PUC requirements for filing and/or
approval. It may be desirable to maintain liaison with PUC during negotia-
tions, and possibly even have them attend negotiating sessions.
4. Negotiation of the energy market contract(s).
5. Decide whether or not to pursue materials market contracts at this time.
The letter of intent from MA 207 will affect this decision. Existing
materials contracts for source separation programs may be useful if materi-
als contracts are sought.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Excessive redundancy or penalty requirements by energy market.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Acceptance of a final agreement by all parties to the
negotiations; whether to seek materials market contract(s).
INPUT: Output from MA 106 and MA 204.
OUTPUT: Signed energy (and materials) market contracts.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IHS, C, PD, LC
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO, PUC (if appropriate)
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 8 weeks. Range = 6 to 20 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
MASTER ACTIVITY*. SECURE FINANCING (TURNKEY) number
PHASE: HI, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MILESTONE: Receipt of Funds
PURPOSE: To secure capital for the construction of RR and related facilities.
DESCRIPTION: There are basically two financing methods available when a gov-
ernmental organization owns the facility. General obligation bond financing
is the method often used for financing publicly-operated projects and places
the faith and credit of the sponsoring jurisdiction behind the project. Munici-
pal revenue bond financing pledges the project revenues to guarantee the debt,
thus shifting some of the risk from the owner to the user (if they are one and
the same, there is no substantial difference between the two methods). Some
States offer umbrella bond sales for obtaining a lower interest rate. The
risks, however, usually remain with the local government. State or Federal aid
in the form of grants, loans or loan guarantees may also be available; however,
since the terms and conditions of these vary with State and project, they are not
discussed here; the exact method of financing is project and locale specific.
MAJOR OBSTACLES: General obligation debt ceiling may prevent high capital cost
projects from being financed.
MAJOR DECISIONS: Type, details, and timing of bond issue.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Does Work: PD, IB. BC
2. Must be Consulted or Notified: PD, EO, C
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 14 weeks. Range = 11 to 26 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 30 work days.
3. Funding: $10,000
REFERENCES; R5, R8, R34, R50, R52, R53, R55, R58, R110
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS; NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: PREPARE FINANCING PLAN number
^
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Secure Financing (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE: Receipt of Funds
PURPOSE: To develop the details associated with financing the project.
DESCRIPTION: This activity identifies the proposed method of financing the
project and the cash flow requirements based upon the construction schedule.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY:
1. Investment banker prepares financing plan (may have independent engineer-
ing feasibility study performed).
2. Bond counsel prepares bond resolution.
3. Project director approves financing plan and resolution.
4. Elected officials approve financing plan and bond resolution.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Debt ceiling ramifications.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Type, details, and timing of bond issue.
INPUT: Output from MA 113, MA 209 and MA 210.
OUTPUT; Approved detailed financing plan and bond resolution.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: IB, BC
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO, C
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 4 weeks. Range = 3 to 6 weeks.
2. Work Effort: Average = 20 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
ACTIVITY: MARKET BONDS number
PHASE; III, Resource Recovery System Procurement
MASTER ACTIVITY: Secure Financing (Turnkey)
MASTER ACTIVITY MILESTONE; Receipt of Funds
PURPOSE; To obtain debt financing for the project.
DESCRIPTION; Complete all necessary documentation, secure all necessary
approvals, market the bonds.
STEPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY;
1. Secure the approval of State financing authority (if applicable).
2. Rating Agency review.
3. Market the bonds.
MAJOR OBSTACLES; Poor municipal credit rating.
MAJOR DECISIONS; Timing of bond issue.
INPUT; Output from A 30901.
OUTPUT; Receipt of funds.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
1. Does Work: PD, IB, BC
2. Responsible: PD
3. Must be Consulted: EO
4. Must be Notified:
ESTIMATING DATA;
1. Duration: Average = 10 weeks. Range = 8 to 20 weeks,
2. Work Effort: Average = 10 work days.
REFERENCES: IMA
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS: NR
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
-------
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
ABBREVIATIONS
A Activity
A/E Architect/Engineer
AO Appointed Official
BC Bond Counsel
BPD Building and Permits Department
C Consultant(s)
CH Clearing House
CR Contractor(s)
DF Department of Finance (municipal comptroller's function)
DOT-(F) Department of Transportation, Federal
DOT-(S) Department of Transportation, State
DOT-(L) Department of Transportation, Local
DP Department of Procurement or Purchasing
DPW Department of Public Works
EA-(S) Environmental Agency, State
EA-(L) Environmental Agency, Local
EO Elected Officials
EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FA Financial Advisor
IA Involved Agency(s)
IB Investment Banker(s)
IG Interest Groups
IHS In-House Staff
IMA Included in Master Activity
IRS Internal Revenue Service
LA Lead Agency
LC Legal Consultant
LD Legal Department
LOI Letter of Intent
M Market(s)
MA Master Activity
MPE Municipal Professional Engineer (responsible Chief Engineer
NR Not Required
O&M Operating and Maintenance
P Public (usually local)
PA Public Agency(s)
PD Project Director (overall project responsibility)
PM Project Manager (daily project management; reports to PD)
PR Public Relations
PT Project Team
PUG Public Utilities Commission
R Reference
RDF Refuse Derived Fuel
RFP Request for Proposals
RFQ Request for Qualifications
RR Resource Recovery
SD Sample Document
SS Support Staff
SWA Solid Waste Authority
U Utility(s)
ZA Zoning Agency
-------
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
ABBREVIATIONS
A Activity
A/E Architect/Engineer
AO Appointed Official
BC Bond Counsel
BPD Building and Permits Department
C Consultant(s)
CH Clearing House
CR Contractor(s)
DF Department of Finance (municipal comptroller's function)
DOT-(F) Department of Transportation, Federal
DOT-(S) Department of Transportation, State
DOT-(L) Department of Transportation, Local
DP Department of Procurement or Purchasing
DPW Department of Public Works
EA-(S) Environmental Agency, State
EA-(L) Environmental Agency, Local
EO Elected Officials
EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FA Financial Advisor
IA Involved Agency(s)
IB Investment Banker(s)
IG Interest Groups
IHS In-House Staff
IMA Included in Master Activity
IRS Internal Revenue Service
LA Lead Agency
LC Legal Consultant
LD Legal Department
LOI Letter of Intent
M Market(s)
MA Master Activity
MPE Municipal Professional Engineer (responsible Chief Engineer
NR Not Required
O&M Operating and Maintenance
P Public (usually local)
PA Public Agency(s)
PD Project Director (overall project responsibility)
PM Project Manager (daily project management; reports to PD)
PR Public Relations
PT Project Team
PUC Public Utilities Commission
R Reference
RDF Refuse Derived Fuel
RFP Request for Proposals
RFQ Request for Qualifications
RR Resource Recovery
SD Sample Document
SS Support Staff
SWA Solid Waste Authority
U Utility(s)
ZA Zoning Agency
-------
RESOURCE RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MODEL
REFERENCES
Rl Levy, S.J. Markets and Technology for Recovering Energy from
Solid Waste. Environmental Protection Publication SW-130.
Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1974. 46 p.
R2 Shilepsky, A., and R.A. Lowe. Resource Recovery Plant
Implementation: Guides for Municipal Officials Planning and
Overview. Environmental Protection Publication SW-157.1.
Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1976. 34 p.
R3 Levy, S.J., and H.G. Rigo. Resource Recovery Plant
Implementation: Guides for Municipal Officials Technologies.
Environmental Protection Publication SW-157.2. Washington,
U.S. Government Printing Office, 1976. 47 p.
R4 Garbe, Y.M., and S.J. Levy. Resource Recovery Plant
Implementation: Guides for Municipal Officials Markets.
Environmental Protection Publication SW-157.3. Washington,
U.S. Government Printing Office, 1976. 47 p.
R5 Randol, R.E. Resource Recovery Plant Implementation: Guides
for Municipal Officials Financing. Environmental Protection
Publication SW-157.4. Washington, U.S. Government Printing
Office, 1976. 20 p.
R6 The MITRE Corporation. Resource Recovery Plant Implementation:
Guides for Municipal Officials Procurement. Environmental
Protection Publication SW-157.5. Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1976. 66 p.
R7 Sussman, D.B. Resource Recovery Plant Implementation: Guides
for Municipal Officials Accounting Format. Environmental
Protection Publication SW-157.6. Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1976. 17 p.
R8 Randol, R.E. Resource Recovery Plant Implementation: Guides
for Municipal Officials Risks and Contracts. Environmental
Protection Publication SW-157.7. Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1976. 52 p.
R9 Hawkins, D.F. Resource Recovery Plant Implementation: Guides
for Municipal Officials Further Assistance. Environmental
Protection Publication SW-157.8. Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1975. 30 p.
-------
RIO Anderson, K., et al. Decision-Makers' Guide in Solid Waste
Management. 2nd ed. Environmental Protection Publication
SW-500. Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1976.
158 p.
Rll Fourth Report to Congress: Resource Recovery and Waste
Reduction. Environmental Protection Publication SW-600.
Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1977. 142 p.
R12 Environmental Protection Agency, Public Participation in
Programs Under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, The
Safe Drinking Water Act, and The Clean Water Act Final
Regulations. Federal Register 44 (34): 10286-10297, February
16, 1979.
R13 Environmental Protection Agency, Financial Assistance for
Resource Recovery Project Development Under the President's
Urban Policy Program Announcements and Request for Proposals.
Federal Register 43 (201): 47944-47949, October 17, 1978.
R14 Environmental Protection Agency, Emission Offset Interpretative
Ruling. Federal Register 44 (11): 3274-3279, January 16,
1979.
R15 Gordian Associates, Inc., Overcoming Institutional Barriers to
Solid Waste Utilization as an Energy Source. HCP/L-50172-01,
U.S. Department of Energy, November 1977. 255 p.
R16 Deleted. Not available.
R17 Metrek Division of The MITRE Corporation. Transportation
Analysis for the 128 WRRC Area. Boston, The Bureau of Solid
Waste Disposal, Department of Environmental Management,
Commonwealth of Massachusetts (11173-54-75-1-79-CR), January
1979. 54 p.
R18 Metrek Divsion of The MITRE Corporation. Lower Pioneer Valley
Regional Resource Recovery Committee Request for Proposals.
Boston, The Bureau of Solid Waste Disposal, Department of
Environmental Management, Commonwealth of Massachusetts
(11267-38-75-3-79-CR), April 1979. 48 p.
R19 Williams, E.G. WRAPping up the Solid Waste Management Problem:
A Model for Regional Solid Waste Management Planning. Environ-
mental Protection Publication SW-548. The MITRE Corporation,
M76-207, Bedford, Massachusetts, April 1976. 10 p.
-------
R20 Ganotis, C.G., S.A. Schneider. Joint Government-Electric
Utility Planning of Refuse Fuel Systems: A Research Report.
The MITRE Corporation, MTR-2894, Bedford, Massachusetts,
August 1974. 141 p.
R21 Zenlea, S., et al. Draft Practical Guidelines for Acquisition
of Resource Recovery Systems. The MITRE Corporation, MTR-3001,
Bedford, Massachusetts, March 1975. 148 p.
R22 Berman, E.B. WRAP - A Model for Regional Solid Waste
Management Planning: Documentation of Operational and Exercise
Runs. The MITRE Corporation, MTR-3219, Bedford, Massachusetts,
April 1976. 243 p.
R23 Berman, E.B. WRAP - A Model for Regional Solid Waste
Management Planning: User's Guide. The MITRE Corporation,
MTR-3222, Bedford, Massachusetts, April 1976. 126 p.
R24 Bureau of Solid Waste Disposal, Commonwealth of Massachusetts
and Metrek Division of The MITRE Corporation. Transportation
Analysis for the Northeastern Massachusetts Resource Recovery
Project. The MITRE Corporation, MTR-3624, Bedford,
Massachusetts, June 1978. 57 p.
R25 Hansen, P., J. Ramsey. Demonstrating Multimaterial Source
Separation in Somerville and Marblehead, Massachusetts. Waste
Age, 7(2):26-27, 48, February 1976.
R26 Gordian Associates, Inc. Where the Boilers Are: A Survey of
Electric Utility Boilers with Potential Capacity for Burning
Solid Waste as Fuel. Environmental Protection Publication
SW-88c, 1974. 329 p. (Distributed by National Technical
Information Service, Springfield, VA, as PB239 392.)
R27 Schultz, H.N., J.B. Benzeger, B.J. Bortz, et al. Resource
Recovery Technology for Urban Decision-Makers. Urban
Technology Center, School of Engineering and Applied Science,
Columbia University, January 1976. 118 p. (Prepared for
National Science Foundation, distributed by National Technical
Information Service, Springfield, VA, as PB-252 458.)
R28 Booz-Allen & Hamilton, Inc. Cost Estimating Handbook for
Transfer, Shredding and Sanitary Landfilling of Solid Waste.
August 1976. 77 p. (Prepared for Environmental Protection
Agency, distributed by National Technical Information Service,
Springfield, VA, as PB-256 444.)
-------
R29 Meier, P.M., and T.H. McCoy. Solid Waste as an Energy Source
for the Northeast. Upton, New York, Policy Analysis Division,
National Center for Analysis of Energy Systems, Brookhaven
National Laboratory, BNL 50559, June 1976. 184 p.
R30 Resource Planning Associates. Waste Flow Characteristics and
Resource Recovery. Prepared for Division of Buildings and
Community Systems, Office of Conservation, Energy Research and
Development Administration, RA-76-31. Washington, October 8,
1976. 20 p.
R31 Wilson, D.G., ed. Handbook of Solid Waste Management. New
York, VanNostrand Reinhold Co., 1977. 620 p.
R32 Task Committee on the Revision of Manual No. 45 of the Committe
on Standards of Practice of the American Society of Civil
Engineers. Consulting Engineering - A Guide for the Engagement
of Engineering Services, rev. ed. New York, July 1972. 96 p.
R33 Parkhurst, J.D. Report on Status of Technology in the Recovery
of Resources from Solid Wastes. File: 31R-10.10. County
Sanitation Districts of Los Angeles County, California, January
13, 1976. 198 p.
R34 Resource Recovery Implementation: Engineering and Economics.
In Proceedings: Engineering Foundation Research Conference,
Rindge, New Hampshire, July 26-30, 1976. Washington, U.S.
Government Printing Office, December 1977, Committee Print
95-34. 221 p.
R35 Tennessee Valley Authority Energy Research Group. Solid Waste
Management Technology Assessment, September 1978. 215 p.
R36 Evan, J.C., et al. Evaluation of the Ames Solid Waste Recovery
System, Part I. U.S. Environmental Protection Publication
Publication EPA-600/2-77-205. Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, November 1977.
A Technical, Environmental and Economic Evaluation of the Wet
Processing System for the Recovery and Disposal of Municipal
Solid Waste. U.S. Environmental Protection Publication
SW-109C, Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1975.
Renard, M.L. Refuse Derived Fuel (RDF) and Densified
Refuse-Derived Fuel (d-RDF). Washington,, National Center for
Resource Reovery, Inc., RM 77-2, June 1978.
-------
Fiscus, D.E., et al. St. Louis Demonstration Final Report:
Refuse Processing Plant Equipment, Facilities, and
Environmental Evaluations. U.S. Environmental Protection
Publication EPA-600/2/77-155a. Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, September 1977.
Midwest Research Institute. Environmental Assessment of
Waste-to-Energy Process - Braintree Municipal Incinerator. EPA
Contract No. 68-02-2166.
Gorman, P.G., et al. St. Louis Demonstration Final Report:
Power Plant Equipment, Facilities and Environmental
Evaluations. U.S. Environmental Protection Publication
EPA-600/2-77-155b. Washington, U.S. Government Printing
Office, December 1977.
Van Meter, D., et al. Evaluation of the Ames Solid Waste
Recovery System, Part II. U.S. Environmental Protection
Publication EPA 600/2-77-205. Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, November 1977.
Sussman, D.B., and H.W. Gershman. Thermal Methods for the
Co-Disposal of Thermal Sludges and Municipal Residues.
Presented at Fifth National Conference on Acceptable Sludge
Disposal Techniques, January 31 - February 2, 1978.
Environmental Protection Publication SW-686, Washington, U.S.
Government Printing Office.
Weston, R.F., Inc. A Review of Techniques for Incineration of
Sewage Sludge with Solid Wastes. Environmental Protection
Agency Report No. 600/2/76-288. December 1976.
Brown and Caldwell Consulting Engineers. Solid Waste Resource
Recovery Full Scale Test Report - Central Contra Costa Sanitary
District. March 1977.
Midwest Research Institute. Environmental Assessment of
Waste-to-Energy Process. For Industrial Environmental Research
Laboratory of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
November 1978.
Davidson, P.E., and T.W. Lucas. The Andco-Torrax
High-Temperature Slagging Pyrolysis System. In 175th
Meeting of the American Chemical Society, Anaheim, California,
March 1978.
R37 Resource Planning Associates, Inc. Source Separation, the
community awareness program in Somerville and Marblehead,
Massachusetts. Environmental Protection Publication SW-551.
Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1976. 81 p.
-------
R38 Phillips, T.A. An Economic Evaluation of a Process to
Separate Raw Urban Refuse Into Its Metal, Mineral and Energy
Components. Office of Assistant Director - Metallurgy, Bureau
of Mines, USDI, 1977, 25 p. (Distribution by National
Technical Information Service, Springfield, VA, as PB 267-629.)
R39 Howard, S.E. Market Locations for Recovered Materials.
Environmental Protection Publication SW-518. Washington, U.S.
Government Printing Office, 1976. 81 p.
R40 Skinner, J.H. The Impact of Source Separation and Waste
Reduction on the Economics of Resource Recovery Facilities.
Resource Recovery and Energy Review, 5 p. Mar/Apr 1977.
(Environmental Protection Publication SW-632.)
R41 Source Separation, Small Scale Pyrolysis Works Wonders for the
Town of Plymouth. Solid Waste Systems, 6(3):14,20-22, May-June
1977.
R42 National Center for Resource Recovery, Inc. Residential Paper
Recovery, A Community Action Program. Environmental Protection
Publication SW-553, Washington, U.S. Government Printing
Office. 20 p.
R43 Spendlove, M.J. Recycling Trends in the United States: A
Review. Information Circular 8711 for the United States Bureau
of Mines, 1976. 25 p.
R44 Seldman, N.N. Garbage in America: Approaches to Recycling,
Working Papers, Institute for Local Self-Reliance. Washington,
DC, 1975. 45 p.
R45 Cohen, D.M. Separate Collection Programs, A National Survey
Draft. Environmental Protection Publication SW-778.
Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1978.
R46 Bingham, T.H. et al. Energy and Economic Impacts of Mandatory
Deposits. Prepared for the Federal Energy Administration under
Contract No. 60-02-50175-00. Research Triangle Park, North
Carolina, Research Triangle Institute, September 1976. 15 p.
R47 Schippereit, M.E., B.C. Williams, H.J. Yaffe. Site Evaluation
for the Northeast Massachusetts Resource Recovery Project. The
MITRE Corporation, M77-218, Bedford, Massachusetts, August
1977. 64 p.
-------
R48 Winter, J.V., and D.A. Conner. Power Plant Siting. Van
Nostrand Reinhold Co., 1979. 220 p.*
R49 National League of Cities, United States Conference of Mayors.
Municipal Solid Waste Disposal ... How Cities Site Landills.
Environmental Protection Publication SW-669. Environmental
Protection Agency Office of Solid Waste Management Programs.
69 p.
R50 Moak, L.L. Administration of Local Government Debt. Municipal
Finance Officers Association, Chicago, 1970. 446 p.
R51 Autio, A.E., et al. Resource Recovery Implementation: An
Overview of Issues. Metrek Division of The MITRE Coporation,
M78-232, Bedford, Massachusetts, 1978. 120 p.
R52 Guide to Municipal Bond Rating. 2nd ed. Boston, The First
National Bank of Boston, Municipal Securities Department, Local
Government Advisory Service, 1971. 10 p.
R53 Flynn, W.G., R.H. Bateman, E. Goldman, and R.M. Kobayashi.
Managing Debt as a Community Resource, Local Assistance Series.
Boston, Commonwealth of Massachusetts Executive Office of
Communities and Development, Department of Community Affairs,
May 1977. 78 p.
R54 Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Bureau of Solid Waste Disposal
and the Metrek Division of The MITRE Corporation. Draft
Environmental Impact Report on the Northeastern Massachusetts
Resource Recovery Project. MTR-3619, Bedford, Massachusetts,
June 1978. 315 p.
R55 Resource Planning Associates. Financial Methods for Solid
Waste Facilities. Cambridge, MA, prepared for Environmental
Protection Agency, 1974. 376 p. (Distributed by National
Technical Information Service as PB-324 612.)
R56 Kaplan, R.S., H. Yakowitz. Technology Assessment: Resource
Recovery Recycling and Reuse, Interim Report. Environmental
Protection Publication SW-307. U.S. Congress Office of Tech-
nology Assessment, April 1976. 31 p.
R57 Cohen D.M. Separate Collection Programs, A National Survey.
Environmental Protection Publication SW-778. Washington, U.S.
Government Printing Office, 1978. 91 p.
*A general source of information, although not directly related to
resource recovery.
-------
R58 Proceedings; Fourth National Congress, Waste Management
Technology and Resources & Energy Recovery, November 12-14,
1975. Environmental Protection Publication SW-8p. Washington,
U.S. Government Printing Office 1976. 382 p.
R59 Deleted. Not Available.
R60 Hawkins, D.F. Resource Recovery Projects: Requests for
Proposals/Contracts Summaries. Environmental Protection
Publication SW-552. Washington, U.S. Government Printing
Office, 1976. 54 p.
R61 Wilson, E.M., et al. Engineering and Economic Analysis of
Waste to Energy Systems. Industrial Environmental Research
Laboratory, Office of Research and Development, Environmental
Protection Publication EPA-600/7-78-086, Cincinnati, May 1978.
264 p.
R62 Parker, F.G., and J.W. Peck. Tennessee Valley Authority Solid
Waste Management Technology Assessment, Tennessee Valley
Research Group, PRS-38, September 1978. 215 p.
R63 Environment and Safety Group. Energy Recovery from Municipal
Solid Waste, and Environmental and Safety Mini-Overview Survey.
Environment and Energy Conservation Division, The Aerospace
Corporation, Prepared for Office of the Assistant Administrator
for Environment and Safety Energy Research and Development
Administration, Aerospace Report No. ATR-76(7518)-7. Contract
No. E(04-3)1101 (PA-4), June 1976. 102 p.
R64 Metcalf & Eddy, Inc. Wastewater Engineering: Collection,
Treatment, Disposal. New York, McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1972.
734 p.
R65 Institute for Solid Wastes of American Public Works Association
with assistance from the Bureau of Solid Waste Management, U.S.
Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. Municipal Refuse
Disposal. Public Administration Service, Chicago, 1970. 506
P.
R66 Boyd, G.B., and M.B. Hawkins. Methods of Predicting Solid
Waste Characteristics. Environmental Protection Publication
SW-23c. Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1971. 26
p. (Distributed by National Technical Information Service as
PB-214 760.)
R67 Smith, F.L. A Solid Waste Estimation Procedure: Material
Flows Approach, Environmental Protection Publication SW-147.
Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, May 1975. 56 p.
-------
R68 Resource Planning Associates, Inc. Waste Flow Characteristics
and Resource Recovery. Washington. Prepared for Energy
Research and Development Administration under Contract No.
E(ll-l)-4011. October 8, 1976.
R69 National Center for Resource Recovery. Municipal Solid Waste
... Its Volume, Composition and Value. National Center for
Resource Recovery Bulletin, 3(2), 10 p.
R70 Golden, J., and T.R. Morgan. The Engineer and the EIS: Some
Recent Court Decisions, Civil Engineering - ASCE, March 1974.
p. 49-51.
R71 Environmental Protection Agency. Preparation of Environmental
Impact Statements -Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, Federal
Register, 39(138):26254-26270, July 17, 1974.
R72 Bishop, A.B. Public Participation in Environmental Impact
Assessment. Presented at Engineering Foundation Conference on
Preparation of Environmental Impact Statements. New England
College, Henniker, New Hampshire, July 29 - August 3, 1973. 19
R73 Bethea, R.M. Air Pollution Control Technology, An Engineering
Analysis Point of View. New York, VanNostrand Reinhold
Company, 1978. 431 p.
R74 Perkins, H.C. Air Pollution. New York, McGraw-Hill Book
Company, 1974. 400 p.
R75 Jacko, R.B., and D.W. Neuendorf. Trace Metal Particulate
Emission Test Results from a Number of Industrial and Municipal
Point Sources. Air Pollution Control Association Journal,
27(10):989-994, October 1977.
R76 Gordon, J.G. Assessment of the Impact of Resource Recovery on
the Environment. Metrek Division, The MITRE Corporation,
MTR-8033, McLean, VA, December 1978. 135 p.
R77 Diaz, L.F., L. Riley, G. Savage, and G.J. Trezek. Health
Aspect Considerations Associated with Resource Recovery.
Compost^ Science, Summer 1976.
R78 Duckett, E.J. Health Aspects of Resource Recovery, Part I:
Occupational Health and Safety. National Center for Resource
Recovery Bulletin, 8(3), Summer 1978.
-------
R79 Duckett, E.J. Health Aspects of Resource Recovery, Part II:
Air Pollution. National Center for Resource Recovery Bulletin,
8(4), Fall 1978.
R80 Freeman, H., K.P. Ananth, L.J. Shannon, and M.P. Schrag.
Environmental Assessment of Waste-to-Energy Processes Source
Assessment Document. EPA Contract No. 68-02-2166, MRI Project
No. 4290-L, Environmental Protection Publication 600/7-77091.
Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, August 1977.
R81 Fenn, D., E. Cocozza, J. Iskister, A. Braids, B. Yare, P. Roux.
Procedures Manual for Groundwater Monitoring at Solid Waste
Disposal Facilities. Environmental Protection Publication
SW-611. Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1977.
269 p.
R82 Bruner, D.R., and D.J. Keller. Sanitary Landfill Design and
Operation. Environmental Protection Publication SW-65ts.
Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1972. 55 p.
R83 Ganotis, C.G., R. Rofe, E.G. Williams, and J.M. Thane.
Potential Resource Recovery Product Markets for Southcentral
Michigan. The MITRE Corporation, MTR-3241, Bedford, MA, June
1976. 187 p.
R84 Paladino, A.E., et al. Materials and Energy from Municipal
Waste, V.2. Working Papers Resource Recovery and Recycling
from Municipal Solid Waste. Office of Technology Assessment,
Washington, 1978. 523 p.
R85 Ballard, C.A. Address to the Fifth National Congress on
Resource and Energy Recovery. December 8, 1976. 10 p.
R86 Comptroller General of the United States. Report to the
Congress, An Evaluation of Emerging Technologies. U.S. General
Accounting Office, August 24, 1976. 56 p.
R87 Landis, G.P., J.G. Abert, J.F. Bernheisel. Contingency
Planning: An Approach for Implementing Resource Recovery.
National Center for Resource Recovery, Inc. for the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, February 1976. 286 p.
R88 Air Pollution from Burning Refuse Fuels. National Center for
Resource Recovery Bulletin, 7(l):15-27, Winter 1977.
R89 National Center for Resource Recovery. Resource Recovery
Engineering and Economic Feasibility Study for the 1-95
Complex, Lorton, VA. Washington, National Center for
Resource Recovery, Inc., 1975. 234 p.
-------
R90 Alter, H., and J. Arnold. Screening of Shredded MSW as a Means
of Upgrading RDF. Washington, National Center for Resource
Recovery, Inc., (TR 78-5), July 1978. 21 p.
R91 National Center for Resource Recovery. The Screening of Light
Fraction to Reduce the Ash Content of Refuse-Derived Fuel.
Washington, National Center for Resource Recovery, Inc., (TR
77-4), August 1978. 7 p.
R92 National Center for Resource Recovery. Markets Study for
Recoverable Resources in Southwestern Pennsylvania, Final
Report. Washington, May 1976. 250 p.
R93 National Center for Resource Recovery. Markets Study for
Recoverable Resources in Westmoreland County, Pennsylvania,
Final Report. Washington, December 1976. 155 p.
R94 National Center for Resource Recovery. New Orleans Resource
Recovery Facility: Implementation Study, Equipment - Economics
- Environment. Washington, September 1977. 427 p.
R95 National Center for Resource Recovery. Initiation and Concept
Development: Mobilization RDF/D-RDF Burning Program, Draft
Report. National Center for Resource Recovery for the U.S.
Department o Energy under Contract ES-76-C-01-3851, April 1979.
152 p.
R96 Refuse-Derived Fuels ... Energy for Industry. National Center
for Resource Recovery Bulletin, (5)2;34-38, Spring 1975. pp.
34-38.
R97 National Center for Resource Recovery. Solid Waste Management
Network Analysis for the 1-95 Complex, Lorton, VA. Washington,
1975. 175 p.
R98 National Center for Resource Recovery. Steps to Resource
Recovery for the 1-95 Complex. Washington, April 1976. 28 p.
R99 Abert, J.G. Planning for Resource Recovery - A Case Study:
Washington, DC Metro Area. Waste Age, 8(3) :30, 33, 34, 38, 73,
March 1977.
R100 Abert, J.G. Municipal Solid Waste Recovery: A Public or
Private Risk? Energy, 2(2):24-26, Spring 1977.
R101 National Center for Resource Recovery. Specifications for
Recovered Materials ... A Prerequisite to Marketing, Part II.
6(l):24-26, Winter 1976.
-------
R102 Environmental Impact Assessment: New Orleans Resource Recovery
and Disposal Program. National Center for Resource Recovery
Bulletin, May 1976. 222 p.
R103 Duchett, E.J. Microbiological Analyses of Dusts at the
Equipment Test and Evaluation Facility. Washington, National
Center for Resource Recovery, Inc., (TR 78-2), March 1978. 25
P.
R104 Duchett, E.J. Physical/Chemical Analyses of Dusts at the
Equipment Test and Evaluation Facility. Washington, National
Center for Resource Recovery, Inc., (TR 78-1), March 1978. 54
P.
R105 Burks, S., and C. Page. Resource Recovery: Is it for You?
Nations Cities, July 1977. pp. 9-14.
R106 Hagerty, D.J., J.L. Pavoni and J.E. Heer, Jr. Solid Waste
Management. New York, Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, 1973.
280 p.
R107 Air Pollution from Burning Refuse Fuels. National Center for
Resource Recovery Bulletin, 7(1):15-27, Winter 1977.
R108 SCS Engineers, Inc. "Analysis of Source Separate Collection of
Recyclable Solid Waste" 2V. Environmental Protection
Publication SW-95.C.1 and SW-95.C.2. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, 1974. (Distributed by National Technical
Information Service, Springfield, VA, as PB 239-775 and PB
239-776.)
R109 Stearns, R. P., and J. Woodard. "The Impact of Resource
Recovery on Urban Landfill Requirements". Waste Age, Volume 8,
No. 1. January 1977. pp. 48-56.
R110 "Choosing the Optimum Financial Strategy for Pollution Control
Investments". Environmental Protection Publication
625/3-76-005a. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency -
Technology Transfer. October 1978.
Rill "Life Cycle Costing, A Guide for Selecting Energy Conservation
Projects for Public Buildings". U.S. Department of Commerce,
National Bureau of Standards. September 1978.
R112 Abbate, S. "The Use of Aluminum Recovered from Municipal Solid
Waste". Resource Recovery and Utilization. American Society
for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA, 1975.
-------
R113 Vaccaro, Henry S. and Henri-Claude Bailly. Source Separation;
A Cost Effective Low Technology Resource Recovery Option.
Cambridge, MA: Resource Planning Associates, Inc., 1976.
R114 "Five Rules for Resource Recovery". NCRR Bulletin, Volume IV,
Number 4, Fall 1976.
R115 Smith, F. A. Comparative Estimates for Post-Consumer Solid
Waste. Environmental Protection Publication SW-148. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, May 1975.
R116 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the International
Research and Technology Corp. Forecasting the Composition and
Weight of Household Solid Wastes Using Input-Output Techniques.
NTIS Publication # PB 257-499, # PB 257-500.IRT-372-R.
Arlington, VA, November 1975.
R117 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM); Committee
E-38 on Resource Recovery; Write (please do not call) and
include subcommittee number. ASTM, 1916 Race Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19103.
E-38's efforts are devoted to "the development of methods of
test, specifications, recommended practices and nomenclature,
the promotion of knowledge, and stimulation of research
relating to material and energy resources recoverable or
potentially recoverable from waste ... waste for resource
recovery is ... defined as that portion of waste which is
collected from industrial, commercial, or household sources
destined for disposal facilities ..."
Full committee meetings are held twice a year; subcommittee
meetings are held more often. Draft reports of findings may be
available.
E-38 Subcommittees
E38.01 Energy; E38.02 Ferrous Metals; E38.03 Nonferrous Metals;
E38.04 Paper and Paperboard Products; E38.05 Glass; E38.06
Construction Materials; E38.06.01 Waste Glass in Ceramic
Construction Materials; E38.06.02 Slags in Construction
Materials; E38.07 Health and Safety Aspects of Resource
Recovery; E38.08 Processing Equipment and Unit Operations;
E38.92 Research; E38.93 Nomenclature, Definitions and
Editorial; E38.94 Long-Range Planning.
-------
NOTE TO USER
Documents referred to in the Resource Recovery Management Model
are listed in this section. Many of the documents are readily avail-
able to the user from the Environmental Protection Agency and other
sources as noted.
To order EPA publications, send request to:
Solid Waste Information
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
46 West St. Clair Street
Cincinnati, Ohio 45268
To order NTIS reports, send request to:
National Technical Information Service
U.S. Department of Commerce
5258 Port Royal Road
Springfield, Virginia 22161
A complete listing of Available Information Materials on solid
waste management is available upon request from:
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Solid Waste
26 West St. Clair Street
Cincinnati, Ohio 45268
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENTS LISTING
SD 10602 Telephone Survey Boiler Questionnaire
SD 10604 Sample Worksheet for Energy Market Visit
SD 10607 Steam Pricing Analysis
SD 10608 Industrial Energy Market Letter of Interest
SD 10702a Landfill Site Data Sheet
SD 10702b Existing Disposal Sites Information Checklist
SD 10802 Preliminary Questionnaire - Markets for Materials in Solid Waste
SD 10805 Materials Market Letter of Interest
SD 10901 Sample Collection Practices Survey
SD 10902 Source Separation Program Cost Analysis
SD SS103 Semi-Rural Source Separation Opinion Poll Questionnaire
SD SS203 Sample Letter of Intent for Materials
SD 20501 Waste Supply Letter of Intent
SD 20705 Energy Market LOI
SD 20710 Materials Market LOI
SD 21006 Letter of Support
SD 32302 RFP Evaluation/Proposal Evaluation Criteria
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10602
TELEPHONE SURVEY BOILER QUESTIONNAIRE
Name of Firm:
Address:
Company Contact Representative
Telephone Number
Boilers
Nominal Steam Use Boiler Type
Capacity (process Remaining Operation Fuel (package,
_(Btu/hrj_ elec, heat) Life (hr/day) (type, quan) Stoker-fed)
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Status of Interest in RDF
1. Have you ever had any experience with or have you ever considered
the use of waste-based solid fuel in your boilers?
2. Would you be willing to enter into discussions with potential fuel
producers for the use of refuse fuel in your boiler system?
-------
Sheet 1 of 2
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10604
SAMPLE WORKSHEET FOR ENERGY MARKET VISIT
1. Plant Operation
a. Shifts per Day:
b. Days per Week:
c. Vacation Shutdown:
2. Time of
a. Plant Startup:
b. Plant Shutdown:
3. Boilers
a. Number:
b. Age:
4. Boilers per shift
a. Winter:
b. Summer:
5. Boiler efficiencies:
6. Steam Uses. Conditions:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
7. Typical Boiler Steaming Rates (lb/hr)'-
January
April
July
October
8. Weekend Steam Use:
Saturday Sunday
9. Fuel Type:
Cost:
Monthly Consumption 19 :
10. Steam Cost based on Fuel Cost Only ($/MM Btu)
11. Steam Cost including capital and operating and maintenance costs
($/MM Btu)
-------
Sheet 2 of 2
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10604
WORKSHEET FOR ENERGY MARKET VISIT
12. Expansion:
a. Plans for (over the next 15 years):
b. Estimated impact on steam requirements:
13. Willingness to sign a steam contract for years with the steam price
tied to the price of the lowest commercially available fuel.
14. Interest in the operation of resource recovery plant.
15. Preferred Backup System:
a. own power plant
b. incinerator facility equipped oil-fired boilers
16. Would there be any economic loss if the steam supply to the process
was interrupted for up to 2 hours? If so, what is the potential dollar
loss and why?
17 o Modifications necessary if RDF were used:
a. Air pollution controls:
b. Ash handling:
c. Storage Space:
d. How fired:
18. Is there any company land available within a one-mile radius that could
be used for an incinerator facility?
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10607
STEAM PRICING ANALYSIS
Fuel Displacement Cost: No. 6 Fuel Oil
Assumptions: 1. Gallon of oil has 150,000 BTU
2. 42 gallons of oil per barrel
3. Cost figures are for 1000 Ibm of steara
Cost -p^I* {^~ * * S * Ah
Cost
fLA * f ^ * s )
(6300J V « /
where Ah *= enthalpy rise of feedwater to boiler exit steara BTU/lbm
S = cost of No. 6 fuel oil $/barrel
e «* boiler efficiency
For boiler efficiency of 85% e = 0.85
and $13 per barrel of fuel oil S = 13 $/barrel
fc /15.294\ .«
Cost = 1 ^0»» J Ah
(15.294\
6300 /
The formula must consider:
1. Peak Load
2. Off-Peak Load
3. Waste Generated
4. Minimum energy production (RDF needed)
5. Minimum energy demand (Btu needed)
6. Put or Pay Clause?
7. Base or Peak Loading
8. Steam or Electricity
9. Guarantees, reliability
10. Revenues to community
Cost to energy markets > based on fossil fuel replacement alone
or w/ capacity credits
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10608
INDUSTRIAL ENERGY MARKET LETTER OF INTEREST
Dear Mr.
I have reviewed your letter of October 23 and would like to reaffirm
comments that I have made to you verbally at our past meetings.
Obviously, the Company would be interested in pur-
chasing low-cost steam for our heating and processing requirements.
However, no final decision to go this route would be arrived at until
after a complete cost analysis is made of what it would mean for us to
maintain our existing plant to furnish the balance of steam above your
generating capability and also after arriving at a true economical figure
for the cost of steam.
I might comment that your 10% discount seems low; without a good
engineering calculation on losses, we could probably lose that much in
the old steam lines delivering from your new proposed plant to us.
Your proposal for a 15-year contract is obviously too long. It far
exceeds any long-range forecasts that we prepare for our business needs.
Therefore, a much shorter contract with renegotlable clauses would be re-
quired.
I will conclude by saying yes, the Company does
have an interest in your proposal provided it !s economically feasible
and is capable of meeting our requirements on a continuous basis.
Very truly yours,
-------
Sheet 1 of 2
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10702a
Landfill Site Data Sheet
A. Placement
1. Location:
2. Total Area:
3. Owners:
4. Present Use of Land:
5. City Zone District:
6. Adjacent Land Uses, Zones, etc.:
7. Restrictions and Setbacks:
8. Historical and Archaeological Significance:
9. Proximity to Population and Refuse Centers:
B. Site
1. Accessibility:
2. Topography:
3. Soil Classification:
4. Availability of Cover:
5. Surface Drainage:
6. Groundwater Supply:
7. Existing Utilities:
C. Site as Landfill
1. Usable area:
2. Type of operation:
3. Capacity:
4. Life:
5. Land use after: Development
D. Environmental Concerns of Site
1. General Landfill Nuisances:
2. Visual Pollution:
3. Groundwater Pollution:
4. Surface Drainage Works:
5. Destruction of Natural Resources:
6. Displacement:
-------
Sheet 2 of 2
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10702a
Landfill Site Data Sheet
D. Environmental Concerns of Site (continued)
7. Other Environmental Concerns:
8. Safety:
9. Objections by Owners and Adjacent Owners:
10. Objections by Public, Community Organizations, etc.
E. Site Operations
1. Access Road:
2. Facilities:
3. Utilities:
4. Drainage System:
5. Leachate Control System:
F. Costs/Ton Refuse
-------
Sheet 1 of 2
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10702b
EXISTING DISPOSAL SITES INFORMATION
CHECKLIST
1. Name and Title of Person Completing Checklist
2. Name of Si
3. Location
4. Type of Facility
5. Is site visible from paved road
6. Type of access road?
7. Condition of access road?
8. Are there any signs posted indicating fees or hours of operations?
9. Any attempt at landscaping?
10. Any fencing?
11. Any fire protection facilities?
12. Any observation wells to detect possible ground water contamination?
13. Is there any record of ground water pollution at this site?
14. Any drainage ditches?
15. If so, do they appear to be adequate?
16. Any scales for weighing refuse?
17. Any treatment facilities for contaminated surface water?
18. Any sanitary facilities or first aid equipment for operators'
-------
Sheet 2 of 2
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10702b
EXISTING DISPOSAL SITES INFORMATION
CHECKLIST
19. Age of facility ?_
20. Espected life?
21. Describe method of operation?
22. Describe general appearance of site?
23. Area of facility
24. Height above original ground
25. Height below original ground
26. Is refuse face covered daily? Weekly? Monthly?
27. Is there any difficulty with fires?
28. What is the average height of a lift?
or the average depth of fill?
29. What collectors use your site?
30. Comments
-------
Sheet 1 of 6
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10802
PRELIMINARY QUESTIONNAIRE
Salvage Markets for Materials In Solid Waste
Name of Organization:
Address:
Telephone Number: /
Area. Code
Name Of Person Completing Questionnaire:
1. Type of Industry:
2. Principal Products:
3. Indicate the potential use for the following recyclable materials (TPY):
a. Newsprint
b. Corrugated
c. Other paper wastes (specify)
d. Ferrous metals (specify)
e. Aluminum
f. Other non-ferrous metals
g. Glass
h. Textiles
i. Rubber
j. Plastics
k. Incinerator residues
1. Organics
4. Give specifications of desired secondary materials -
a. Quality of Paper:
b. Grade of scrap metal:
c. Acceptable degree of impurities in metals (specify):
d. Color of glass:
e. Is removal of metal rings on bottles required?_
f. Must textiles be separated by type?
g. Other
5. What are the minimum and maximum quantities (if any) of secondary materials
required?
-------
Sheet 2 of 6
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10802
6. What preparatory processing of secondary materials is required?
a. Shredding _____^_
b. Baling
c. Crushing of Glass
d. Separation By Color
e. Washing
f. Dewatering_
g. Other
7. Give specifications of the types of storage containers to be used (if any)
8. Is delivery of materials necessary, or can pickup be arranged?
9. What is the anticipated price of the secondary materials ($/ton)?
10. What are the contractual agreements for the purchase of these materials?
(Long term/short term)
11. Describe previous experience in use of materials derived from municipal
solid waste.
12. Additional Comments:
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10802 Sheet 3 of 6
Questionnaire For
Potential Markets for Materials Recovered from Solid Waste
I. Name of Organization:
2. Address:
3. Telephone Nunber: /
Area Code
4. Name and Title of Person Completing Form:
5. Type of Industry:
6. Briefly summarize your firm's principal operations including products
and services:
7. Describe prior and current experience with material recycling:
8. Circle the recycled material(s) your firm is interested in and enter
the minimum and maximum estimated quantities you would consider con-
tracting for under "normal" market conditions:
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
'Tons/Year Tons/Year
a. Newsprint
b. Corrugated
c. Other wastepaper (specify)
d. Ferrous metals
e. Aluminum
f. Other non-ferrous metals (specify)
g. Glass
h. Plastics
i. Rubber
j. Wood
k. Compost .
1. Incinerator residue (specify)
m. Other (specify)
-------
Sheet 4 of 6
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10802
Target specifications have been drafted by the National Center for
Resource Recovery CNCRR) for several of these recov/erables (see
attached). What alterations or additions if any, would you make in
these preliroinary drafts to specify material suitable for your
processes? I£ NCRR specifications are not provided for the material(s)
you are interested in, detail your own requirements (e.g., grade, size,
forn, cleanliness, color, chemical composition, density, moisture
content). Use back of page where necessary.
10. Briefly describe how you would use this recycled material and any
process changes that would be required:
11. Indicate .your material transport requirements (e.g., acceptable modes of
transportation, feasible receiving points);
12. Indicate special handling requirements:
13. What type of contractual agreement, would you consider entering into
for the purchase of materials? (Include duration):
-------
Sheet 5 of 6
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10802
1,4. What method(s) would you consider for determining contract prices?
(e.g., fixed price for the duration of contract, or purchase price as
a fixed or floating percentage of scrap commodity quotations from a
trade publication or journal, etc.):
15. Indicate an approximate floor price or long-term average (F.O.B.
specific location) that you would consider paying for recycled
mal-fiTi nl CO
material(s):
16. If supplied with sufficiently conclusive data concerning the quantity
and quality of recovered material(s) would you furnish either a non-
obligatory "LETTER OF INTENT TO PURCHASE" such material(s) or an
"EXPRESSION OF INTEREST" in same? YES NO
lemarks :
17. Describe any changes you anticipate in your future raw material
supply, operating procedures or capacities, or market prospects that
could possibly affect your interest in, or demand for recycled
materials:
18. Describe the hypothetical likelihood, if any, of local market displace-
ment resulting from either your specific acceptance of recyclables or
the potential marketing of recovered materials at large in the Phila-
delphia region:
- (USE BACKSIDE FOR ADDITIONAL COMMENTS) -
-------
Sheet 6 of 6
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10802
TARGET SPECIFICATIONS INDEX
Target Specification No.
Target Specification No.
Corrugated Boxes
Target Specification No.
Scrap for Steel Making
Target Specification No.
Iron
Target Specification No.
Target Specification No.
Blast Furnace Feed
Target Specification No.
Reuse in Wrought Alloys
Target Specification No.
Scrap Reuse in Cast and
Target Specification No.
Metals
Target Specification No.
Container Manufacture
Target Specification No.
Target Specification No.
Brick Manufacture
1 - Recovered Newsprint
2 - Recovered Old
3 - Can BundlesFerrous
4 - Cans for Precipitation
5 - Cans for Detinning
6 - Ferrous Scrap for
7 - Aluminum Scrap
8 - Possible Aluminum
Secondary Alloy Products
9 - Other Non Ferrous
10 - Cullet Use in
11 - Inorganic Fines
12 - Glass Fines for
-------
Sheet 1 of 6
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10805
MATERIALS MARKET LETTER OF INTEREST
Dear Mr.
ire are interested in purchasing aluminum and mixed heavy nonferrous
metals that proposes to recover from the Resource Re-
covery Project.
Depending on the capacity of the facility, we understand aluminum
quantities recovered annually would range from approximately 1000
to 3000 tons per year, and the mixed heavy nonferrous metals would
range from approximately 400 to 1000 tons per year.
Eased on present market conditions and analysis of the product
samples and compositions we examined, we would value the aluminuia
at approximately $ .22 to $ .23 a pound (or 100^ old sheet and
cast), and the mixed nonferrous at approximately $ .235 to $ .24
(or 50% ;f2 copper). Prices are F.Q.B. your plant, American Iletal
Market, date of shipment.
i-Iy firm would be interested in a long-term contract for a dependable
supply of these materials. The terms and conditions of this agreeraen
would be determined near the time the facility comes on Iine0
Je must call to your attention the fact that by the time you are
ready to produce this material, markets for your by-product may
change drastically.
Thank you for your consideration.
Sincerely
-------
Sheet 2 of 6
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10805
MATERIALS MARKET LETTER OF INTEREST
Dear
The Company would like to express Its' intent to
purchase recovered wastepaper from the City
If It conforms to appropriate standards.
After reviewing your Target Specification No. 1, we feel that
the water solubles and organic solubles should be considered
as subheadings of the total outthrow content. Thus, in order
to conform to our particular needs, it must read:
Outthrows: Less than 2 percent of acceptable
paper, any combination of water
solubles and organic solubles
exceeding 2^ shall be rejectable.
This definition is more in line with the Paper Stock Standard s
and Practices Circular PS70 which defines outthrows as
"all papers tha^t are so manufactured or treated or are in such
a form as to be unsuitable for consumption as the grade
specified".
In addition, the acceptance of 1500# bales exceeds the size
of our current pulp batch and 850 to 1000 pound bales are more
agreeable.
As to the pricing, we would require that pricing be linked
to an independent index such as "The Yellow Sheet" Official
Board I-iarkets for No. 1 news.
Our offering would be $2 per ton higher than this price or
in the sheet, $27 per ton F.O.B. your yard.
Our minimum consumption would be 1500 tons per year and our
maximum approximately 5000 tons per year.
In addition, the minimum consumption cannot be a fixed number
but must in any contract be linked to our production schedule.
Thus, in the winter over Christmas and New Years,
the plant will be closed for about 8 weeks and no paper
would be purchased during that time.
Regards,
-------
Sheet 3 of 6
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10805
MATERIALS MARKET LETTER OF INTEREST
Dear Mr.
I am interested in purchasing aluminum and mixed heavy nonferrous
metals that proposes to recover from the resource
recovery prpject.
Depending on the capacity of the facility, I understand aluminum
quantities recovered annually would range from approximately 1000
to 3000 tons per year, and the mixed heavy nonferrous metals would
range from approximately 400 to 1000 tons per year.
Based on present market conditions and analysis of the product
samples and compositions I examined, I would value the aluminum at
approximately 100% old sheet and cast, and the mixed nonferrous at
approximately 50% 32 copper. Prices are F.O.B. your plant.
Ky firm x^ould be interested in a long-term contract for a dependable
supply of these materials. The terms and conditions of this
aggreeraent would be determined near the time the facility comes
on line.
Sincerely yours,
-------
Sheet 4 of 6
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10805
MATERIALS MARKET LETTER OF INTEREST
Dear Mr.
This letter is in response to Mr. inquiry of
December 18, 1978, requesting an expression of interest in the
estimated 1400 to 2800 tons of aluminum product per year expected
to be recovered from the subject community's resource recovery
system.
Company actively supports the concept of
resource recovery. We have negotiated several long-term contracts
to purchase aluminum from resource recovery facilities and are
actively seeking others. We would be happy to pursue this with
you when you are ready. However, we do not believe that pro forma
letters of interest really address the marketing potential of
recovered aluminum.
I am enclosing copies of specifications for aluminum
recovered from municipal refuse for your information and for
inclusion in discussions that could be held at a later date.
Please advise when you feel such discussions can be started.
Sincerely,
-------
Sheet 5 of 6
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10805
MATERIALS .JuUCET LETTER OF INTEREST
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ALUMINUM
RECOVERED FROM MIXED MUNICIPAL REFUSE
GRADE A
The scrap aluminum in mixed municipal refuse must be separated
from all other materials. If the material is reclaimed using dry
processing following thermal treatment of the refuse, it must be
baled to a density of 15-25 pounds per cubic foot. If the aluminum
is separated from raw refuse or if wet processing techniques are
used to separate the aluminum, the aluminum must be shredded or
dried prior to baling. The shredded material must pass over a U. S.
Standard 12 mesh screen to reduce fines (dust, dirt, sand, paint,
etc.). Fines must not exceed three percent (3%) of gross weight..
The finished product must be baled to a density of 15-25 Ibs./ft.
Alternatively, dry shredded material may be shipped loose if it has
a density of 15-25 lbs/ft.3 Analyses will be on the melt of a
total shipment.
Each shipment shall yield after melting a total net weight of
at least 85 percent (85%) of the gross weight of aluminum scrap
received and shall contain by chemical analysis the following
maximum elements.
MAXIMUM
ELEMENT WEIGHT PERCENT
Si .30
Fe .60
Cu .25
Mn 1.25
Mg 2.0
Cr .10
Ni .05
Zn .25
Ti .05
Bi .02
Pb .02
Sn .02
Others - Each . 04
Others - Total .12
Al remainder
-------
Sheet 6 of 6
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10805
MATERIALS MARKET LETTER OF INTEREST
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ALUMINUM
RECOVERED FROM MIXED MUNICIPAL REFUSE
GRADE B
The scrap aluminum in mixed municipal refuse must be separated
from all other materials. If the material is reclaimed using dry
processing following thermal treatment of the refuse, it must be
baled to a density of 15-25 pounds per cubic foot. If the aluminum
is separated from raw refuse or if wet processing techniques are
used to separate the aluminum, the aluminum must be shredded or
dried prior to baling. The shredded material must pass over a U. S.
Standard 12 mesh screen to reduce fines (dust, dirt, sand, paint,
etc.). Fines must not exceed three percent (3%) of gross weight.
The finished product must be baled to a density of 15-25 Ibs./ft.
Alternatively, dry shredded material may be shipped loose if it has
a density of 15-25 Ibs./ft,-^ Analyses will be on the melt of a
total shipment.
Each shipment shall yield after melting a total net weight of
at least 85 percent (85%) of the gross weight of aluminum scrap
received and shall contain by chemical analysis the following
maximum elements.
MAXIMUM
ELEMENT WEIGHT PERCENT
Si .5
Fe 1.0
Cu 1.0
Mn 1.25
Mg 2.0
Cr .3
Ni .3
Zn 1.0
Ti .05
Bi .3
Pb .3
Sn .3
Others - Each .05
Others - Total .15
Al remainder
-------
Sheet 1 of 10
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10901
SAMPLE
COLLECTION PRACTICES SURVEY
Date_
1. Municipality
2. Name of person(s) assisting in completing form
Name Title Date
3. What governmental department is responsible for administration,
operation and regulation of the refuse collection system?
4. Delineate the municipality served
5. Who performs the refuse collection operation?
Public agency?
Contract collector?
Franchised collector^
Private scavenger?
Your own trucks?
-------
Sheet 2 of 10
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10901
How many collectors serve your collection area?
6. Does your collection and/or disposal system involve any other
municipality or franchise area?
Collection
Disposal
a) Is there a capital budget for refuse collection
and disposal facilities?
Is copy available?
b) If no budget, what is the revenue source?
c) What is the charge per ton or per load for disposal of refuse?
d) What is monthly cost: Collection
per capita?
per household?
per business?
e) How are funds collected?
As a property tax?
As a special assessment?
Paid directly to collector?
-------
Sheet 3 of 10
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10901
f) What is overall tax rate per $1,000?
Is assessment at present value or at other basis?
If other, what is percent of present value?
g) What is tax rate for refuse operations?
7. a) If collection is by municipal contract (including franchise)
is the contract on a lump sum or unit price basis?
b) If unit price, what is the rate?
c) Are contracts (including franchises) publicly bid?
If not, how are collector selection and rates arrived at?
d) For how many years is the present contract?
Ending - Month Year_
e) What provisions are there for escalation if number of pickups
increases during life of contract? ,
f) For how long has the collection area been subject to a contract?
-------
Sheet 4 of 10
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10901
g) How many prior contracts has present collector held for this
area?
h) How many collectors serve the municipality?
1. Residential
2. Business
i) Does municipal contract or franchise include conunercial_
and industrial sources?
j) Are collectors required to obtain licenses or permits, and
if so, what is the fee?
8. How often is refuse collected?
9. a) Is the collection area divided into two or more districts
with only one district being collected each day?
b) How many districts?_
c) Is there a map of existing collection districts and routes?
d) How many routes are there per district?_
area?:
-------
Sheet 5 of 10
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10901
e) How many miles per route?
1. Residential
2. Commercial
3. Industrial
f) How many pickups per route?
g) How many routes per day does a truck cover?
h) How many loads per day does a truck take to the disposal
site?
i) How many miles from the center of the collection area to the
disposal site?
j) What are the collection and disposal hours?
k) Describe any night routes in the area: Residential
Commercial
1) Do any adverse effects on traffic density result from refuse
collection:
-------
Sheet 6 of 10
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10901
10. a) How many trucks are used in the area?
Total Wt. Truck Re-
Load Hauled placement
Number Crew Volume Weight per Day Cost
b) Rear
loading
packers
c) Front
loading
packers
d) Detachable
Container
e) Other(typ^)
f) Number and types of standby trucks?
g) What is the average age of the packers?_
h) How often must packers be replaced?_
11. Collection service of the types noted is provided to the
following number of:
Cost or
Mixed Contract
Refuse Garbage Rubbish Bulk Residue Rate
a. Private Homes
b. Apartment Houses
-------
Sheet 7 of 10
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10901
Cost of
Mixed Contract
Refuse Garbage Rubbish Bulk Residue Rate
c) Food Stores
d) Restaurants
e) Schools &
Institutions
f) Other Stores,
offices and
com'l places
g) Hospitals
h) Industries & Others
12. a) Where do you dispose of collected refuse?
b) Who owns the disposal site?
c) Who operates the disposal site?
d) Is there a charge for disposal of refuse?
e) What is the charge?_
-------
Sheet 8 of 10
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10901
f) Type or method of disposal?
g) What are disposal site operating hours?
h) What limitations are imposed on disposal site selection by
reason of:
Zoning
Health Department_
Local Populace Opposition
i) Are there any local ordinances regarding collection and/or
disposal of refuse?
j) Is garbage required to be wrapped in paper or plastic bags?
-------
Sheet 9 of 10
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10901
13. What disposal facilities does the community (use) (have) for:
Type of Facility Location Capacity
a) Garbage
b) Rubbish
c) Mixed Refuse
d) Bulk
e) Incinerator Residue
14. Do any private citizens take refuse to the disposal facility?
a) How many?
b) What type of refuse?
c) When do they take it?_
d) Why do they take it?
e) Are they charged at the site for disposal?_
15. a) Who collects abandoned autos?
b) Where are they taken?
c) How are they disposed of?
-------
Sheet 10 of 10
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10901
16. Is any of the material you collect precompacted?
Commercial
Residential
17. What do you pay your drivers?
Helpers?
18. What are vehicle speeds on haul routes? Congested areas_
Open road
Interstate
19. Do you consider your present collection system to be the best
type for your community? Please give your comments.
20. HOW does the present collection system fail to meet the
community's needs?
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10902 Sheet 1 of 6
Source Separation Program Cost Analysis
Recycling Collection Vehicles Requirements
Community A Community B Community C
1. Population (1978)
2 . Homes
3. Participation
4. Recycle Trucks
Collection Days
week
Homes picked up or
6. collected
day /truck
Two Community Study
Community 1 Community 2
J..
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
day /truck
% participation assumed
Homes on route
day /truck
People/home
People on route
day /truck
Population (1981)
Truck days
Trucks
Collection days /week
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10902 Sheet 2 of 6
Source Separation Program Cost Analysis
Recycling Curbside Collection Costs
Capital Cost (1978)
Equipment1
Building
Annual Capital Cost
Operating Cost^
Personnel Salaries-'
Fringe Benefits^
Administration & Supplies
Maintenance
Fuel & Oil
Annual Operating Cost
Total Annual Cost
Community 1
$/yr.
Community 2
$/yr.
1 Q
Community 1: 2-20 yd? Packers $30,000 each (1978), amortized
for 5 years at 6% interest.
Community 2: 1-20 yd? Packer, $30,000 (1978), amortized
for 5 years at 6% interest.
2
Costs are based on present collection cost data.
3
Community 1: 2 crews with 3 men per crew plus one maintenance man.
Community 2: 1 crew with 3 men.
^
Community 1: 26% of salaries
Community 2: 17.4% of salaries.
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10902
Source Separation Program Cost Analysis
Sheet 3 of 6
o>
3
C
^f
CM
^1
4-1
H
C3
g
O
CJ
CO
rH
CO
H
^4
cu
4-1
cO
cu
u
s^
0
cu
iH
CO
4-1
O
H
cu
CM cO
ft
>-, W
4-1 &
H 01
d *z
3
8 S
cO
U
CO
CO
CO
H
O
iH
CO
0
H
CU
ft
rH Cfl
ft
>-. CO
4-1 !3
H 0)
d la
3
0
CJ CO
s
CJ
CO
CO
<0
CJ
in in oo
S± rH
Is- CM
co o in vo
rH m
vO CO tH o
r*^ o in *«o
CO v£> .
^O CO rH o
CM o m vo
in CM
Is*- 00 CO rH
r^. o O CM
vf CM
VO \D CO rH
CM o m CM
in CM
r^ v£? co co
1-1
O
o
«\
CO
rH
O
in
f,
sr
o
y0
rH
O
O
oo
*«o
0
o
f.
m
CM
O
o
o
0"^
o
o
CM
r\
CO
O
0
CM
CO
rH
0)
4J
CO
CO
OJ
4J
c
H
G
O
H
4J
O
CO
&-S
n
cd
0)
ft rH
4-)
§
O
CU cfl ^
ft d
o
r . ^ *rH
CJ O 4J
oi in cfl
M ^-^ ft
H
4-1 t>^ CJ
d ft -H
3 4J 4-1
O
CU
4J
CO
CO
d
H
d
o
H
CU
)-l
CJ 4J
3 CO
13
CU
CU T3
4->
O O
CU >£>
rH CNI T3
rH ft
O 4-1 4-1
O CO
d ^ M
d T3 >->
u>
CU
d
cu
cfl
d
OO
d
O
o
rH
-
1
*xJ
01
rH
rH
O
^
CO
d
CO
U
1
^
oo
c^
^^
d
o
-i^
vD
1
13
CU
4-1
Cfl
f-l
CO
ft
CU
CO
»>
CO
CO
Cfl
rH
CJ
1
cu
o
3
a-
rH
CU
CO
r-j
/ N
OO
I
OS
rH
v-/
0)
00
CO
cu
CO
ccj
3
e
c
o
w
o
CO
1
0>
rH
cO
r\
«\
CO
^1
01
ft
Cfl
fX
W
1
1
cu
4J
o
3
O1
CM
4-1
CU
CO
CNI
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10902 Sheet 4 of 6
Source Separation Program Cost Analysis
Recycling Center Capital Cost (1978)
Capital Costs Costs $
Building, 50' x 50', including concrete
slab, superstructure, office, bath, doors,
lighting.
Site work, tree clearing, stripping loam,
cut to subgrade.
Utilities brought to site.
Roadways and paving (12" gravel, 4"
crushed gravel, 3-1/2" bituminous)
Signs
Fencing and Landscaping
Equipment (Installed)
Electronic Truck Scale with Pit
Baler
Can Roller
Skid-Loader - 3/4 cu. yd. bucket
with pallet fork attachment
Subtotal
Engineering and Contingency (15%)
Financing
Total Capital Cost
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10902 Sheet 5 of 6
Source Separation Program Cost Analysis
Recycling Center Annual Cost (1978)
Capital Cost Annual Amount $/yr.
Skid-Loader1
All Other Capital Items2
Annual Capital Cost
Operating Cost
Personnel Salaries
Plant Supervisor ($12,000)
Loader Operator ($8,500)
Laborer ($7,500)
Fringe Benefits (25% of salaries)
Utilities (water, electric, tele-
phone)
Maintenance - Parts & Materials
Fuel & Oil (Skid Loader)
Annual Operating Cost
Total Annual Cost
Amortized for 5 years at 6% interest.
2
Amortized for 15 years at 6% interest,
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 10902 Sheet 6 of 6
Source Separation Program Cost Analysis
Total Recycling Program Annual Cost
Two Community Study
Revenues Annual Amount, $/yr.
Materials Credits
Disposal Credits
Total Revenues
Expenses
Collection Costs
Recycling Center Operation -
Total Expenses
Net Loss
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT SS103
SEMI-RURAL
SOURCE SEPARATION OPINION POLL QUESTIONNAIRE
YES NO
Would you voluntarily store newspapers separately
from your household garbage and tie them in
bundles to be collected on a designated day of
the week?
2. Would you voluntarily separate all-aluminum
cans and put them in bags for a separate
collection?
3. Would you voluntarily separate all other cans
and put them in bags for a separate collection?
4. Would you voluntarily clean and separate glass
bottles and jars by color, (removing lables and
any metal from the glass), and put them in bags
to be collected on a specific day of the week?
5. If you answered "yes" to any of the above four
questions, please answer the following concerning
the collection of the materials.
6. Would you deliver the bundles or bags to a specific
location in your town?
7. Are you willing to have the Public Works Department
pick up the materials regularly,
a) if it costs slightly more?
b) if it costs slightly less?
8. Rather than having separation on a voluntary basis,
do you think it would be more effective to require
separation by local ordinance?
9. Further comments:
NAME; (Optional)
ADDRESS; (Optional)
-------
Sheet 1 of 4
SAMPLE DOCUMENT SS203
SAMPLE LETTER OF INTENT TO BID FOR THE
PURCHASE OF MATERIALS RECOVERED FROM SOLID WASTE
Whereas, the Corporation (hereinafter call-
ed the CORPORATION) endorses resource recovery from municipal solid
waste as a means toward a cleaner environment and preservation of
natural resources, and
Whereas, the CORPORATION recognizes the need to develop firm
expressions of intent to purchase materials or energy products re-
covered from waste within known financial parameters as part of the
planning process for a new endeavor such as this, and
Whereas, (hereinafter
called the DEVELOPMENT AGENCY), is evaluating the prospects of sub-
stituting resource recovery for its traditional means of solid waste
disposal, and
Whereas, the DEVELOPMENT AGENCY recognizes the need to establish
financial data for the determination of the economic feasibility of
processing up to tons per day of municipal solid waste to
produce up to tons per day of (hereinafter
known as the PRODUCT) in a form usable and acceptable to the CORPOR-
ATION according to the Specifications attached in this Agreement and
made part hereof.
(a) It will be a firm bid for five (5) years offering an
Exchange Price either fixed or related to a commodity
quote, and if the Exchange Price is not fixed, it will
offer a Floor Price which will not fall during the
term of the contract.
(b-1) If the Exchange Price to be paid by the CORPORATION
is to be a fixed dollar amount per unit of product,
f.o.b. the recovery facility (or the CORPORATION'S
plant - choose one), the bid shall not be less than
per ton.
OR
(b-2) If the Exchange Price is to bs used on a commodity
quote, the monthly Exchange Price shall relate to
the quotation at the close of that month for
(the same or the appropriate
-------
Sheet 2 of 4
SAMPLE DOCUMENT SS203
analogous commodity and location) as published in
the last issue of that month of ____^ _
(fill in source of quote) using the (mid-range or
highside, or lowside choose one) of the quotes,
f.o.b. the recovery facility (or the CORPORATION'S
plant - choose one).
If the Exchange Price is to be bid in terms of a
percentage of the quoted price, the Exchange Price
shall not be bid at less than percent-
age of appropriate quote as defined above. (Fill
in percentage).
(c) If the Exchange Price is not fixed, a Floor Price
will be bid which will not be below $ per
ton f.o.b. (fill in dollar amount) the recovery
facility (or CORPORATION'S plant - choose one).
(d) The CORPORATION shall retain the right to reject
any material delivered which does not meet Spec-
ifications. Such rejection will be at the expense
of the resource recovery plant.
(e) The bid will be subject to force majeiir.
(f) It will be noted the Additional Conditions of the
CORPORATIONS covering general terms and conditions
of purchase, acceptance delivery, arbitration,
weights, and downgrading not explicitly covered in
this Letter of Intent or by reference, will be nego-
tiated according to good business practices and in-
clude such additional conditions as are attached to
this Agreement and made a part hereof.
'g) This Advance Letter of Intent to bid is null and
void if during the period between its execution
and the actual bid or negotiated contract the
CORPORATION'S plant ceases operation or no longer
has a use for this or equivalent grade of recover-
ed PRODUCT. The DEVELOPMENT AGENCY shall further
recognize that a clause similar to this shall be
incorporated in the actual bid when made or con-
tract when signed.
(h) This Advance Letter of Intent may be assigned by
the DEVELOPMENT AGENCY.
-------
Sheet 3 of 4
SAMPLE DOCUMENT SS203
THEREFORE, in consideration of the fact that the legal authority
to sell recovered products may rest upon a requirement to advertise
for the purchase of such products, it is mutually agreed between the
CORPORATION and the DEVELOPMENT AGENCY that:
I. The CORPORATION, as an expression of its support of the
municipal solid waste recovery program, agrees to:
(1) offer herein a firm commitment to bid for the
purchase of the recovered PRODUCT at prices
not less than those entered here should the
DEVELOPMENT AGENCY be required or decide to
effect a competitive procurement, and
(2) agree that if public bidding is not necessary
and not the course chosen by the DEVELOPMENT
AGENCY then the conditions of this Letter of
Intent may be considered as a bona fide offer
to purchase the recovered PRODUCT at prices
not less than those recovered here.
(3) respond should a bid be required with a bona
fide offer to purchase which will include the
following:
II. The DEVELOPMENT AGENCY agrees:
(1) to see that the recovery plant establishes spec-
ification assurance procedures for the recovered
PRODUCT, using good industrial quality control
practices in recognition of the CORPORATION'S
Use technology as practices in their plant, so
as to produce and offer the recovered PRODUCT
for sale in a form and to the required Specifi-
cation, useable in the plant with minimum alter-
ations to present processing technology and
business nractices, and
(2) to require, should a contract be effected as a
result of the Advance Letter of Intent, that the
PRODUCT be delivered to the CORPORATION accord-
ing to conditions and prices determined herein
and not diverted to a spot market which may on
occasion be higher than the Exchange Price deter-
mined by the pricing relationship set forth here
or as modified by the Contract.
-------
Sheet 4 of A
SAMPLE DOCUMENT SS203
(3) that should the CORPORATION'S plant, as specified
herein, become saturated in its ability to handle
the recovered PRODUCT as a result of other Letters
of Intent issued by the CORPORATION being con-
verted into firm contracts for delivery and pur-
chase prior to effecting such arrangements as a
result of this commitment, the provisions of this
Advance Letter of Intent become null and void.
The CORPORATION will communicate to the DEVELOPMENT AGENCY that
information about its use technology and business practices which
the CORPORATION at its sole discretion shall consider necessary so
as to assure receipt of the recovered material in form and cleanli-
ness necessary for use by the CORPORATION. Such communication shall
be on a nonconfidential basis, unless otherwise subject to a confi-
dentiality agreement.
This Advance Letter of Intent shall become null and void on
unless effected into a contractual relationship or
mutually extended by both the CORPORATION and DEVELOPMENT AGENCY.
Witnessed by: DEVELOPMENT AGENCY
By:
CORPORATION
Witnessed by:
-------
Sheet 1 of 2
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 20501
WASTE SUPPLY LETTER OF INTEREST
Dear Mr.
The Board in the Town realize
that the cost to tax payers of disposing of refuse using
landfills, whether municipal or commercial, has risen and
may continue to do so, due to stricter environmental regu-
lations.
The construction of a regional resource recovery facility
appears to be a reasonable way to provide this necessary public
service. The approach as outlined in the Request For Proposals
would meet the needs of our community.
We will participate through the in selection
of a contractor and negotiation of a contract. We reserve
the right to approve any long term commitment by future
action of
Sincerely,
-------
Sheet 2 of 2
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 20501
WASTE SUPPLY LETTER OF INTEREST
Dear Mr.
The Board in conjunction with the appropriate
boards in Town, has monitored the work of the Council We are in
general agreement with the purpose and intent of the Council's
plans.
The construction of a regional resource recovery facility appears
to be a reasonable way to provide this necessary public service.
The approach as outlined in the Request for Proposals would appear
to be appropriate to meet these needs.
It is the intent of the Town, subject to the necessary final condi-
tions of agreement and legal authorizations, to continue to partici-
pate with the RRC in the selection of a contractor and the
negotiation of a contract. We reserve the right of the Town
, to approve any long-term commitment in this
project.
Sincerely,
-------
Sheet 1 of 2
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 20705
ENERGX -.MARKET LOI
ENJSRGY MARKET SPECIFICATIONS COMPANY
The following items outline the assumptions to be
used by interested contractors for the energv market
definition. They have been reviewed by the
Technical Committee and Company. All the
specifications and assumptions presented herein will be
subject to final negotiation between and the selected
contractor. However, these specifications and assumptions
are expected to form the basis for the contract.
The basic specifications and assumptions are:
1. Steam will be supplied to at a minimum
of 650 psig and 750°F. Higher conditions will
be accepted.
2. The steam quality must be suitable for continuous
turbine operation.
3. will supply heated makeup water (at
approximately 170°F municipal water supply
quality) and condensate for the refuse plant
Steam generation output. The return will be
about 90 percent heated makeup water and 10
percent condensate return.
4. will purchase all the steam produced
by the resource recovery plant, 24 hours per
day, 365 days per year.
5. Since total steam requirements are
greater than the refuse plant capability
requiring steam plant operation by
backup capability to the refuse plant steam output
will be provided by However, a
quantity of steam must be guaranteed to
on an annual basis. Bidders will be asked to
include this minimum guarantee as part of their
bid package but subject to final negotiation.
6. will deliver, and the contractor
expected to accept, liquid wastes with established
fuel values and burning characteristics as
fuel for the refuse. Approximately 40,000 gallons
per month will be supplied. Credit for fuel
value will be expected.
-------
Sheet 2 of 2
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 20705
ENERGY MARKET LOI
7. will purchase the steam at a price
established pursuant to a negotiated contract.
The value of the steam will be based upon the
fuel displacement cost for the steam less^ the
equivalent fuel cost of the heat in the returned
makeup water and condensate. From this value
a 10 percent discount will be taken.
© Fuel cost based upon No. 6 fuel oil
with 2.2% sulfur content as delivered
to Monsanto.
© Steam based upon 650 psig, 750°F or
higher condition?.
o Returned make-up water and condensate
at 170°F. An average municipal water
temperature of 48°F will be used as the
base.
8. For the purposes of the RFP, a value of $2.60 per
thousand pounds of steam will be used.
9, Escalation of the value of. steam would be based
upon the average of the changes in the posted
New York cargo prices for No. 6 (2.2% sulfur)
fuel oil and the area consumer price index
or the change in the posted fuel price, which-
ever is lower. The adjustment would be made on
an annual basis using the values of the indices
at the time of the contract execution as the
base.
10. will own and install all necessary
piping systems on property. The
contractor will be responsible for all other
construction. The attached sketch shows the
approximate tie-in point for the steam line
and will require the installation of approximately
4/000 feet of steam line and other piping by
the contractor.
Lower Pioneer Valley Regions! Resource Recovery Council
Request for Proposals
April 1979
-------
Sheet 1 of 2
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 20710
MATERIALS MARKET LOI
Dear Mr.
In follow up to your letter of please consider
this formal letter of intent to purchase ferrous metals recovered
from your Philadelphia project when and if your project ever comes to
fruition.
The following will answer your outline of questions:
A. does intend to bid on and purchase the recovered ferrous
which conforms to meeting our specifications for your Philadelphia
project.
B. material specifications are as follows:
Ferrous can metal will not be incinerated
Ferrous density 20 to 24 pounds per cubic foot
Tramp content 5* or less by weight
Ferrous is not to be balled so that liquid chemicals
can reach 95% of the steels surface.
Particle size is to be 85% equal to or less than 4"
and no more than 20% of being less than 1 1/2"
nominal
C. It is intent to purchase all quantities of ferrous (
metals available which we understand you estimate at 75,000
net tons per year.
D. would provide a floor price in the range of to
per Gross Ton F.O.B. your recovery site. Pricing for
the recovered ferrous metal would be on the basis of a percent
of the Dealer Bundle price as quoted in Iron Age Magazine for
the Philadelphia Market at time of bidding, F.O.B. your
recovery site.
£. desires a ten (10) year contract or longer for the
recovered ferrous metals.
If we can be of any further service in this matter, please advise.
Very truly yours,
-------
Sheet 2 of 2
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 20710
MATERIALS MARKET LOT.
Dear Mr.
We ore happy to indicate our interest in the purchase of the ferrous and nonferrous metals
to be recovered from municipal solid waste in the area.
Our specifications for the light ferrous and aluminum fractions are attached. The quantity
of each which we are able to purchase will vary according to the quality and according to
other purchase committments but we would expect to be able to purchase up to 25,000 gross
tons of light ferrous scrap and up to 4,000,000 pounds of aluminum scrap.
Freight rates from for the I ight ferrous scrap are about per gross ton
to and for the aluminum the rate would be on the order of one cent per pound.
We would price the light ferrous scrap as a percentage of *1 Dealer Bundles in the Chicago
Market as published in Iron Age. Aluminum would be priced on the basis of Old Aluminum
Sheet price as quoted in the American Metal Market.
We hope this information is of use to you. Please call on me if I can be of further
assistance.
Sincerely,
SPEOFI CA1ION FOR LIGHT ITKP.OUS SCF/-.P RtCCA'EELD
)'jr^r!PAL WAST E
This bjiecificctiofi applies to li&'it fcnous scrap tnagnelically recovery] From shrecWcd,
non-iricineratud municipal waste. I; is pipdor> inai.tlv s?ec1 cor. scicp A'ifh some amount
of m'wIUineoL's ferrous motrsrials,; bu! :.j>-.;ciflco!ly excludes shicdaed or unt,hr':o'ded hsov-»ei.t ti.at c!.".-.icol dc.-titti.ir.g is i
-------
Sheet 1 of 2
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 21006
LETTER OF SUPPORT
Dear Mr.
The T-ov/n' wishes to participate in planning for the
construction of a regional facility for the disposal of solid wastes and
supports the Request for Proposals being issued by the
Regional Resource Recovery Committee.
The costs of disposal of rubbish and garbage are rising. Regional
resource recovery systems appear to present an economically efficient and
environmentally sound alternative to traditional methods of solid waste
disposal. Per this reason it is in this tovm's interest to work with
neighboring communities to provide this public service.
The Town supports the concept of a regional resource
recovery project which is to be designed, constructed and operated by
private enterprise, if such proves to be feasible.
The Town reserves the right to approve any long-term coannitaient in
this project,
Sincerely,
-------
Sheet 2 of 2
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 21006
LETTER OF SUPPORT
Dear Mr.
The City of would consider the proposed Resource
Recovery Energy Plant provided that the following conditions are
met:
(1) That an equitable tax arrangement is agreed upon;
(2) That refuse disposal trucks from other cities and
towns restrain from using' city streets;
(3) That the City of find the final design
acceptable; and
(4) That the City of find acceptable the final
location and development plans of the facility,
Assuming that meets these terms and
conditions, the City agrees to negotiate with
for the disposal of the municipality's waste. Also, the City
understands that may find it necessary to
temporarily store the residue from plant production upon the site,
The City, will agree to this, assuming that the following conditions
are met:
(1) All residue shall be out of public view;
(2) All residue shall be inert; and
(3) Proper precautions must be taken to protect
residents from any odor or blowing ash.
Sincerely yours?
-------
Sheet 1 of 25
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
RFP EVALUATION
PROPOSAL EVALUATION CRITERIA
The proposal requirements are described in detail on pages 39
through 52 (Section VII) of the Request for Proposals (RFP), The pro-
posals will be evaluated overall based on evaluations by specialized
task groups in four areas:
technical (Process Design Proposal, Vol. 2)
environmental (Environmental Impact Data, Vol. 3)
e economics/finance/risk (Cost and Pricing Proposal, Vol. 4)
management/qualifications (Qualifications and Management
Plan, Vol. 5).
An Executive Summary (Vol. 1) summarizes each proposal.
Worksheets are provided, separately for each task group, to guide
those involved in the evaluation process. Comments, anticipated prob-
lem areas in each proposal, and questions to be formally addressed to
each proposer, will be compiled from the completed worksheets.
The evaluation criteria are listed on pages 54 through 56 of the
RFP, and are defined below. These criteria, with minor modifications,
are those specified and ranked in relative importance (prime, moderate,
and lower) by the Resource Recovery Council, the
Bureau of Solid Waste Disposal, and The consultant.
-------
Sheet 2 of 25
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
RFP EVALUATION
TECHNICAL
Process operating experience is evaluated based on the demonstrated
history of successful commercial operation of a process or technology
in resource recovery. The state-of-the-art in resource recovery tech-
nology is considered in relation to the proposed process.
Equipment/unit process adequacy and reliability refer to the extent
to which equipment items and collections of equipment items (process
lines') utilize acceptable components and designs, and are judged of
sufficient capacities to meet or exceed the throughput requirements of
the RFP. The emphasis here is on major components such as shredders,
air classifiers, and combustion units.
System integration addresses the coherency of the total system,
its ability to process the anticipated waste flows. Weak points in the
system will be identified along with potential improvements, based on
process flow sheets showing the material balance.
Contingency capabilities and system availability refer to storage
capacity, scheduled and unscheduled downtime, redundancy, and overall
system availability. Availability, in the last analysis, is the pro-
portion of time the facility can process refuse without resorting to
emergency landfill.
Adapt ab i 1i ty of the system will be evaluated with respect to changes
in refuse composition, refuse quantities, market conditions, source
separation and reduction practices, technology, and regulations.
Technical reliability of markets for energy and materials refers
to the closeness of the match between the proposed facility's recovered
products and market specifications.
Capacity expansion capability covers provisions in the site and
process layout, and system design, to enable future processing of
higher throughput rates with a minimum of additional capital investment
-------
Sheet 3 of 25
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
*
RFP EVALUATION
Operating and maintenance plans will be evalulated for complete-
ness. The maintenance schedule, in particular, is important to examine
in detail.
The ability to process sewage sludge and household septage will
also be a factor in the technical evaluation. Experience in co-dis-
posal of refuse and sludge, as well as technical design factors, must
be considered.
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302 Sheet 4 of 25
RFP EVALUATION
ENVIRONMENT
The examination of air quality includes emissions, control pro-
visions, and iEnacts at both the proposed facility site and market
locations, as applicable. Stack emissions include particulates, sulfur
dioxide, nitrogen oxides, carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons, hydrogen
chloride, and metals. Fugitive dust and odor are also included. The
Massachusetts standard is that particulate emissions from an "inciner-
ator" not exceed 0.05 grains per dry standard cubic foot, corrected to
12 percent C0«. Location in an area that does not exceed ambient air
quality standards may require installation of "Lowest Achievable Emis-
sion Rate" (LAER), estimated to be approximately 0.03 to 0.04 gr/SCF @
12 percent CO .
The water quality evaluation addresses the nature and quantities
of effluents, control and treatment measures, and impacts. Thermal
effluents are not acceptable. Significant wastewater discharges re-
quire a National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit.
In the assessment of noise impacts, major facility noise sources,
control measures, and traffic volumes will be considered. The Massa-
chusetts requirement is that the projected noise level (dBA) at the
property bound or nearest (potentially) inhabited building, not exceed
10 dBA above the background noise level. The projection is that level
which is not exceeded 90 percent of the time (the L ^ level), while
the background level is that which is exceeded 90 percent of the time
(the Lin level). In this determination, trucking onto and off-site
are considered "necessary" and therefore excluded. For environmental
assessment purposes, however, community noise levels are examined both
for the facility alone and for the facility plus truck traffic. Tha
"A-weighted" decibal scale (dBA) reflects, approximately, human
-------
Sheet 5 of 25
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
»
RFP EVALUATION
perception of noise. Additionally, emission of "pure tones," such
as shrill, piercing sounds, is prohibited.
Traffic impacts are based on traffic handling on the site and
effects, other than noise, on the surrounding area.
Overall material and energy conservation aspects of the proposal
will be evaluated in terms of the material and energy balances, and
the extent of recovery.
Safety and health effects will be assessed, both for employees and
visitors and for the general public. This will include, for example,
provisions for shredder explosions, vector and vermin control, and
fire safety provisions.
The residual products will be characterizied in terms of quantity
and quality, and residue-related impacts will be estimated. Fly and
bottom ash, and fuel preparation residuals, will be analyzed for ash
content, percent combustibles, and metals content.
Aesthetics will be evaluated by considering site design, archi-
tectural features, views from surrounding areas, and the impact on
(harmony with) the natural environment.
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302 Sheet 6 of 25
RFP EVALUATION
ECONOMICS/FINANCE/RISK
The "bottom line" figure in the economic evaluation is the
net tipping fee, which is the amortized capital cost plus operating
and maintenance costs less shared revenues, often expressed on a
dollars-per-ton basis. The costs provided by the proposers will be
put on a comparable basis, where appropriate, to provide a fair
evaluation.
The range and stability of the tipping fee will be examined
through a sensitivity analysis of such factors as interest rates,
escalation rates, refuse tonnage projections, delays in startup
date, and revenue assumptions. The effects on life cycle cost will
be determined and presented to the evaluation participants by MITRE
vith the aid of a computerized economic/financial model.
It is important to check the reasonableness of the costs
presented in the proposals. Employment assumptions, maintenance
expenses, fixed and variable operating expenses, and capital replace-
ment assumptions are included. Any apparent omissions and cost
items that are significantly out of line will be noted.
The proposed cost control program is to be judged in terms of
its likely effectiveness.
The revenue sharing formula relates to the percent of energy
or materials revenues that are returned to the communities and
thereby serve to lower the net tipping fee. Revenue sharing is an
element in project risk allocation, and the extent to which a firm
is willing to share is one indication of the firm's confidence in
its process.
The allocation of economic risk among project participants,
particularly between the contractor and the communities, forms the
basis for the long-term contracts. The proposer's positions on the
various provisions of the draft contract in the RFP are examined
here. Key risk areas include commercial tonnage commitments and the
-------
Sheet 7 of 25
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
*
RFP EVALUATION
treatment of tonnage overages and shortfalls, cost escalation dur-
ing negotiation and construction, and Force Majeure (e.g., "Acts of
God") situations.
The proposed financial plan is a key ingredient in the evalua-
tion which will be focused on to an increasing extent as the project
proceeds. Elements to be considered include the contractor's share
of equity, methods for providing this share, methods for providing
v
non-private investment, the anticipated interest rate, and corporate
financial strength. The financing plan has a direct bearing on the
tipping fee, as well as on the success factor for the project as a
whole.
The extent of marke t commitments, for both energy and materials,
is important to project economics and financeability. The level of
commitment will be evaluated on the basis of whether signed contracts
or letters of intent are presented, and on their strength. Of in-
terest are product prices and quantities, product specifications, and
the duration and terms of the agreement.
The implications of the proposed cos t escalation formulae will
be examined, to the extent they differ from those in the RFP.
Financial reporting and auditing procedures are to be evaluated
for acceptability and any anticipated problems noted.
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302 8 °f
RFP EVALUATION
MANAGEMENT/QUALIFICATIONS
Part of this component of the evaluation was covered earlier
in the project during the formal review of qualifications. Proposers
are not required to resubmit in their proposals all of the background
information previously supplied in response to the Request for Quali-
fications. The following aspects will be reviewed or covered in
greater detail during the proposal evaluation process.
The level of corporate commitment refers to the backing of the
proposal by the parent company of the proposed prime contractor. The
proposal should be submitted by a corporate executive officer.
The responsiveness of the proposal is evaluated based on com-
pliance with RFP conditions.
The experience and qualifications of the proposed management
and operating personnel will be reviewed.
A plan for site (utilities plan), plant, and market development
is required in the proposal.
Other criteria to be considered are materials handling and
marketing capabilities of the firm; the proposed construction
schedule, to be evaluated for reasonableness; the architectural
renderings presented, the qualifications and experience of an archi-
tect registered in Massachusetts, and the percent of the project cost
earmarked for the aesthetic aspects of architectural design; and
capabilities of the firm related to transport and storage of refuse
and residue.
-------
Sheet 9 of 25
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
RFP EVALUATION
PROPOSAL EVALUATION WORKSHEETS
FOR THE
RESOURCE RECOVERY SYSTEM
TECHNICAL
Evaluated by_
Date
Proposal (Name of Firm)
Option (Site/Scale)
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
RFP EVALUATION
TECHNICAL
Sheet 10 of 25
Accepta-
bility*
Comments** (Data/Problems/Questions)
Importance
Process Operating Experi-
ence
State-of-the-art
Equipment/Unit Process
Adequacy and Reliability
major components
System Integration
Process flow sheet/
mater.ials balance
Contingency Capabilities/
System Availability
Storage capacity
Scheduled and unsched-
uled downtime
Redundancy
Overall availability
Moderate Importance
Adaptability
Refuse composition and
volume
Market conditions
Compatibility with source
separation/reduction
ft Technological advances
Regulatory changes
A = acceptable
P = some problems
U = unacceptable
Use additional sheets if necessary
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
RTF EVALUATION
TECHNICAL (continued)
Sheet 11 of 25
Accepta-
blllty
Comments (Data/Problems/Ojies tlons)
Technical Reliability of
Markets
Capacity Expansion
Capability
Lowep Importance
Operating & Maintenance
Plans
Ability to Process Sewage
Sludge and Septage
ummary of technical weaknesses
-------
Sheet 12 of 25
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
RFP EVALUATION
TECHNICAL (continued)
Summary of technical strengths
Sources of data if not from proposal (phone calls, visits, etc.)
-------
Sheet 13 of 25
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
RFP EVALUATION
PROPOSAL EVALUATION WORKSHEETS
FOR THE
RESOURCE RECOVERY SYSTEM
ENVIRONMENTAL
Evaluated by_
Date
Proposal (Name of Firm)_
Option (Site/Scale)
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
RFP EVALUATION
ENVIRONMENTAL
Sheet 14 of 25
Accepta-
bility*
Comments^* (Data/Problems/Questions)
Prime Importance
Air Quality
0 Regulatory compliance
Stack emissions
(Particulates, SO^ NOX,
CO, HC, HC1, metals)
Dust/Odor/Other
Control measures
Impacts
Water Quality
Regulatory compliance
Effluents
Control measures
Impacts
Noise
Regulatory compliance
Major noise sources
Control measures
Community noise impact
(facility and trucking
at site)
Traffic Impacts
o Traffic handling at
site
Impacts (other than
noise) on the area
A = acceptable
? = some problems
U = unacceptable
Use additional sheets as necessary
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
RFP EVALUATION
ENVIRONMENTAL (continued)
Sheet 15 of 25
Accepta-
bility
Comments (Data/Problems/Ouestions)
I'jO derate Importance
Resource Conservation and
Energy Balance
Energy balance
Materials balance
Safety and -Health
Employee/visitor
health and safety
Public health concerns
Importance
Quality and Quantity of
Residue
Quantity
Composition
Residue-related impacts
Aesthetics
Site design and-
architectural features
View from surrounding
area
Impact on natural en-
vironment
immary of major environmental weaknesses
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302 Sheet 16 of 25
RFP EVALUATION
ENVIRONMENTAL (concluded)
Summary of major environmental strengths
Summary of data if not from proposal (phone calls, visits, etc.)
-------
Sheet 17 of 25
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
RFP EVALUATION
PROPOSAL EVALUATION WORKSHEETS
FOR THE
RESOURCE RECOVERY SYSTEM
ECONOMICS/FINANCE/RISK
Evaluated by_
Date
Proposal (Name of Firm)
Option (Site/Scale)
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
RFP EVALUATION
Sheet 18 of 25
ECONOMICS/FINANCE/RISK
Accepta-
bility*
Comments** (Data/ProbJems/Questions)
Prime Importance
Net Tipping Fee
Adjusted to put pro-
posals on a comparable
basis
Transportation cost
implications noted for
proposals involving
alternative sites
Range and SItabi 1 i t y of
Tipping Fee
Sensitivity analysis
Life-cycle cost
Effects of inflation/
escalation
Reasonableness of Cost
Estimates
Employment projections
Maintenance expenses
Operating expenses
Capital equipment
replacement
Other/completeness
Cost Control Program
Description and likely
effectiveness
A = acceptable
? = some problems
U = unacceptable
Use additional sheets as necessary
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
RFP EVALUATION
ECONOMICS/FINANCE/RISK (continued)
Sheet 19 of 25
Accepta-
billty
Comments (Data/Problems/Questions)
Revenue Sharing
Energy
Materials
Departure from RFP
Formula
Allocation of Economic
Risk (other than revenue
sharing)
Commercial tonnage
commitments
Cost escalation through
start-up
Force majeure
a
other key
contractual
issues
Financial Plan
Contractor's share of
equity
» Methods for providing
contractor's share
> Methods for providing
non-private investment
Anticipated interest
rate
Corporate capabilities
- net worth vs. total
backlog
- ability to raise
capital/bond rating
- ability to meet normal
financial contingencies
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
RFP EVALUATION
ECONOMICS/FINANCE/RISK (continued)
Sheet 20 of 25
Accepta-
bility
Comments (Data/Problems/Questipns)
Extent of Market Commit
nent
Energy
Materials
Strength of anticipated
market agreements
- price
- quantity
- duration
Moderate Importance
Cost Escalation Formula
Departures from RFP
formula
Implications
Lowe? Importance
Financial Reporting and
Auditing Procedures
Description
Summary of economic/financial/risk weaknesses
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302 Sheet 21 of 25
RFP EVALUATION
ECONOMICS/FINANCE/RISK (concluded)
Summary of economic/financial/risk strengths
Sources of data if not from proposal (phone calls, visits, etc.)
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302 Sheet 22 of 25
RFP EVALUATION
PROPOSAL EVALUATION WORKSHEETS
FOR THE
RESOURCE RECOVERY SYSTEM
MANAGEMENT/QUALIFICATIONS
Evaluated by_
Date
Proposal (Name of Firm)
Option (Site/Scale)
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
RFP EVALUATION
MANAGEMENT/QUALIFICATIONS
Sheet 23 of 25
Accepta-
bility*
Comments** (Data/Problems/Questions)
Importance
Previous Experience and
Performance
Resource recovery proj-
ects
Other major facilities
Project Management Capa-
bility
Prime contractor role
Engineering design
Construction
Transportation (if
applicable)
Shake-down and long-term
operation
Soundness of Financing
Package
Basis for financing
approach
» Corporate commitment to
and understanding of
proposed financing ar-
rangement
ualifications of those
nyolved in Market Conunit-
ents
acceptable
some problems
unacceptable
Use additional sheets as necessary
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
RFP EVALUATION
Sheet 24 of 25
MANAGEMENT/QUALIFICATIONS (continued)
Accepta-
bility
Comments (Data/Problems/Questions)
Moderate Importance
Level of Corporate Cornrlt-
ment
Parent company backing
of overall proposal
Compliance with RFP Condi-
tions
Responsiveness of
proposal
Experience and (Qualifica-
tion of Proposed Management
and Operating Personnel
Utilities Plan
Materials Handling and
Marketing Capabilities
Lower Importance
Construction Schedule
Architectual Treatment
-------
SAMPLE DOCUMENT 32302
RFP EVALUATION
MANAGEMENT/QUALIFICATIONS (concluded)
Sheet 25 of 25
Accepta-
bility
Comments (Data/Problems/Questions)
Capabilitiea Related to
Transport and Storage of
Refuse
uramary of management/qualifications weaknesses
immary of management/qualifications strengths
urces of data if not from proposal (phone calls, visits, etc.)
* U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1980 0 - 309-010
-------
EPA REGIONS
U.S. EPA, Region 1
Solid Waste Program
John F. Kennedy Bldg.
Boston, MA 02203
617-223-5775
U.S. EPA, Region 2
Solid Waste Section
26 Federal Plaza
New York, NY 10007
212-264-0503
U.S. EPA, Region 3
Solid Waste Program
6th and Walnut Sts.
Philadelphia, PA 19106
215-597-9377
U.S. EPA, Region 4
Solid Waste Program
345 Courtland St., N.E.
Altanta, GA 30308
404-881-3016
U.S. EPA, Region 5
Solid Waste Program
230 South Dearborn St.
Chicago, IL 60604
312-353-2197
U.S. EPA, Region 6
Solid Waste Section
1201 Elm St.
Dallas, TX 75270
214-767-2734
U.S. EPA, Region 7
Solid Waste Section
1735 Baltimore Ave.
Kansas City, MO 64108
816-374-3307
U.S. EPA, Region 8
Solid Waste Section
1860 Lincoln St.
Denver, CO 80295
303-837-2221
U.S. EPA, Region 9
Solid Waste Program
215 Fremont St.
San Francisco, CA 94105
415-556-4606
U.S. EPA, Region 10
Solid Waste Program
1200 6th Ave.
Seattle, WA 98101
206-442-1260
l»
ycr 1855a
SW-768
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Region5,Ueraiy(Pt-l2J}
77 West Jackson Boulevard. J2th Boor
Chicago, it 60604-3590
------- |